-CITE-
    26 USC Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses              01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses

-HEAD-
                  SUBCHAPTER P - CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES              

-MISC1-
    Part                                                     
    I.          Treatment of capital gains.                           
    II.         Treatment of capital losses.                          
    III.        General rules for determining capital gains and
                 losses.                                              
    IV.         Special rules for determining capital gains and
                 losses.                                              
    V.          Special rules for bonds and other debt instruments.   
    VI.         Treatment of certain passive foreign investment
                 companies.                                           

                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1986 - Pub. L. 99-514, title XII, Sec. 1235(g), Oct. 22, 1986,
    100 Stat. 2576, added item for part VI.
      1984 - Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 42(b)(1), July 18,
    1984, 98 Stat. 557, added item for part V.

-SECREF-
                 SUBCHAPTER REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS             
      This subchapter is referred to in sections 832, 834, 1011, 1012
    of this title.

-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC PART I - TREATMENT OF CAPITAL GAINS                  01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART I - TREATMENT OF CAPITAL GAINS

-HEAD-
                    PART I - TREATMENT OF CAPITAL GAINS                

-MISC1-
    Sec.                                                     
    1201.       Alternative tax for corporations.                     
    1202.       Partial exclusion for gain from certain small business
                 stock.                                               

                                AMENDMENTS                            
      2000 - Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title I, Sec. 117(b)(3)],
    Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-604, substituted "Partial" for
    "50-percent" in item 1202.
      1993 - Pub. L. 103-66, title XIII, Sec. 13113(d)(6), Aug. 10,
    1993, 107 Stat. 430, added item 1202.
      1986 - Pub. L. 99-514, title III, Sec. 301(b)(13), Oct. 22, 1986,
    100 Stat. 2218, struck out item 1202 "Deduction for capital gains".
      1978 - Pub. L. 95-600, title IV, Sec. 401(b)(6), Nov. 6, 1978, 92
    Stat. 2867, substituted "Alternative tax for corporations" for
    "Alternative tax" in item 1201.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1201                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART I - TREATMENT OF CAPITAL GAINS

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1201. Alternative tax for corporations

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      If for any taxable year a corporation has a net capital gain and
    any rate of tax imposed by section 11, 511, or 831(a) or (b)
    (whichever is applicable) exceeds 35 percent (determined without
    regard to the last 2 sentences of section 11(b)(1)), then, in lieu
    of any such tax, there is hereby imposed a tax (if such tax is less
    than the tax imposed by such sections) which shall consist of the
    sum of - 
        (1) a tax computed on the taxable income reduced by the amount
      of the net capital gain, at the rates and in the manner as if
      this subsection had not been enacted, plus
        (2) a tax of 35 percent of the net capital gain (or, if less,
      taxable income).
    (b) Cross references
          For computation of the alternative tax - 
            (1) in the case of life insurance companies, see section
          801(a)(2),
            (2) in the case of regulated investment companies and their
          shareholders, see section 852(b)(3)(A) and (D), and
            (3) in the case of real estate investment trusts, see
          section 857(b)(3)(A).

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 320; Mar. 13, 1956, ch. 83, Sec.
    5(7), 70 Stat. 49; Pub. L. 86-69, Sec. 3(f)(2), June 25, 1959, 73
    Stat. 140; Pub. L. 87-834, Sec. 8(g)(3), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat.
    999; Pub. L. 91-172, title V, Sec. 511(b), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat.
    635; Pub. L. 94-455, title XIX, Sec. 1901(a)(135), (b)(33)(L), Oct.
    4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1786, 1801; Pub. L. 95-600, title IV, Secs.
    401(a), 403(a), (b), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2866, 2868; Pub. L.
    96-222, title I, Sec. 104(a)(2)(B), (3)(A), Apr. 1, 1980, 94 Stat.
    214, 215; Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title II, Sec. 211(b)(16), July
    18, 1984, 98 Stat. 756; Pub. L. 99-514, title III, Sec. 311(a),
    title X, Sec. 1024(c)(14), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2219, 2408;
    Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1003(c)(1), title II, Sec. 2004(l),
    Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3384, 3606; Pub. L. 103-66, title XIII,
    Sec. 13221(c)(2), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 477; Pub. L. 104-188,
    title I, Sec. 1703(f), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1876; Pub. L.
    105-34, title III, Sec. 314(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 842.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1997 - Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105-34 inserted "(or, if less,
    taxable income)" after "capital gain".
      1996 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104-188 substituted "last 2
    sentences" for "last sentence".
      1993 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103-66 substituted "35 percent" for
    "34 percent" in introductory provisions and in par. (2).
      1988 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 2004(l), substituted
    "section 11(b)(1)" for "section 11(b)".
      Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1003(c)(1), substituted "section 831(a) or
    (b)" for "section 831(a)".
      1986 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1024(c)(14), which
    directed the amendment of subsec. (a) by substituting "831(a) or
    (b)" for "821(a) or (c) and 831(a)" could not be executed in view
    of amendment by section 311(a) of Pub. L. 99-514.
      Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 311(a), amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior
    to amendment, subsec. (a), corporations, read as follows: "If for
    any taxable year a corporation has a net capital gain, then, in
    lieu of the tax imposed by sections 11, 511, 821(a) or (c) and
    831(a), there is hereby imposed a tax (if such tax is less than the
    tax imposed by such sections) which shall consist of the sum of - 
        "(1) a tax computed on the taxable income reduced by the amount
      of the net capital gain, at the rates and in the manner as if
      this subsection had not been enacted, plus
        "(2) a tax of 28 percent of the net capital gain."
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 311(a), amended subsec. (b)
    generally, substituting a comma for the semicolon at end of par.
    (1) and after "852(b)(3)(A) and (D)" in par. (2).
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 311(a), in amending section
    generally, struck out subsec. (c), transitional rule, which read as
    follows: "If for any taxable year ending after December 31, 1978,
    and beginning before January 1, 1980, a corporation has a net
    capital gain, then subsection (a) shall be applied by substituting
    for the language of paragraph (2) the following:
        "(2)(A) a tax of 28 percent of the lesser of - 
          "(i) the net capital gain for the taxable year, or
          "(ii) the net capital gain taking into account only gain or
        loss properly taken into account for the portion of the taxable
        year after December 31, 1978, plus
        "(B) a tax of 30 percent of the excess of - 
          "(i) the net capital gains for the taxable year, over
          "(ii) the amount of net capital gain taken into account under
        subparagraph (A)."
      1984 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 98-369 substituted "section
    801(a)(2)" for "section 802(a)(2)".
      1980 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96-222, Sec. 104(a)(2)(B)(i),
    substituted in subsec. (b), as subsec. (b) was in effect for
    taxable years beginning before Jan. 1, 1979, and prior to its
    repeal by Pub. L. 95-600 (see 1978 Amendment note below), "the
    excess of the net capital gain over the deduction under section
    1202" for "50 percent of the net capital gain".
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96-222, Sec. 104(a)(3)(A), substituted in
    heading "Transitional rule" for "Taxable years which include
    January 1, 1979", in provisions preceding par. (2) "If for any
    taxable year ending after December 31, 1978, and beginning before
    January 1, 1980" for "If for any taxable year beginning before
    January 1, 1979, and ending after December 31, 1978", and in par.
    (2)(A)(ii) "gain or loss properly taken into account for the
    portion of the taxable year" for "sales and exchanges".
      Pub. L. 96-222, Sec. 104(a)(2)(B)(ii), substituted in subsec.
    (c), as subsec. (c) was in effect for taxable years beginning
    before Jan. 1, 1979, and prior to its repeal by Pub. L. 95-600 (see
    1978 Amendment note below), "the excess of the net capital gain
    over the deduction under section 1202" for "50 percent of the net
    capital gain", redesignated cls. (A) and (B) as pars. (1) and (2),
    respectively, and in par. (2) as so redesignated, substituted
    "determined by multiplying the sum referred to in subsection
    (b)(2)(A) by a fraction" for "equal to 50 percent of the sum
    referred to in subsection (b)(2)(A)" and added subpars. (A) and
    (B).
      1978 - Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 401(a)(3), inserted "for
    corporations" after "tax" in section catchline.
      Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 403(a), substituted "28
    percent" for "30 percent".
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 401(a)(1), (2), redesignated
    subsec. (d) as (b). Former subsec. (b), relating to imposition of
    the alternative tax on other taxpayers, was struck out. See 1980
    Amendment note above.
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95-600, Secs. 401(a)(1), 403(b), added
    subsec. (c). Former subsec. (c), which related to computation of
    the alternative tax where the capital gain exceeds $50,000, was
    struck out. See 1980 Amendment note above.
      Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 401(a)(2), redesignated subsec.
    (d) as (b).
      1976 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(a)(135)(A),
    substituted "net capital gain" for "net section 1201 gain" in three
    places, incorporated existing text in provisions designated par.
    (1), struck out prior par. (1) provision adding to the tax in the
    case of a taxable year beginning before Jan. 1, 1975 - 
        (A) a tax of 25 percent of the lesser of - 
          (i) the amount of the subsec. (d) gain, or
          (ii) the amount of the net section 1201 gain, and
        (B) a tax of 30 percent (28 percent in the case of a taxable
      year beginning after Dec. 31, 1969, and before Jan. 1, 1971) of
      the excess (if any) of the net section 1201 gain over the subsec.
      (d) gain, and struck out from par. (2) introductory text "in the
      case of a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1974,".
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(33)(L), substituted
    "net capital gain" for "net section 1201 gain" in introductory text
    and in par. (1).
      Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(a)(135)(C)(ii),
    substituted "the sum of the long-term capital gains for the taxable
    year, but not to exceed $50,000 ($25,000 in the case of a married
    individual filing a separate return)" for "the amount of the
    subsection (d) gain".
      Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(33)(L),
    substituted "net capital gain" for "net section 1201 gain".
      Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(a)(135)(C)(iii),
    (b)(33)(L), substituted "the sum referred to in subparagraph (A)"
    for "the amount of the subsection (d) gain" and "net capital gain"
    for "net section 1201 gain".
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(a)(135)(B), substituted in
    heading "where capital gain exceeds $50,000" for "on capital gain
    in excess of subsection (d) gain", struck out par. (1) designation,
    substituted "net capital gain" for "net section 1201 gain" and "50
    percent of the sum referred to in subsection (b)(2)(A)" for "50
    percent of the subsection (d) gain", and struck out par. (2)
    limitation that the tax computed for purposes of subsec. (b) shall
    not exceed an amount equal to the following percentage of the
    excess of the net section 1201 gain over the subsec. (d) gain:
        (A) 29 1/2  percent, in the case of a taxable year beginning
      after Dec. 31, 1969, and before Jan. 1, 1971, or
        (B) 32 1/2  percent, in the case of a taxable year beginning
      after Dec. 31, 1971, and before Jan. 1, 1972.
      Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(a)(135)(C)(i),
    redesignated subsec. (e) as (d) and struck out existing subsec. (d)
    defining "subsection (d) gain".
      1969 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91-172 substituted reference to net
    section 1201 gain for reference to the excess of the net long-term
    capital gain of a corporation over the net short-term capital loss,
    substituted "a tax computed on the taxable income reduced by the
    amount of the net section 1201 gain" for "a partial tax computed on
    the taxable income reduced by the taxable income reduced by the
    amount of such excess," struck out reference to tax of an amount
    equal to 25 percent of excess or in the case of a taxable year
    beginning before Apr. 1, 1954 an amount equal to 26 percent of such
    excess without regard to section 21 of this title, and inserted, in
    the case of a taxable year beginning Jan. 1, 1975, a tax of 25
    percent of the lesser of the amount of the subsec. (d) gain, or the
    amount of the net section 1201 gain, and a tax of 30 percent (28
    percent in the case of a taxable year beginning after Dec. 31, 1969
    and before Jan. 1, 1971) of the excess (if any) of the net section
    1201 gain over the subsec. (d) gain, and in case of a taxable year
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1974, a tax of 30 percent of the net
    section 1201 gain.
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 91-172 substituted reference to net section
    1201 gain for reference to the excess of the net long-term capital
    gain over the net short-term capital loss, substituted "a tax
    computed on the taxable income reduced by an amount equal to 50
    percent of the net section 1201 gain" for "a partial tax computed
    on the taxable income reduced by an amount equal to 50 percent of
    such excess," struck out reference to tax of an amount equal to 25
    percent of the excess of the net long-term capital gain over the
    net short-term capital loss, and inserted reference to a tax of 25
    percent of the lesser of the amount of the subsec. (d) gain, or the
    amount of the net section 1201 gain, and if the amount of the net
    section 1201 gain exceeds the amount of the subsec. (d) gain, a tax
    computed as provided in subsec. (c) on such excess.
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 91-172 added subsec. (c). Former subsec. (c)
    redesignated (e)(1).
      Subsec (d). Pub. L. 91-172 added subsec. (d).
      Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 91-172 redesignated former subsec. (c) as
    par. (1) and added pars. (2) and (3).
      1962 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 87-834 substituted "section 821(a) or
    (c)" for section 821(a)(1) or (b)".
      1959 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 86-69 struck out reference to section
    802(a).
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86-69 added subsec. (c).
      1956 - Subsec. (a). Act Mar. 13, 1956, inserted reference to
    section 802(a).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 314(b) of Pub. L. 105-34 provided that: "The amendment
    made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to taxable
    years ending after December 31, 1997."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 104-188 effective as if included in the
    provision of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993, Pub. L.
    103-66, Secs. 13001-13444, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 1703(o) of Pub. L. 104-188, set out as a note under section
    39 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 103-66 applicable to taxable years beginning
    on or after Jan. 1, 1993, see section 13221(d) of Pub. L. 103-66,
    set out as a note under section 11 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 1003(c)(1) of Pub. L. 100-647 effective,
    except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of
    the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment
    relates, see section 1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note
    under section 1 of this title.
      Amendment by section 2004(l) of Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except
    as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of the
    Revenue Act of 1987, Pub. L. 100-203, title X, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 2004(u) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out
    as a note under section 56 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 311(c) of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended by Pub. L. 100-647,
    title I, Sec. 1003(c)(2), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3384, provided
    that: "The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending
    this section and sections 593, 631, 852, and 1445 of this title]
    shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986;
    except that the amendment made by subsection (b)(4) [amending
    section 1445 of this title] shall apply to payments made after
    December 31, 1986."
      Amendment by section 1024 of Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to taxable
    years beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1024(e) of Pub. L.
    99-514, set out as a note under section 831 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1983, see section 215 of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as
    an Effective Date note under section 801 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1980 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 104(a)(3)(A) of Pub. L. 96-222 effective,
    except as otherwise provided, as if it had been included in the
    provisions of the Revenue Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-600, to which
    such amendment relates, see section 201 of Pub. L. 96-222, set out
    as a note under section 32 of this title.
      Section 104(b)(1) of Pub. L. 96-222 provided that: "The
    amendments made by subsection (a)(2)(B) [amending this section]
    shall apply to taxable years beginning in 1978."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1978 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 401(c) of Pub. L. 95-600 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [amending this section and sections 3, 5, 871,
    911, and 1304 of this title] shall apply to taxable years beginning
    after December 31, 1978."
      Section 403(d)(1) of Pub. L. 95-600 provided that: "The
    amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section]
    shall apply to taxable years ending after December 31, 1978."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 94-455 applicable with respect to taxable
    years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 1901(d) of Pub. L.
    94-455, set out as a note under section 2 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1969 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 511(d) of Pub. L. 91-172 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [amending this section and sections 802, 852,
    857, and 1378 of this title] shall apply to taxable years beginning
    after December 31, 1969."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1962 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 87-834 applicable with respect to taxable
    years beginning after Dec. 31, 1962, see section 8(h) of Pub. L.
    87-834, set out as a note under section 501 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1959 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 86-69 applicable only with respect to
    taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1957, see section 4 of Pub.
    L. 86-69, set out as a note under section 381 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1956 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by act Mar. 13, 1956, applicable only to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1954, see section 6 of act Mar. 13, 1956,
    set out as a note under section 316 of this title.

                            TRANSITIONAL RULES                        
      Section 311(d)(1) of Pub. L. 99-514 provided that:
      "(1) Taxable years which begin in 1986 and end in 1987. - In the
    case of any taxable year which begins before January 1, 1987, and
    ends on or after such date, paragraph (2) of section 1201(a) of the
    Internal Revenue Code of 1954 [now 1986], as in effect on the date
    before the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 22, 1986], shall be
    applied as if it read as follows:
        " '(2) the sum of - 
          " '(A) 28 percent of the lesser of - 
            " '(i) the net capital gain determined by taking into
          account only gain or loss which is properly taken into
          account for the portion of the taxable year before January 1,
          1987, or
            " '(ii) the net capital gain for the taxable year, and
          " '(B) 34 percent of the excess (if any) of - 
            " '(i) the net capital gain for the taxable year, over
            " '(ii) the amount of the net capital gain taken into
          account under subparagraph (A).' "

    RATE ON NET CAPITAL GAIN FOR PORTION OF 1981;    20-PERCENT MAXIMUM
                                      
      Pub. L. 97-34, title I, Sec. 102, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 186, as
    amended by Pub. L. 97-448, title I, Sec. 101(aa), Jan. 12, 1983, 96
    Stat. 2366; Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095,
    provided that:
      "(a) In General. - If for any taxable year ending after June 9,
    1981, and beginning before January 1, 1982, a taxpayer other than a
    corporation has qualified net capital gain, then the tax imposed
    under section 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly
    I.R.C. 1954] for such taxable year shall be equal to the lesser of
    - 
        "(1) the tax imposed under such section determined without
      regard to this subsection, or
        "(2) the sum of - 
          "(A) the tax imposed under such section on the excess of - 
            "(i) the taxable income of the taxpayer, over
            "(ii) 40 percent of the qualified net capital gain of the
          taxpayer, and
          "(B) 20 percent of the qualified net capital gain.
      "(b) Application With Alternative Minimum Tax. - 
        "(1) In general. - If subsection (a) applies to any taxpayer
      for any taxable year, then the amount determined under section
      55(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for such taxable
      year shall be equal to the lesser of - 
          "(A) the amount determined under such section 55(a)(1)
        determined without regard to this subsection, or
          "(B) the sum of - 
            "(i) the amount which would be determined under such
          section 55(a)(1) if the alternative minimum taxable income
          was the excess of - 
           "(I) the alternative minimum taxable income (within the
          meaning of section 55(b)(1) of such Code) of the taxpayer,
          over
           "(II) the qualified net capital gain of the taxpayer, and
            "(ii) 20 percent of the qualified net capital gain (or, if
          lesser, the alternative minimum taxable income within the
          meaning of section 55(b)(1) of such Code).
        "(2) No credits allowable. - For purposes of section 55(c) of
      such Code, no credit allowable under subpart A of part IV of
      subchapter A of chapter 1 of such Code [section 31 et seq. of
      this title] (other than section 33(a) of such Code) shall be
      allowable against the amount described in paragraph (1)(B)(ii).
      "(c) Qualified Net Capital Gain. - 
        "(1) In general. - For purposes of this section, the term
      'qualified net capital gain' means the lesser of - 
          "(A) the net capital gain for the taxable year, or
          "(B) the net capital gain for the taxable year taking into
        account only gain or loss from sales or exchanges occurring
        after June 9, 1981.
        "(2) Net capital gain. - For purposes of this subsection, the
      term 'net capital gain' has the meaning given such term by
      section 1222(11) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
      "(d) Special Rule for Pass-Thru Entities. - 
        "(1) In general. - In applying subsections (a), (b), and (c)
      with respect to any pass-thru entity, the determination of when a
      sale or exchange has occurred shall be made at the entity level.
        "(2) Pass-thru entity defined. - For purposes of paragraph (1),
      the term 'pass-thru entity' means - 
          "(A) a regulated investment company,
          "(B) a real estate investment trust,
          "(C) an electing small business corporation,
          "(D) a partnership,
          "(E) an estate or trust, and
          "(F) a common trust fund."

                  SPECIAL RULE FOR PASS-THROUGH ENTITIES              
      Section 104(a)(2)(C) of Pub. L. 96-222, as amended by Pub. L.
    99-514, Sec. 2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that:
      "(i) In general. - In applying sections 1201(c)(2)(A)(ii) and
    1202(c)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C.
    1954] with respect to any pass-through entity, the determination of
    the period for which gain or loss is properly taken into account
    shall be made at the entity level.
      "(ii) Pass-through entity defined. - For purposes of clause (i),
    the term 'pass-through entity' means - 
        "(I) a regulated investment company,
        "(II) a real estate investment trust,
        "(III) an electing small business corporation,
        "(IV) a partnership,
        "(V) an estate or trust, and
        "(VI) a common trust fund."

     STUDY OF EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN THE TAX TREATMENT OF CAPITAL GAINS
               ON STIMULATING INVESTMENT AND ECONOMIC GROWTH
      Section 555 of Pub. L. 95-600 required the Secretary of the
    Treasury to submit to specific committees of Congress a report, not
    later than Sept. 30, 1981, respecting effects of changes in tax
    treatment of capital gains on stimulating investment and economic
    growth as a result of the enactment of title V of Pub. L. 95-600.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 12, 453A, 527, 594, 691,
    801, 831, 852, 857, 882, 904, 1374, 1381, 6425, 6655, 7518 of this
    title; title 46 App. section 1177.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1202                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART I - TREATMENT OF CAPITAL GAINS

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1202. Partial exclusion for gain from certain small business
      stock

-STATUTE-
    (a) Exclusion
      (1) In general
        In the case of a taxpayer other than a corporation, gross
      income shall not include 50 percent of any gain from the sale or
      exchange of qualified small business stock held for more than 5
      years.
      (2) Empowerment zone businesses
        (A) In general
          In the case of qualified small business stock acquired after
        the date of the enactment of this paragraph in a corporation
        which is a qualified business entity (as defined in section
        1397C(b)) during substantially all of the taxpayer's holding
        period for such stock, paragraph (1) shall be applied by
        substituting "60 percent" for "50 percent".
        (B) Certain rules to apply
          Rules similar to the rules of paragraphs (5) and (7) of
        section 1400B(b) shall apply for purposes of this paragraph.
        (C) Gain after 2014 not qualified
          Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to gain attributable to
        periods after December 31, 2014.
        (D) Treatment of DC zone
          The District of Columbia Enterprise Zone shall not be treated
        as an empowerment zone for purposes of this paragraph.
    (b) Per-issuer limitation on taxpayer's eligible gain
      (1) In general
        If the taxpayer has eligible gain for the taxable year from 1
      or more dispositions of stock issued by any corporation, the
      aggregate amount of such gain from dispositions of stock issued
      by such corporation which may be taken into account under
      subsection (a) for the taxable year shall not exceed the greater
      of - 
          (A) $10,000,000 reduced by the aggregate amount of eligible
        gain taken into account by the taxpayer under subsection (a)
        for prior taxable years and attributable to dispositions of
        stock issued by such corporation, or
          (B) 10 times the aggregate adjusted bases of qualified small
        business stock issued by such corporation and disposed of by
        the taxpayer during the taxable year.

      For purposes of subparagraph (B), the adjusted basis of any stock
      shall be determined without regard to any addition to basis after
      the date on which such stock was originally issued.
      (2) Eligible gain
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "eligible gain" means
      any gain from the sale or exchange of qualified small business
      stock held for more than 5 years.
      (3) Treatment of married individuals
        (A) Separate returns
          In the case of a separate return by a married individual,
        paragraph (1)(A) shall be applied by substituting "$5,000,000"
        for "$10,000,000".
        (B) Allocation of exclusion
          In the case of any joint return, the amount of gain taken
        into account under subsection (a) shall be allocated equally
        between the spouses for purposes of applying this subsection to
        subsequent taxable years.
        (C) Marital status
          For purposes of this subsection, marital status shall be
        determined under section 7703.
    (c) Qualified small business stock
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        Except as otherwise provided in this section, the term
      "qualified small business stock" means any stock in a C
      corporation which is originally issued after the date of the
      enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993, if - 
          (A) as of the date of issuance, such corporation is a
        qualified small business, and
          (B) except as provided in subsections (f) and (h), such stock
        is acquired by the taxpayer at its original issue (directly or
        through an underwriter) - 
            (i) in exchange for money or other property (not including
          stock), or
            (ii) as compensation for services provided to such
          corporation (other than services performed as an underwriter
          of such stock).
      (2) Active business requirement; etc.
        (A) In general
          Stock in a corporation shall not be treated as qualified
        small business stock unless, during substantially all of the
        taxpayer's holding period for such stock, such corporation
        meets the active business requirements of subsection (e) and
        such corporation is a C corporation.
        (B) Special rule for certain small business investment
          companies
          (i) Waiver of active business requirement
            Notwithstanding any provision of subsection (e), a
          corporation shall be treated as meeting the active business
          requirements of such subsection for any period during which
          such corporation qualifies as a specialized small business
          investment company.
          (ii) Specialized small business investment company
            For purposes of clause (i), the term "specialized small
          business investment company" means any eligible corporation
          (as defined in subsection (e)(4)) which is licensed to
          operate under section 301(d) of the Small Business Investment
          Act of 1958 (as in effect on May 13, 1993).
      (3) Certain purchases by corporation of its own stock
        (A) Redemptions from taxpayer or related person
          Stock acquired by the taxpayer shall not be treated as
        qualified small business stock if, at any time during the
        4-year period beginning on the date 2 years before the issuance
        of such stock, the corporation issuing such stock purchased
        (directly or indirectly) any of its stock from the taxpayer or
        from a person related (within the meaning of section 267(b) or
        707(b)) to the taxpayer.
        (B) Significant redemptions
          Stock issued by a corporation shall not be treated as
        qualified business stock if, during the 2-year period beginning
        on the date 1 year before the issuance of such stock, such
        corporation made 1 or more purchases of its stock with an
        aggregate value (as of the time of the respective purchases)
        exceeding 5 percent of the aggregate value of all of its stock
        as of the beginning of such 2-year period.
        (C) Treatment of certain transactions
          If any transaction is treated under section 304(a) as a
        distribution in redemption of the stock of any corporation, for
        purposes of subparagraphs (A) and (B), such corporation shall
        be treated as purchasing an amount of its stock equal to the
        amount treated as such a distribution under section 304(a).
    (d) Qualified small business
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        The term "qualified small business" means any domestic
      corporation which is a C corporation if - 
          (A) the aggregate gross assets of such corporation (or any
        predecessor thereof) at all times on or after the date of the
        enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993 and before
        the issuance did not exceed $50,000,000,
          (B) the aggregate gross assets of such corporation
        immediately after the issuance (determined by taking into
        account amounts received in the issuance) do not exceed
        $50,000,000, and
          (C) such corporation agrees to submit such reports to the
        Secretary and to shareholders as the Secretary may require to
        carry out the purposes of this section.
      (2) Aggregate gross assets
        (A) In general
          For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "aggregate gross
        assets" means the amount of cash and the aggregate adjusted
        bases of other property held by the corporation.
        (B) Treatment of contributed property
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the adjusted basis of any
        property contributed to the corporation (or other property with
        a basis determined in whole or in part by reference to the
        adjusted basis of property so contributed) shall be determined
        as if the basis of the property contributed to the corporation
        (immediately after such contribution) were equal to its fair
        market value as of the time of such contribution.
      (3) Aggregation rules
        (A) In general
          All corporations which are members of the same
        parent-subsidiary controlled group shall be treated as 1
        corporation for purposes of this subsection.
        (B) Parent-subsidiary controlled group
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "parent-subsidiary
        controlled group" means any controlled group of corporations as
        defined in section 1563(a)(1), except that - 
            (i) "more than 50 percent" shall be substituted for "at
          least 80 percent" each place it appears in section
          1563(a)(1), and
            (ii) section 1563(a)(4) shall not apply.
    (e) Active business requirement
      (1) In general
        For purposes of subsection (c)(2), the requirements of this
      subsection are met by a corporation for any period if during such
      period - 
          (A) at least 80 percent (by value) of the assets of such
        corporation are used by such corporation in the active conduct
        of 1 or more qualified trades or businesses, and
          (B) such corporation is an eligible corporation.
      (2) Special rule for certain activities
        For purposes of paragraph (1), if, in connection with any
      future qualified trade or business, a corporation is engaged in -
      
          (A) start-up activities described in section 195(c)(1)(A),
          (B) activities resulting in the payment or incurring of
        expenditures which may be treated as research and experimental
        expenditures under section 174, or
          (C) activities with respect to in-house research expenses
        described in section 41(b)(4),

      assets used in such activities shall be treated as used in the
      active conduct of a qualified trade or business. Any
      determination under this paragraph shall be made without regard
      to whether a corporation has any gross income from such
      activities at the time of the determination.
      (3) Qualified trade or business
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "qualified trade or
      business" means any trade or business other than - 
          (A) any trade or business involving the performance of
        services in the fields of health, law, engineering,
        architecture, accounting, actuarial science, performing arts,
        consulting, athletics, financial services, brokerage services,
        or any trade or business where the principal asset of such
        trade or business is the reputation or skill of 1 or more of
        its employees,
          (B) any banking, insurance, financing, leasing, investing, or
        similar business,
          (C) any farming business (including the business of raising
        or harvesting trees),
          (D) any business involving the production or extraction of
        products of a character with respect to which a deduction is
        allowable under section 613 or 613A, and
          (E) any business of operating a hotel, motel, restaurant, or
        similar business.
      (4) Eligible corporation
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "eligible
      corporation" means any domestic corporation; except that such
      term shall not include - 
          (A) a DISC or former DISC,
          (B) a corporation with respect to which an election under
        section 936 is in effect or which has a direct or indirect
        subsidiary with respect to which such an election is in effect,
          (C) a regulated investment company, real estate investment
        trust, REMIC, or FASIT, and
          (D) a cooperative.
      (5) Stock in other corporations
        (A) Look-thru in case of subsidiaries
          For purposes of this subsection, stock and debt in any
        subsidiary corporation shall be disregarded and the parent
        corporation shall be deemed to own its ratable share of the
        subsidiary's assets, and to conduct its ratable share of the
        subsidiary's activities.
        (B) Portfolio stock or securities
          A corporation shall be treated as failing to meet the
        requirements of paragraph (1) for any period during which more
        than 10 percent of the value of its assets (in excess of
        liabilities) consists of stock or securities in other
        corporations which are not subsidiaries of such corporation
        (other than assets described in paragraph (6)).
        (C) Subsidiary
          For purposes of this paragraph, a corporation shall be
        considered a subsidiary if the parent owns more than 50 percent
        of the combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled
        to vote, or more than 50 percent in value of all outstanding
        stock, of such corporation.
      (6) Working capital
        For purposes of paragraph (1)(A), any assets which - 
          (A) are held as a part of the reasonably required working
        capital needs of a qualified trade or business of the
        corporation, or
          (B) are held for investment and are reasonably expected to be
        used within 2 years to finance research and experimentation in
        a qualified trade or business or increases in working capital
        needs of a qualified trade or business,

      shall be treated as used in the active conduct of a qualified
      trade or business. For periods after the corporation has been in
      existence for at least 2 years, in no event may more than 50
      percent of the assets of the corporation qualify as used in the
      active conduct of a qualified trade or business by reason of this
      paragraph.
      (7) Maximum real estate holdings
        A corporation shall not be treated as meeting the requirements
      of paragraph (1) for any period during which more than 10 percent
      of the total value of its assets consists of real property which
      is not used in the active conduct of a qualified trade or
      business. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the ownership
      of, dealing in, or renting of real property shall not be treated
      as the active conduct of a qualified trade or business.
      (8) Computer software royalties
        For purposes of paragraph (1), rights to computer software
      which produces active business computer software royalties
      (within the meaning of section 543(d)(1)) shall be treated as an
      asset used in the active conduct of a trade or business.
    (f) Stock acquired on conversion of other stock
      If any stock in a corporation is acquired solely through the
    conversion of other stock in such corporation which is qualified
    small business stock in the hands of the taxpayer - 
        (1) the stock so acquired shall be treated as qualified small
      business stock in the hands of the taxpayer, and
        (2) the stock so acquired shall be treated as having been held
      during the period during which the converted stock was held.
    (g) Treatment of pass-thru entities
      (1) In general
        If any amount included in gross income by reason of holding an
      interest in a pass-thru entity meets the requirements of
      paragraph (2) - 
          (A) such amount shall be treated as gain described in
        subsection (a), and
          (B) for purposes of applying subsection (b), such amount
        shall be treated as gain from a disposition of stock in the
        corporation issuing the stock disposed of by the pass-thru
        entity and the taxpayer's proportionate share of the adjusted
        basis of the pass-thru entity in such stock shall be taken into
        account.
      (2) Requirements
        An amount meets the requirements of this paragraph if - 
          (A) such amount is attributable to gain on the sale or
        exchange by the pass-thru entity of stock which is qualified
        small business stock in the hands of such entity (determined by
        treating such entity as an individual) and which was held by
        such entity for more than 5 years, and
          (B) such amount is includible in the gross income of the
        taxpayer by reason of the holding of an interest in such entity
        which was held by the taxpayer on the date on which such
        pass-thru entity acquired such stock and at all times
        thereafter before the disposition of such stock by such
        pass-thru entity.
      (3) Limitation based on interest originally held by taxpayer
        Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any amount to the extent such
      amount exceeds the amount to which paragraph (1) would have
      applied if such amount were determined by reference to the
      interest the taxpayer held in the pass-thru entity on the date
      the qualified small business stock was acquired.
      (4) Pass-thru entity
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "pass-thru entity"
      means - 
          (A) any partnership,
          (B) any S corporation,
          (C) any regulated investment company, and
          (D) any common trust fund.
    (h) Certain tax-free and other transfers
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        In the case of a transfer described in paragraph (2), the
      transferee shall be treated as - 
          (A) having acquired such stock in the same manner as the
        transferor, and
          (B) having held such stock during any continuous period
        immediately preceding the transfer during which it was held (or
        treated as held under this subsection) by the transferor.
      (2) Description of transfers
        A transfer is described in this subsection if such transfer is
      - 
          (A) by gift,
          (B) at death, or
          (C) from a partnership to a partner of stock with respect to
        which requirements similar to the requirements of subsection
        (g) are met at the time of the transfer (without regard to the
        5-year holding period requirement).
      (3) Certain rules made applicable
        Rules similar to the rules of section 1244(d)(2) shall apply
      for purposes of this section.
      (4) Incorporations and reorganizations involving nonqualified
        stock
        (A) In general
          In the case of a transaction described in section 351 or a
        reorganization described in section 368, if qualified small
        business stock is exchanged for other stock which would not
        qualify as qualified small business stock but for this
        subparagraph, such other stock shall be treated as qualified
        small business stock acquired on the date on which the
        exchanged stock was acquired.
        (B) Limitation
          This section shall apply to gain from the sale or exchange of
        stock treated as qualified small business stock by reason of
        subparagraph (A) only to the extent of the gain which would
        have been recognized at the time of the transfer described in
        subparagraph (A) if section 351 or 368 had not applied at such
        time. The preceding sentence shall not apply if the stock which
        is treated as qualified small business stock by reason of
        subparagraph (A) is issued by a corporation which (as of the
        time of the transfer described in subparagraph (A)) is a
        qualified small business.
        (C) Successive application
          For purposes of this paragraph, stock treated as qualified
        small business stock under subparagraph (A) shall be so treated
        for subsequent transactions or reorganizations, except that the
        limitation of subparagraph (B) shall be applied as of the time
        of the first transfer to which such limitation applied
        (determined after the application of the second sentence of
        subparagraph (B)).
        (D) Control test
          In the case of a transaction described in section 351, this
        paragraph shall apply only if, immediately after the
        transaction, the corporation issuing the stock owns directly or
        indirectly stock representing control (within the meaning of
        section 368(c)) of the corporation whose stock was exchanged.
    (i) Basis rules
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) Stock exchanged for property
        In the case where the taxpayer transfers property (other than
      money or stock) to a corporation in exchange for stock in such
      corporation - 
          (A) such stock shall be treated as having been acquired by
        the taxpayer on the date of such exchange, and
          (B) the basis of such stock in the hands of the taxpayer
        shall in no event be less than the fair market value of the
        property exchanged.
      (2) Treatment of contributions to capital
        If the adjusted basis of any qualified small business stock is
      adjusted by reason of any contribution to capital after the date
      on which such stock was originally issued, in determining the
      amount of the adjustment by reason of such contribution, the
      basis of the contributed property shall in no event be treated as
      less than its fair market value on the date of the contribution.
    (j) Treatment of certain short positions
      (1) In general
        If the taxpayer has an offsetting short position with respect
      to any qualified small business stock, subsection (a) shall not
      apply to any gain from the sale or exchange of such stock unless
      - 
          (A) such stock was held by the taxpayer for more than 5 years
        as of the first day on which there was such a short position,
        and
          (B) the taxpayer elects to recognize gain as if such stock
        were sold on such first day for its fair market value.
      (2) Offsetting short position
        For purposes of paragraph (1), the taxpayer shall be treated as
      having an offsetting short position with respect to any qualified
      small business stock if - 
          (A) the taxpayer has made a short sale of substantially
        identical property,
          (B) the taxpayer has acquired an option to sell substantially
        identical property at a fixed price, or
          (C) to the extent provided in regulations, the taxpayer has
        entered into any other transaction which substantially reduces
        the risk of loss from holding such qualified small business
        stock.

      For purposes of the preceding sentence, any reference to the
      taxpayer shall be treated as including a reference to any person
      who is related (within the meaning of section 267(b) or 707(b))
      to the taxpayer.
    (k) Regulations
      The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be
    appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section, including
    regulations to prevent the avoidance of the purposes of this
    section through split-ups, shell corporations, partnerships, or
    otherwise.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 103-66, title XIII, Sec. 13113(a), Aug. 10, 1993,
    107 Stat. 422; amended Pub. L. 104-188, title I, Sec. 1621(b)(7),
    Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1867; Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title
    I, Sec. 117(a), (b)(2)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-604.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      The date of the enactment of this paragraph, referred to in
    subsec. (a)(2)(A), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 106-554,
    which was approved Dec. 21, 2000.
      The date of the enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of
    1993, referred to in subsecs. (c)(1) and (d)(1)(A), is the date of
    enactment of Pub. L. 103-66, which was approved Aug. 10, 1993.
      Section 301(d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958,
    referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(B)(ii), was classified to section
    681(d) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, prior to repeal by Pub. L.
    104-208, div. D, title II, Sec. 208(b)(3)(A), Sept. 30, 1996, 110
    Stat. 3009-742.


-MISC1-
                             PRIOR PROVISIONS                         
      A prior section 1202, acts Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 320;
    Oct. 4, 1976, Pub. L. 94-455, title XIX, Sec. 1901(b)(33)(M), 90
    Stat. 1802; Nov. 6, 1978, Pub. L. 95-600, title IV, Sec. 402(a), 92
    Stat. 2867; Apr. 1, 1980, Pub. L. 96-222, title I, Sec.
    104(a)(2)(A), 94 Stat. 214, authorized deduction for capital gains,
    prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99-514, title III, Sec. 301(a), (c),
    Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2216, 2218, applicable to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1986.

                                AMENDMENTS                            
      2000 - Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title I, Sec. 117(b)(2)],
    substituted "Partial" for "50-percent" in section catchline.
      Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title I, Sec.
    117(a)], amended heading and text of subsec. (a) generally. Prior
    to amendment, text read as follows: "In the case of a taxpayer
    other than a corporation, gross income shall not include 50 percent
    of any gain from the sale or exchange of qualified small business
    stock held for more than 5 years."
      1996 - Subsec. (e)(4)(C). Pub. L. 104-188 substituted "REMIC, or
    FASIT" for "or REMIC".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2000 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 106-554 applicable to stock acquired after
    Dec. 21, 2000, see section 1(a)(7) [title I, Sec. 117(c)] of Pub.
    L. 106-554, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 104-188 effective Sept. 1, 1997, see section
    1621(d) of Pub. L. 104-188, set out as a note under section 26 of
    this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to stock issued after Aug. 10, 1993, see
    section 13113(e) of Pub. L. 103-66, set out as an Effective Date of
    1993 Amendment note under section 53 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 1, 45D, 57, 172, 642,
    643, 691, 871, 1044, 1045, 1223, 1397B, 1400B, 1400F, 6652 of this
    title.

-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC PART II - TREATMENT OF CAPITAL LOSSES                01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART II - TREATMENT OF CAPITAL LOSSES

-HEAD-
                   PART II - TREATMENT OF CAPITAL LOSSES               

-MISC1-
    Sec.                                                     
    1211.       Limitation on capital losses.                         
    1212.       Capital loss carrybacks and carryovers.               

                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1969 - Pub. L. 91-172, title V, Sec. 512(f)(2), Dec. 30, 1969, 83
    Stat. 641, substituted "carrybacks and carryovers" for "carryover"
    in item 1212.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1211                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART II - TREATMENT OF CAPITAL LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1211. Limitation on capital losses

-STATUTE-
    (a) Corporations
      In the case of a corporation, losses from sales or exchanges of
    capital assets shall be allowed only to the extent of gains from
    such sales or exchanges.
    (b) Other taxpayers
      In the case of a taxpayer other than a corporation, losses from
    sales or exchanges of capital assets shall be allowed only to the
    extent of the gains from such sales or exchanges, plus (if such
    losses exceed such gains) the lower of - 
        (1) $3,000 ($1,500 in the case of a married individual filing a
      separate return), or
        (2) the excess of such losses over such gains.

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 321; Pub. L. 91-172, title V,
    Sec. 513(a), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 642; Pub. L. 94-455, title V,
    Sec. 501(b)(6), title XIV, Sec. 1401(a), (b), Oct. 4, 1976, 90
    Stat. 1559, 1731; Pub. L. 95-30, title I, Sec. 102(b)(14), May 23,
    1977, 91 Stat. 138; Pub. L. 99-514, title III, Sec. 301(b)(10),
    Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2217.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1986 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99-514 amended subsec. (b) generally,
    substituting present provisions for provisions which had declared
    in: par. (1), general rule for limitation on capital losses for
    taxpayer other than corporation; in par. (2), meaning of term
    "applicable amount"; and in par. (3), rule relating to computation
    of taxable income.
      1977 - Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 95-30 inserted "reduced (but
    not below zero) by the zero bracket amount" after "taxable year".
      1976 - Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1401(a),
    substituted "the applicable amount" for "$1,000".
      Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1401(b), substituted
    provision relating to "applicable amount" for prior provision
    limiting amount of capital losses for married individuals and
    reading "In the case of a husband or wife who files a separate
    return, the amount specified in paragraph (1)(B) shall be $500 in
    lieu of $1,000."
      Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 501(b)(6), struck out last
    sentence "If the taxpayer elects to pay the optional tax imposed by
    section 3, 'taxable income' as used in this subsection shall read
    as 'adjusted gross income'."
      1969 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 91-172 provided for only 50 percent
    of an individual's long-term capital losses to be offset against
    his ordinary income up to the $1,000 limit although short-term
    capital losses continue to be fully deductible within the $1,000
    limit and the deduction of capital losses against ordinary income
    for married persons filing separate returns to be limited to $500
    for each spouse rather than the $1,000 formerly allowed.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 301(c) of Pub. L. 99-514, set out
    as a note under section 62 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1977 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 95-30 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 106(a) of Pub. L. 95-30, set out
    as a note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 501(b)(6) of Pub. L. 94-455 applicable to
    taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1975, see section 508 of
    Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under section 3 of this title.
      Section 1401(c) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to taxable
    years beginning after December 31, 1976."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1969 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 513(d) of Pub. L. 91-172 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [amending this section and sections 1212 and
    1222 of this title] shall apply to taxable years beginning after
    December 31, 1969."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 32, 165, 221, 641, 691,
    1212, 1222, 1231 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1212                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART II - TREATMENT OF CAPITAL LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1212. Capital loss carrybacks and carryovers

-STATUTE-
    (a) Corporations
      (1) In general
        If a corporation has a net capital loss for any taxable year
      (hereinafter in this paragraph referred to as the "loss year"),
      the amount thereof shall be - 
          (A) a capital loss carryback to each of the 3 taxable years
        preceding the loss year, but only to the extent - 
            (i) such loss is not attributable to a foreign
          expropriation capital loss, and
            (ii) the carryback of such loss does not increase or
          produce a net operating loss (as defined in section 172(c))
          for the taxable year to which it is being carried back;

          (B) except as provided in subparagraph (C), a capital loss
        carryover to each of the 5 taxable years succeeding the loss
        year; and
          (C) a capital loss carryover - 
            (i) in the case of a regulated investment company (as
          defined in section 851) to each of the 8 taxable years
          succeeding the loss year, and
            (ii) to the extent such loss is attributable to a foreign
          expropriation capital loss, to each of the 10 taxable years
          succeeding the loss year.

      and shall be treated as a short-term capital loss in each such
      taxable year. The entire amount of the net capital loss for any
      taxable year shall be carried to the earliest of the taxable
      years to which such loss may be carried, and the portion of such
      loss which shall be carried to each of the other taxable years to
      which such loss may be carried shall be the excess, if any, of
      such loss over the total of the capital gain net income for each
      of the prior taxable years to which such loss may be carried. For
      purposes of the preceding sentence, the capital gain net income
      for any such prior taxable year shall be computed without regard
      to the net capital loss for the loss year or for any taxable year
      thereafter. In the case of any net capital loss which cannot be
      carried back in full to a preceding taxable year by reason of
      clause (ii) of subparagraph (A), the capital gain net income for
      such prior taxable year shall in no case be treated as greater
      than the amount of such loss which can be carried back to such
      preceding taxable year upon the application of such clause (ii).
      (2) Definitions and special rules
        (A) Foreign expropriation capital loss defined
          For purposes of this subsection, the term "foreign
        expropriation capital loss" means, for any taxable year, the
        sum of the losses taken into account in computing the net
        capital loss for such year which are - 
            (i) losses sustained directly by reason of the
          expropriation, intervention, seizure, or similar taking of
          property by the government of any foreign country, any
          political subdivision thereof, or any agency or
          instrumentality of the foregoing, or
            (ii) losses (treated under section 165(g)(1) as losses from
          the sale or exchange of capital assets) from securities which
          become worthless by reason of the expropriation,
          intervention, seizure, or similar taking of property by the
          government of any foreign country, any political subdivision
          thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of the foregoing.
        (B) Portion of loss attributable to foreign expropriation
          capital loss
          For purposes of paragraph (1), the portion of any net capital
        loss for any taxable year attributable to a foreign
        expropriation capital loss is the amount of the foreign
        expropriation capital loss for such year (but not in excess of
        the net capital loss for such year).
        (C) Priority of application
          For purposes of paragraph (1), if a portion of a net capital
        loss for any taxable year is attributable to a foreign
        expropriation capital loss, such portion shall be considered to
        be a separate net capital loss for such year to be applied
        after the other portion of such net capital loss.
      (3) Special rules on carrybacks
        A net capital loss of a corporation shall not be carried back
      under paragraph (1)(A) to a taxable year - 
          (A) for which it is a foreign personal holding company (as
        defined in section 552);
          (B) for which it is a regulated investment company (as
        defined in section 851);
          (C) for which it is a real estate investment trust (as
        defined in section 856); or
          (D) for which an election made by it under section 1247 is
        applicable (relating to election by foreign investment
        companies to distribute income currently).
    (b) Other taxpayers
      (1) In general
        If a taxpayer other than a corporation has a net capital loss
      for any taxable year - 
          (A) the excess of the net short-term capital loss over the
        net long-term capital gain for such year shall be a short-term
        capital loss in the succeeding taxable year, and
          (B) the excess of the net long-term capital loss over the net
        short-term capital gain for such year shall be a long-term
        capital loss in the succeeding taxable year.
      (2) Treatment of amounts allowed under section 1211(b)(1) or (2)
        (A) In general
          For purposes of determining the excess referred to in
        subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1), there shall be
        treated as a short-term capital gain in the taxable year an
        amount equal to the lesser of - 
            (i) the amount allowed for the taxable year under paragraph
          (1) or (2) of section 1211(b), or
            (ii) the adjusted taxable income for such taxable year.
        (B) Adjusted taxable income
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "adjusted taxable
        income" means taxable income increased by the sum of - 
            (i) the amount allowed for the taxable year under paragraph
          (1) or (2) of section 1211(b), and
            (ii) the deduction allowed for such year under section 151
          or any deduction in lieu thereof.

        For purposes of the preceding sentence, any excess of the
        deductions allowed for the taxable year over the gross income
        for such year shall be taken into account as negative taxable
        income.
    (c) Carryback of losses from section 1256 contracts to offset prior
      gains from such contracts
      (1) In general
        If a taxpayer (other than a corporation) has a net section 1256
      contracts loss for the taxable year and elects to have this
      subsection apply to such taxable year, the amount of such net
      section 1256 contracts loss - 
          (A) shall be a carryback to each of the 3 taxable years
        preceding the loss year, and
          (B) to the extent that, after the application of paragraphs
        (2) and (3), such loss is allowed as a carryback to any such
        preceding taxable year - 
            (i) 40 percent of the amount so allowed shall be treated as
          a short-term capital loss from section 1256 contracts, and
            (ii) 60 percent of the amount so allowed shall be treated
          as a long-term capital loss from section 1256 contracts.
      (2) Amount carried to each taxable year
        The entire amount of the net section 1256 contracts loss for
      any taxable year shall be carried to the earliest of the taxable
      years to which such loss may be carried back under paragraph (1).
      The portion of such loss which shall be carried to each of the 2
      other taxable years to which such loss may be carried back shall
      be the excess (if any) of such loss over the portion of such loss
      which, after the application of paragraph (3), was allowed as a
      carryback for any prior taxable year.
      (3) Amount which may be used in any prior taxable year
        An amount shall be allowed as a carryback under paragraph (1)
      to any prior taxable year only to the extent - 
          (A) such amount does not exceed the net section 1256 contract
        gain for such year, and
          (B) the allowance of such carryback does not increase or
        produce a net operating loss (as defined in section 172(c)) for
        such year.
      (4) Net section 1256 contracts loss
        For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "net section 1256
      contracts loss" means the lesser of - 
          (A) the net capital loss for the taxable year determined by
        taking into account only gains and losses from section 1256
        contracts, or
          (B) the sum of the amounts which, but for paragraph (6)(A),
        would be treated as capital losses in the succeeding taxable
        year under subparagraphs (A) and (B) of subsection (b)(1).
      (5) Net section 1256 contract gain
        For purposes of paragraph (1) - 
        (A) In general
          The term "net section 1256 contract gain" means the lesser of
        - 
            (i) the capital gain net income for the taxable year
          determined by taking into account only gains and losses from
          section 1256 contracts, or
            (ii) the capital gain net income for the taxable year.
        (B) Special rule
          The net section 1256 contract gain for any taxable year
        before the loss year shall be computed without regard to the
        net section 1256 contracts loss for the loss year or for any
        taxable year thereafter.
      (6) Coordination with carryforward provisions of subsection
        (b)(1)
        (A) Carryforward amount reduced by amount used as carryback
          For purposes of applying subsection (b)(1), if any portion of
        the net section 1256 contracts loss for any taxable year is
        allowed as a carryback under paragraph (1) to any preceding
        taxable year - 
            (i) 40 percent of the amount allowed as a carryback shall
          be treated as a short-term capital gain for the loss year,
          and
            (ii) 60 percent of the amount allowed as a carryback shall
          be treated as a long-term capital gain for the loss year.
        (B) Carryover loss retains character as attributable to section
          1256 contract
          Any amount carried forward as a short-term or long-term
        capital loss to any taxable year under subsection (b)(1) (after
        the application of subparagraph (A)) shall, to the extent
        attributable to losses from section 1256 contracts, be treated
        as loss from section 1256 contracts for such taxable year.
      (7) Other definitions and special rules
        For purposes of this subsection - 
        (A) Section 1256 contract
          The term "section 1256 contract" means any section 1256
        contract (as defined in section 1256(b)) to which section 1256
        applies.
        (B) Exclusion for estates and trusts
          This subsection shall not apply to any estate or trust.

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 321; Pub. L. 88-272, title II,
    Sec. 230(a), Feb. 26, 1964, 78 Stat. 99; Pub. L. 88-571, Sec. 7(a),
    Sept. 2, 1964, 78 Stat. 860; Pub. L. 91-172, title V, Secs. 512
    (a), (b), (f)(1), 513(b), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 638, 639, 641,
    642; Pub. L. 94-455, title XIV, Sec. 1403 (a), title XIX, Sec.
    1901(b)(33)(O), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1733, 1802; Pub. L. 95-600,
    title VII, Sec. 703(k), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2942; Pub. L. 97-34,
    title V, Sec. 504, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 330; Pub. L. 97-354,
    Sec. 5(a)(35), Oct. 19, 1982, 96 Stat. 1695; Pub. L. 97-448, title
    I, Sec. 105(c)(7), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2387; Pub. L. 98-369,
    div. A, title I, Sec. 102(e)(3), title X, Sec. 1002(a), July 18,
    1984, 98 Stat. 624, 1012; Pub. L. 99-514, title III, Sec.
    301(b)(11), title XVIII, Sec. 1899A(67), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat.
    2218, 2962; Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1003(a)(3), Nov. 10,
    1988, 102 Stat. 3382.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1988 - Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 100-647 substituted "Treatment of
    amounts allowed under section 1211(b)(1) or (2)" for "Special rule"
    as heading and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text
    read as follows: "For purposes of determining the excess referred
    to in subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1), an amount equal to
    the amount allowed for the taxable year under paragraph (1) or (2)
    of section 1211(b) shall be treated as a short-term capital gain in
    such year."
      1986 - Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 301(b)(11), amended
    par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2), special rules,
    read as follows:
      "(A) For purposes of determining the excess referred to in
    paragraph (1)(A), an amount equal to the amount allowed for the
    taxable year under section 1211(b)(1)(A), (B), or (C) shall be
    treated as a short-term capital gain in such year.
      "(B) For purposes of determining the excess referred to in
    paragraph (1)(B), an amount equal to the sum of - 
        "(i) the amount allowed for the taxable year under section
      1211(b)(1)(A), (B), or (C), and
        "(ii) the excess of the amount described in clause (i) over the
      net short-term capital loss (determined without regard to this
      subsection) for such year,
    shall be treated as a short-term capital gain in such year."
      Subsec. (c)(6)(B), (7)(A). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1899A(67),
    amended directory language of Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(e)(3)(C),
    resulting in amendment of subsec. (c)(6)(B). See 1984 Amendment
    note below.
      1984 - Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 1002(a), struck out
    par. (3) which read as follows: "In the case of any amount which,
    under paragraph (1) and section 1211(b) (as in effect for taxable
    years beginning before January 1, 1970), is treated as a capital
    loss in the first taxable year beginning after December 31, 1969,
    paragraph (1) and section 1211(b) (as in effect for taxable years
    beginning before January 1, 1970) shall apply (and paragraph (1)
    and section 1211(b) as in effect for taxable years beginning after
    December 31, 1969, shall not apply) to the extent such amount
    exceeds the total of any net capital gains (determined without
    regard to this subsection) of taxable years beginning after
    December 31, 1969."
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(e)(3)(A), (B), substituted
    "net section 1256 contracts loss" for "net commodity futures loss"
    and "section 1256 contracts" for "regulated futures contracts"
    wherever appearing.
      Subsec. (c)(3)(A), (5). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(e)(3)(D),
    substituted "net section 1256 contract gain" for "net commodity
    futures gain" wherever appearing.
      Subsec. (c)(6)(B), (7)(A). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(e)(3)(C), as
    amended by Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1899A(67), substituted "section
    1256 contract" for "regulated futures contract" wherever appearing.
      1983 - Subsec. (c)(4)(A). Pub. L. 97-448 struck out "and
    positions to which section 1256 applies" after "losses from
    regulated futures contracts".
      1982 - Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 97-354 struck out par. (3)
    relating to electing small business corporations, and redesignated
    par. (4) as (3).
      1981 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97-34 added subsec. (c).
      1978 - Subsec. (a)(1)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 95-600 substituted
    "succeeding the loss year" for "exceeding the loss year".
      1976 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 94-455, Secs. 1403(a),
    1901(b)(33)(O), in subpar. (B) inserted introductory text "except
    as provided in subparagraph (C)," and struck out "(10) taxable
    years to the extent such loss is attributable to a foreign
    expropriation capital loss)" after "5 taxable years" and added
    subpar. (C), and substituted "capital gain net income" for "net
    capital gains", "net capital gain" and "net capital gain" in last
    three sentences, respectively.
      1969 - Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 512(f)(1), substituted "carrybacks
    and carryovers" for "carryover" in section catchline.
      Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 512(a), provided for a
    3-year capital loss carryback for corporations, not available for
    foreign expropriation capital losses for which a special 10-year
    carryforward is presently available, in addition to the 5-year
    capital loss carryforward presently allowed corporations, to the
    extent the carryback of such loss does not increase or produce a
    net operating loss for the taxable year to which it is being
    carried back.
      Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 512(b), added pars. (3)
    and (4).
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 513(b), struck out reference to
    Dec. 31, 1963, struck out determination of a short-term capital
    gain as an amount equal to the excess allowed for the taxable year
    under former section 1211(b) over the gains from sales or exchanges
    of capital assets, struck out par. (2) treating as a short-term
    capital loss in the first taxable year beginning after Dec. 31,
    1963, any amount which is treated as a short-term capital loss in
    such year under this subchapter as in effect immediately before the
    enactment of the Revenue Act of 1964, added new par. (2) dealing
    with special rules for determining the excesses referred to in par.
    (1)(A) and par. (1)(B) and added par. (3).
      1964 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 88-571 provided that if any portion
    of a net capital loss is attributable to a foreign expropriation
    capital loss, such portion shall be a short-term capital loss in
    each of the 10 succeeding taxable years, defined foreign
    expropriation capital loss, stated what portion of loss is
    attributable to foreign expropriation capital loss and the priority
    of application of the net capital loss, and struck out provisions
    that net capital losses for taxable years beginning before Oct. 20,
    1951, were to be determined under the applicable law relating to
    the computation of capital gains and losses in effect before such
    date.
      Pub. L. 88-272 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a),
    limited such subsection to corporations, and added subsec. (b).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 301(b)(11) of Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to
    taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 301(c) of
    Pub. L. 99-514, set out as a note under section 62 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 102(e)(3) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    positions established after July 18, 1984, in taxable years after
    that date, except as otherwise provided, see section 102(f), (g) of
    Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under section 1256 of this title.
      Section 1002(b) of Pub. L. 98-369 provided that: "The repeal made
    by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to taxable
    years beginning after December 31, 1986."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1983 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-448 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if it had been included in the provision of the
    Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981, Pub. L. 97-34, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 109 of Pub. L. 97-448, set out as a
    note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1982 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-354 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1982, see section 6(a) of Pub. L. 97-354, set out as
    an Effective Date note under section 1361 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1981 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-34 applicable to property acquired and
    positions established by the taxpayer after June 23, 1981, in
    taxable years ending after such date, and applicable when so
    elected with respect to property held on June 23, 1981, see section
    508 of Pub. L. 97-34, set out as an Effective Date note under
    section 1092 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1978 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 95-600 effective Oct. 4, 1976, see section
    703(r) of Pub. L. 95-600, set out as a note under section 46 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1403(b) of Pub. L. 94-455, as amended by Pub. L. 99-514,
    Sec. 2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: "The
    amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply
    to loss years (within the meaning of section 1212(a)(1) of the
    Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954]) ending on or
    after January 1, 1970."
      Amendment by section 1901(b)(33)(O) of Pub. L. 94-455 applicable
    with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see
    section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under section
    2 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1969 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 512(g) of Pub. L. 91-172 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [amending this section and sections 246, 381,
    481, 535, 1314, 6411, 6501, 6511, 6601, and 6611 of this title]
    shall apply with respect to net capital losses sustained in taxable
    years beginning after December 31, 1969."
      Amendment by section 513(b) of Pub. L. 91-172 applicable to
    taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1969, see section 513(d) of
    Pub. L. 91-172, set out as a note under section 1211 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1964 AMENDMENTS                 
      Section 7(b) of Pub. L. 88-571, as amended by Pub. L. 99-514,
    Sec. 2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: "The
    amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall
    apply with respect to net capital losses (to the extent
    attributable to foreign expropriation capital losses, as defined in
    section 1212(a)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
    [formerly I.R.C. 1954]) sustained in taxable years ending after
    December 31, 1958."
      Section 230(c) of Pub. L. 88-272 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [amending this section and section 1222 of
    this title] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December
    31, 1963."

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

           ELECTION NOT TO CARRYBACK CERTAIN NET CAPITAL LOSSES       
      Pub. L. 91-688, Sec. 3, Jan. 12, 1971, 84 Stat. 2073, as amended
    by Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided
    that:
      "(a) For purposes of applying section 1212(a) of the Internal
    Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] (as amended by section
    512 of the Tax Reform Act of 1969) in the case of a corporation
    which makes an election under subsection (b), any net capital loss
    sustained in a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1969, may
    not be carried back to any taxable year beginning before January 1,
    1970, for which it was subject to taxation under section 802 of
    such Code [section 802 of this title], if the carryback of such
    loss would result in an increase in such corporation's income tax
    liability for any such taxable year.
      "(b) An election to have the provisions of subsection (a) apply
    shall be made by a corporation - 
        "(1) in such form and manner as the Secretary of the Treasury
      or his delegate may prescribe, and
        "(2) not later than the time prescribed by law for filing a
      claim for credit or refund of overpayment of income tax for the
      first taxable year beginning after December 31, 1969, in which
      such corporation sustains a net capital loss.
      "(c) The Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate shall
    prescribe such regulations as he determines necessary to carry out
    the purposes of this section."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 1, 108, 165, 170, 246,
    381, 383, 481, 514, 535, 613A, 642, 805, 822, 832, 871, 877, 904,
    1022, 1222, 1247, 1314, 1341, 1351, 1398, 1503, 6411, 6655 of this
    title.

-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC PART III - GENERAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL
           GAINS AND LOSSES                                01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART III - GENERAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
     PART III - GENERAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES 

-MISC1-
    Sec.                                                     
    1221.       Capital asset defined.                                
    1222.       Other items relating to capital gains and losses.(!1)  
    1223.       Holding period of property.                           

-FOOTNOTE-
    (!1) So in original. Does not conform to section catchline.


-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1221                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART III - GENERAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1221. Capital asset defined

-STATUTE-
    (a) In general
      For purposes of this subtitle, the term "capital asset" means
    property held by the taxpayer (whether or not connected with his
    trade or business), but does not include - 
        (1) stock in trade of the taxpayer or other property of a kind
      which would properly be included in the inventory of the taxpayer
      if on hand at the close of the taxable year, or property held by
      the taxpayer primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary
      course of his trade or business;
        (2) property, used in his trade or business, of a character
      which is subject to the allowance for depreciation provided in
      section 167, or real property used in his trade or business;
        (3) a copyright, a literary, musical, or artistic composition,
      a letter or memorandum, or similar property, held by - 
          (A) a taxpayer whose personal efforts created such property,
          (B) in the case of a letter, memorandum, or similar property,
        a taxpayer for whom such property was prepared or produced, or
          (C) a taxpayer in whose hands the basis of such property is
        determined, for purposes of determining gain from a sale or
        exchange, in whole or part by reference to the basis of such
        property in the hands of a taxpayer described in subparagraph
        (A) or (B);

        (4) accounts or notes receivable acquired in the ordinary
      course of trade or business for services rendered or from the
      sale of property described in paragraph (1);
        (5) a publication of the United States Government (including
      the Congressional Record) which is received from the United
      States Government or any agency thereof, other than by purchase
      at the price at which it is offered for sale to the public, and
      which is held by - 
          (A) a taxpayer who so received such publication, or
          (B) a taxpayer in whose hands the basis of such publication
        is determined, for purposes of determining gain from a sale or
        exchange, in whole or in part by reference to the basis of such
        publication in the hands of a taxpayer described in
        subparagraph (A);

        (6) any commodities derivative financial instrument held by a
      commodities derivatives dealer, unless - 
          (A) it is established to the satisfaction of the Secretary
        that such instrument has no connection to the activities of
        such dealer as a dealer, and
          (B) such instrument is clearly identified in such dealer's
        records as being described in subparagraph (A) before the close
        of the day on which it was acquired, originated, or entered
        into (or such other time as the Secretary may by regulations
        prescribe);

        (7) any hedging transaction which is clearly identified as such
      before the close of the day on which it was acquired, originated,
      or entered into (or such other time as the Secretary may by
      regulations prescribe); or
        (8) supplies of a type regularly used or consumed by the
      taxpayer in the ordinary course of a trade or business of the
      taxpayer.
    (b) Definitions and special rules
      (1) Commodities derivative financial instruments
        For purposes of subsection (a)(6) - 
        (A) Commodities derivatives dealer
          The term "commodities derivatives dealer" means a person
        which (!1) regularly offers to enter into, assume, offset,
        assign, or terminate positions in commodities derivative
        financial instruments with customers in the ordinary course of
        a trade or business.

        (B) Commodities derivative financial instrument
          (i) In general
            The term "commodities derivative financial instrument"
          means any contract or financial instrument with respect to
          commodities (other than a share of stock in a corporation, a
          beneficial interest in a partnership or trust, a note, bond,
          debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness, or a section
          1256 contract (as defined in section 1256(b))), the value or
          settlement price of which is calculated by or determined by
          reference to a specified index.
          (ii) Specified index
            The term "specified index" means any one or more or any
          combination of - 
              (I) a fixed rate, price, or amount, or
              (II) a variable rate, price, or amount,

          which is based on any current, objectively determinable
          financial or economic information with respect to commodities
          which is not within the control of any of the parties to the
          contract or instrument and is not unique to any of the
          parties' circumstances.
      (2) Hedging transaction
        (A) In general
          For purposes of this section, the term "hedging transaction"
        means any transaction entered into by the taxpayer in the
        normal course of the taxpayer's trade or business primarily - 
            (i) to manage risk of price changes or currency
          fluctuations with respect to ordinary property which is held
          or to be held by the taxpayer,
            (ii) to manage risk of interest rate or price changes or
          currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to
          be made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred,
          by the taxpayer, or
            (iii) to manage such other risks as the Secretary may
          prescribe in regulations.
        (B) Treatment of nonidentification or improper identification
          of hedging transactions
          Notwithstanding subsection (a)(7), the Secretary shall
        prescribe regulations to properly characterize any income,
        gain, expense, or loss arising from a transaction - 
            (i) which is a hedging transaction but which was not
          identified as such in accordance with subsection (a)(7), or
            (ii) which was so identified but is not a hedging
          transaction.
      (3) Regulations
        The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as are
      appropriate to carry out the purposes of paragraph (6) and (7) of
      subsection (a) in the case of transactions involving related
      parties.

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 321; Pub. L. 91-172, title V,
    Sec. 514(a), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 643; Pub. L. 94-455, title
    XIX, Sec. 1901(c)(9), title XXI, Sec. 2132(a), Oct. 4, 1976, 90
    Stat. 1803, 1925; Pub. L. 97-34, title V, Sec. 505(a), Aug. 13,
    1981, 95 Stat. 331; Pub. L. 106-170, title V, Sec. 532(a), Dec. 17,
    1999, 113 Stat. 1928; Pub. L. 107-16, title V, Sec. 542(e)(2)(A),
    June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 85; Pub. L. 107-147, title IV, Sec.
    417(20), Mar. 9, 2002, 116 Stat. 57.)


-STATAMEND-
                     AMENDMENT OF SUBSECTION (A)(3)(C)                 
      Pub. L. 107-16, title V, Sec. 542(e)(2)(A), (f)(1), title IX,
    Sec. 901, June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 85, 86, 150, provided that,
    applicable to estates of decedents dying after Dec. 31, 2009,
    subsection (a)(3)(C) of this section is temporarily amended by
    inserting "(other than by reason of section 1022)" after "is
    determined". See Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment
    note below.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      2002 - Subsec. (b)(1)(B)(i). Pub. L. 107-147 substituted
    "1256(b)))" for "1256(b))".
      1999 - Pub. L. 106-170 designated existing provisions as subsec.
    (a), inserted heading, and added pars. (6) to (8) and subsec. (b).
      1981 - Pars. (5), (6). Pub. L. 97-34 redesignated par. (6) as (5)
    and struck out former par. (5), which excluded from definition of
    "capital asset" an obligation of the United States or any of its
    possessions, or of a State or any political subdivision thereof, or
    of the District of Columbia, issued on or after March 1, 1941, on a
    discount basis and payable without interest at a fixed maturity
    date not exceeding one year from the date of issue, and is covered
    by section 1232(a)(4)(B) of this title.
      1976 - Par. (5). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(c)(9), struck out "or
    Territory," after "State".
      Par. (6). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 2132(a), added par. (6).
      1969 - Par. (3). Pub. L. 91-172 inserted reference to a letter or
    memorandum, added subpar. (B) dealing with a letter or memorandum,
    and redesignated former subpar. (B) as (C).

             EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES OF 2001 AMENDMENT         
      Amendment by Pub. L. 107-16 applicable to estates of decedents
    dying after Dec. 31, 2009, see section 542(f)(1) of Pub. L. 107-16,
    set out as a note under section 121 of this title.
      Amendment by Pub. L. 107-16 inapplicable to estates of decedents
    dying, gifts made, or generation skipping transfers, after Dec. 31,
    2010, and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to be applied and
    administered to such estates, gifts, and transfers as if such
    amendment had never been enacted, see section 901 of Pub. L.
    107-16, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1999 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 106-170 applicable to any instrument held,
    acquired, or entered into, any transaction entered into, and
    supplies held or acquired on or after Dec. 17, 1999, see section
    532(d) of Pub. L. 106-170, set out as a note under section 170 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1981 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-34 applicable to property acquired and
    positions established by the taxpayer after June 23, 1981, in
    taxable years ending after such date, and applicable when so
    elected with respect to property held on June 23, 1981, see section
    508 of Pub. L. 97-34, set out as an Effective Date note under
    section 1092 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 2132(b) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to
    sales, exchanges, and contributions made after the date of
    enactment of this Act [Oct. 4, 1976]."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1969 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 514(c) of Pub. L. 91-172 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [amending this section and sections 341 and
    1231 of this title] shall apply to sales and other dispositions
    occurring after July 25, 1969."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 170, 198, 263A, 267, 367,
    543, 707, 751, 775, 818, 856, 857, 864, 865, 954, 995, 1092, 1223,
    1231, 1234, 1234B, 1248, 1256, 1362, 1397C, 4662, 7704 of this
    title.

-FOOTNOTE-
    (!1) So in original. Probably should be "who".


-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1222                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART III - GENERAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1222. Other terms relating to capital gains and losses

-STATUTE-
      For purposes of this subtitle - 
      (1) Short-term capital gain
        The term "short-term capital gain" means gain from the sale or
      exchange of a capital asset held for not more than 1 year, if and
      to the extent such gain is taken into account in computing gross
      income.
      (2) Short-term capital loss
        The term "short-term capital loss" means loss from the sale or
      exchange of a capital asset held for not more than 1 year, if and
      to the extent that such loss is taken into account in computing
      taxable income.
      (3) Long-term capital gain
        The term "long-term capital gain" means gain from the sale or
      exchange of a capital asset held for more than 1 year, if and to
      the extent such gain is taken into account in computing gross
      income.
      (4) Long-term capital loss
        The term "long-term capital loss" means loss from the sale or
      exchange of a capital asset held for more than 1 year, if and to
      the extent that such loss is taken into account in computing
      taxable income.
      (5) Net short-term capital gain
        The term "net short-term capital gain" means the excess of
      short-term capital gains for the taxable year over the short-term
      capital losses for such year.
      (6) Net short-term capital loss
        The term "net short-term capital loss" means the excess of
      short-term capital losses for the taxable year over the
      short-term capital gains for such year.
      (7) Net long-term capital gain
        The term "net long-term capital gain" means the excess of
      long-term capital gains for the taxable year over the long-term
      capital losses for such year.
      (8) Net long-term capital loss
        The term "net long-term capital loss" means the excess of
      long-term capital losses for the taxable year over the long-term
      capital gains for such year.
      (9) Capital gain net income
        The term "capital gain net income" means the excess of the
      gains from sales or exchanges of capital assets over the losses
      from such sales or exchanges.
      (10) Net capital loss
        The term "net capital loss" means the excess of the losses from
      sales or exchanges of capital assets over the sum allowed under
      section 1211. In the case of a corporation, for the purpose of
      determining losses under this paragraph, amounts which are
      short-term capital losses under section 1212 shall be excluded.
      (11) Net capital gain
        The term "net capital gain" means the excess of the net
      long-term capital gain for the taxable year over the net
      short-term capital loss for such year.

    For purposes of this subtitle, in the case of futures transactions
    in any commodity subject to the rules of a board of trade or
    commodity exchange, the length of the holding period taken into
    account under this section or under any other section amended by
    section 1402 of the Tax Reform Act of 1976 shall be determined
    without regard to the amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) of
    such section 1402.

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 322; Pub. L. 88-272, title II,
    Sec. 230(b), Feb. 26, 1964, 78 Stat. 100; Pub. L. 91-172, title V,
    Secs. 511(a), 513(c), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 635, 643; Pub. L.
    94-455, title XIV, Sec. 1402(a)(1), (2), (d), title XIX, Sec.
    1901(a)(136), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1731, 1733, 1787; Pub. L.
    98-369, div. A, title X, Sec. 1001(a), (e), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat.
    1011, 1012.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      The Tax Reform Act of 1976, referred to in last sentence, is Pub.
    L. 94-455, Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1520, as amended. For complete
    classification of this Act and of section 1402 of such Act to the
    Code, see Tables.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1984 - Pars. (1) to (4). Pub. L. 98-369 substituted "6 months"
    for "1 year", applicable to property acquired after June 22, 1984,
    and before Jan. 1, 1988. See Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note
    below.
      1976 - Pars. (1) to (4). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(a)(2),
    provided that "9 months" would be changed to "1 year".
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(a)(1), provided that "6 months" would
    be changed to "9 months" for taxable years beginning in 1977.
      Par. (9). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(a)(136)(A), substituted
    "Capital gain net income" and "capital gain net income" for "Net
    capital gain" and "net capital gain" in heading and text.
      Par. (11). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(a)(136)(B), substituted "Net
    capital gain" and "net capital gain" for "Net section 1201 gain"
    and "net section 1201 gain" in heading and text.
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(d), inserted sentence at end relating
    to length of holding period in case of futures transactions in
    commodities.
      1969 - Par. (9). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 513(c), substituted "The"
    for "In the case of a corporation, the".
      Par. (11). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 511(a), added par. (11).
      1964 - Pars. (9), (10). Pub. L. 88-272 struck out provisions from
    par. (9) relating to taxpayers other than corporations, and
    inserted "In the case of a corporation" in par. (10).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to property acquired after
    June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988, see section 1001(e) of Pub.
    L. 98-369, set out as a note under section 166 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1402(a)(1) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning in 1977.
      Section 1402(a)(2) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1977.
      Amendment by section 1901(a)(136) of Pub. L. 94-455 applicable
    with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see
    section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under section
    2 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1969 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 513(c) of Pub. L. 91-172 applicable to
    taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1969, see section 513(d) of
    Pub. L. 91-172, set out as a note under section 1211 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1964 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 88-272 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1963, see section 230(c) of Pub. L. 88-272, set out
    as a note under section 1212 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 32, 265, 4981, 4982 of
    this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1223                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART III - GENERAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1223. Holding period of property

-STATUTE-
      For purposes of this subtitle - 
        (1) In determining the period for which the taxpayer has held
      property received in an exchange, there shall be included the
      period for which he held the property exchanged if, under this
      chapter, the property has, for the purpose of determining gain or
      loss from a sale or exchange, the same basis in whole or in part
      in his hands as the property exchanged, and, in the case of such
      exchanges after March 1, 1954, the property exchanged at the time
      of such exchange was a capital asset as defined in section 1221
      or property described in section 1231. For purposes of this
      paragraph - 
          (A) an involuntary conversion described in section 1033 shall
        be considered an exchange of the property converted for the
        property acquired, and
          (B) a distribution to which section 355 (or so much of
        section 356 as relates to section 355) applies shall be treated
        as an exchange.

        (2) In determining the period for which the taxpayer has held
      property however acquired there shall be included the period for
      which such property was held by any other person, if under this
      chapter such property has, for the purpose of determining gain or
      loss from a sale or exchange, the same basis in whole or in part
      in his hands as it would have in the hands of such other person.
        (3) In determining the period for which the taxpayer has held
      stock or securities received upon a distribution where no gain
      was recognized to the distributee under section 1081(c) (or under
      section 112(g) of the Revenue Act of 1928, 45 Stat. 818, or the
      Revenue Act of 1932, 48 Stat. 705), there shall be included the
      period for which he held the stock or securities in the
      distributing corporation before the receipt of the stock or
      securities on such distribution.
        (4) In determining the period for which the taxpayer has held
      stock or securities the acquisition of which (or the contract or
      option to acquire which) resulted in the nondeductibility (under
      section 1091 relating to wash sales) of the loss from the sale or
      other disposition of substantially identical stock or securities,
      there shall be included the period for which he held the stock or
      securities the loss from the sale or other disposition of which
      was not deductible.
        (5) In determining the period for which the taxpayer has held
      stock or rights to acquire stock received on a distribution, if
      the basis of such stock or rights is determined under section 307
      (or under so much of section 1052(c) as refers to section
      113(a)(23) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939), there shall
      (under regulations prescribed by the Secretary) be included the
      period for which he held the stock in the distributing
      corporation before the receipt of such stock or rights upon such
      distribution.
        (6) In determining the period for which the taxpayer has held
      stock or securities acquired from a corporation by the exercise
      of rights to acquire such stock or securities, there shall be
      included only the period beginning with the date on which the
      right to acquire was exercised.
        (7) In determining the period for which the taxpayer has held a
      residence, the acquisition of which resulted under section 1034
      (as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the
      Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997) in the nonrecognition of any part of
      the gain realized on the sale or exchange of another residence,
      there shall be included the period for which such other residence
      had been held as of the date of such sale or exchange. For
      purposes of this paragraph, the term "sale or exchange" includes
      an involuntary conversion occurring after December 31, 1950, and
      before January 1, 1954.
        (8) In determining the period for which the taxpayer has held a
      commodity acquired in satisfaction of a commodity futures
      contract (other than a commodity futures contract to which
      section 1256 applies) there shall be included the period for
      which he held the commodity futures contract if such commodity
      futures contract was a capital asset in his hands.
        (9) Any reference in this section to a provision of this title
      shall, where applicable, be deemed a reference to the
      corresponding provision of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, or
      prior internal revenue laws.
        (10) In determining the period for which the taxpayer has held
      trust certificates of a trust to which subsection (d) of section
      1246 applies, or the period for which the taxpayer has held stock
      in a corporation to which subsection (d) of section 1246 applies,
      there shall be included the period for which the trust or
      corporation (as the case may be) held the stock of foreign
      investment companies.
        (11) In the case of a person acquiring property from a decedent
      or to whom property passed from a decedent (within the meaning of
      section 1014(b)), if - 
          (A) the basis of such property in the hands of such person is
        determined under section 1014, and
          (B) such property is sold or otherwise disposed of by such
        person within 1 year after the decedent's death,

      then such person shall be considered to have held such property
      for more than 1 year.
        (12) If - 
          (A) property is acquired by any person in a transfer to which
        section 1040 applies,
          (B) such property is sold or otherwise disposed of by such
        person within 1 year after the decedent's death, and
          (C) such sale or disposition is to a person who is a
        qualified heir (as defined in section 2032A(e)(1)) with respect
        to the decedent,

      then the person making such sale or other disposition shall be
      considered to have held such property for more than 1 year.
        (13) In determining the period for which the taxpayer has held
      qualified replacement property (within the meaning of section
      1042(b)) the acquisition of which resulted under section 1042 in
      the nonrecognition of any part of the gain realized on the sale
      of qualified securities (within the meaning of section 1042(b)),
      there shall be included the period for which such qualified
      securities had been held by the taxpayer.
        (14) In determining the period for which the taxpayer has held
      property the acquisition of which resulted under section 1043 in
      the nonrecognition of any part of the gain realized on the sale
      of other property, there shall be included the period for which
      such other property had been held as of the date of such sale.
        (15) Except for purposes of sections 1202(a)(2), 1202(c)(2)(A),
      1400B(b), and 1400F(b), in determining the period for which the
      taxpayer has held property the acquisition of which resulted
      under section 1045 or 1397B in the nonrecognition of any part of
      the gain realized on the sale of other property, there shall be
      included the period for which such other property has been held
      as of the date of such sale.
        (16) If the security to which a securities futures contract (as
      defined in section 1234B) relates (other than a contract to which
      section 1256 applies) is acquired in satisfaction of such
      contract, in determining the period for which the taxpayer has
      held such security, there shall be included the period for which
      the taxpayer held such contract if such contract was a capital
      asset in the hands of the taxpayer.
        (17) Cross reference. - 
          For special holding period provision relating to certain
        partnership distributions, see section 735(b).

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 323; Pub. L. 87-834, Sec.
    14(b)(3), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1041; Pub. L. 91-614, title I,
    Sec. 101(g), Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1838; Pub. L. 94-455, title
    XIV, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(Q), (2), title XIX, Sec. 1906(b) (13)(A), Oct.
    4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1732, 1834; Pub. L. 95-600, title VII, Sec.
    702(c)(5), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2927; Pub. L. 96-223, title IV,
    Sec. 401(a), Apr. 2, 1980, 94 Stat. 299; Pub. L. 97-448, title I,
    Secs. 104(b)(3)(C), 105(c)(4), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2382, 2385;
    Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 54(c), title V, Sec.
    541(b)(1), title X, Sec. 1001(b)(14), (e), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat.
    569, 890, 1011, 1012; Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1006(e)(17),
    Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3403; Pub. L. 101-194, title V, Sec.
    502(b)(1), Nov. 30, 1989, 103 Stat. 1754; Pub. L. 105-34, title
    III, Secs. 312(d)(9), 313(b)(2), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 840, 842;
    Pub. L. 105-206, title V, Sec. 5001(a)(5), title VI, Sec.
    6005(d)(4), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 788, 805; Pub. L. 106-554,
    Sec. 1(a)(7) [title I, Sec. 116(b)(2), title IV, Sec. 401(h)(1)],
    Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-603, 2763A-650.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      The Revenue Act of 1928, referred to in par. (3), is act May 29,
    1928, ch. 852, 45 Stat. 791. Section 112(g) of such act appears at
    45 Stat. 818.
      The Revenue Act of 1932, referred to in par. (3), probably means
    the Revenue Act of 1934, which is act May 10, 1934, ch. 277, 48
    Stat. 680. Section 112(g) of such act appears at 48 Stat. 705.
      Section 113(a)(23) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, referred
    to in par. (5), was classified to section 113(a)(23) of former
    Title 26, Internal Revenue Code. Section 113 was repealed by
    section 7851(a)(1) of this title. For table of comparisons of the
    1939 Code to the 1986 Code, see Table I preceding section 1 of this
    title. See, also, section 7851(e) of this title for provision that
    references in the 1986 Code to a provision of the 1939 Code, not
    then applicable, shall be deemed a reference to the corresponding
    provision of the 1986 Code, which is then applicable.
      The date of the enactment of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997,
    referred to in par. (7), is the date of enactment of Pub. L.
    105-34, which was approved Aug. 5, 1997.
      The Internal Revenue Code of 1939, referred to in par. (9), is
    act Feb. 10, 1939, ch. 2, 53 Stat. 1, as amended. Prior to the
    enactment of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C.
    1954], the 1939 Code was classified to former Title 26, Internal
    Revenue Code. For table of comparisons of the 1939 Code to the 1986
    Code, see Table I preceding section 1 of this title.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      2000 - Par. (15). Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title I, Sec.
    116(b)(2)], amended par. (15) generally. Prior to amendment, par.
    (15) read as follows: "In determining the period for which the
    taxpayer has held property the acquisition of which resulted under
    section 1045 in the nonrecognition of any part of the gain realized
    on the sale of other property, there shall be included the period
    for which such other property has been held as of the date of such
    sale."
      Pars. (16), (17). Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec.
    401(h)(1)], added par. (16) and redesignated former par. (16) as
    (17).
      1998 - Pars. (11), (12). Pub. L. 105-206, Sec. 6005(d)(4),
    substituted "18 months" for "1 year" in subpar. (B) and concluding
    provisions.
      Pub. L. 105-206, Sec. 5001(a)(5), substituted "1 year" for "18
    months" in subpar. (B) and concluding provisions.
      1997 - Par. (7). Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 312(d)(9), inserted "(as in
    effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Taxpayer
    Relief Act of 1997)" after "section 1034".
      Pars. (15), (16). Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 313(b)(2), added par. (15)
    and redesignated former par. (15) as (16).
      1989 - Pars. (14), (15). Pub. L. 101-194 added par. (14) and
    redesignated former par. (14) as (15).
      1988 - Par. (14). Pub. L. 100-647 amended par. (14) generally,
    substituting "reference" for "references" in heading, striking out
    "(A)" before "For special holding", and striking out subpar. (B)
    which related to distributions of appreciated property to
    corporations.
      1984 - Pars. (11), (12). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 1001(b)(14), (e),
    substituted "6 months" for "1 year", applicable to property
    acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988. See
    Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note below.
      Par. (13). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 541(b)(1), added par. (13).
    Former par. (13) redesignated (14).
      Par. (14). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 541(b)(1), redesignated former
    par. (13) as (14).
      Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 54(c), designated existing cross reference
    as subpar. (A) and added subpar. (B).
      1983 - Par. (8). Pub. L. 97-448, Sec. 105(c)(4), inserted "(other
    than a commodity futures contract to which section 1256 applies)"
    after "acquired in satisfaction of a commodity futures contract".
      Pars. (12), (13). Pub. L. 97-448, Sec. 104(b)(3)(C), added par.
    (12) and redesignated former par. (12) as (13).
      1980 - Par. (11)(A). Pub. L. 96-223 repealed the amendment made
    by Pub. L. 95-600. See 1978 Amendment note below.
      1978 - Par. (11)(A). Pub. L. 95-600 inserted reference to
    determination of basis of property under section 1023. See Repeals
    note below.
      1976 - Par. (5). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A), struck out
    "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Par. (11). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(2), provided that "9
    months" would be changed to "1 year".
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(Q), provided that "6 months"
    would be changed to "9 months" for taxable years beginning in 1977.
      1970 - Pars. (11), (12). Pub. L. 91-614 added par. (11) and
    redesignated former par. (11) as (12).
      1962 - Pars. (10), (11). Pub. L. 87-834 added par. (10) and
    redesignated former par. (10) as (11).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2000 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 1(a)(7) [title I, Sec. 116(b)(2)] of Pub. L.
    106-554 applicable to qualified empowerment zone assets acquired
    after Dec. 21, 2000, see section 1(a)(7) [title I, Sec. 116(c)] of
    Pub. L. 106-554, set out as a note under section 1016 of this
    title.
      Amendment by section 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec. 401(h)(1)] of Pub.
    L. 106-554 effective Dec. 21, 2000, see section 1(a)(7) [title IV,
    Sec. 401(j)] of Pub. L. 106-554, set out as a note under section
    1032 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 5001(a)(5) of Pub. L. 105-206 effective Jan.
    1, 1998, see section 5001(b)(2) of Pub. L. 105-206, set out as a
    note under section 1 of this title.
      Amendment by section 6005(d)(4) of Pub. L. 105-206 effective,
    except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of
    the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105-34, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 6024 of Pub. L. 105-206, set out as
    a note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 312(d)(9) of Pub. L. 105-34 applicable to
    sales and exchanges after May 6, 1997, with certain exceptions, see
    section 312(d) of Pub. L. 105-34, set out as a note under section
    121 of this title.
      Amendment by section 313(b)(2) of Pub. L. 105-34 applicable to
    sales after Aug. 5, 1997, see section 313(c) of Pub. L. 105-34, set
    out as a note under section 1016 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1989 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 101-194 applicable to sales after Nov. 30,
    1989, see section 502(c) of Pub. L. 101-194, set out as a note
    under section 1016 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 541(b)(1) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    sales of securities in taxable years beginning after July 18, 1984,
    see section 541(c) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as an Effective Date
    note under section 1042 of this title.
      Amendment by section 1001(b)(14) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    property acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988, see
    section 1001(e) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under section
    166 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1983 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-448 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if it had been included in the provision of the
    Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981, Pub. L. 97-34, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 109 of Pub. L. 97-448, set out as a
    note under section 1 of this title.

         EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1980 AMENDMENT AND REVIVAL OF PRIOR LAW     
      Amendment by Pub. L. 96-223 (repealing section 702(c)(5) of Pub.
    L. 95-600 and the amendments made thereby, which had amended this
    section) applicable in respect of decedents dying after Dec. 31,
    1976, and except for certain elections, this title to be applied
    and administered as if those repealed provisions had not been
    enacted, see section 401(b), (e) of Pub. L. 96-223, set out as a
    note under section 1023 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1978 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 95-600 to take effect as if included in the
    amendments and additions made by, and the appropriate provisions of
    Pub. L. 94-455, see section 702(c)(10) of Pub. L. 95-600, set out
    as a note under section 1014 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1402(b)(1) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning in 1977.
      Section 1402(b)(2) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1977.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1970 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 91-614 applicable with respect to decedents
    dying after Dec. 31, 1970, see section 101(j) of Pub. L. 91-614,
    set out as a note under section 2032 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1962 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 87-834 applicable with respect to taxable
    years beginning after Dec. 31, 1962, see section 14(c) of Pub. L.
    87-834, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1246 of
    this title.

                                  REPEALS                              
      Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 702(c)(5), cited as a credit to this
    section, and the amendments made thereby, were repealed by Pub. L.
    96-223, title IV, Sec. 401(a), 94 Stat. 299, resulting in the text
    of this section reading as it read prior to enactment of section
    702(c)(5). See Effective Date of 1980 Amendment and Revival of
    Prior Law note set out above.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 121, 246, 735, 818, 1045,
    1233, 1246, 1250, 1291, 1397B, 5881 of this title.

-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL
           GAINS AND LOSSES                                01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
     PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES 

-MISC1-
    Sec.                                                     
    1231.       Property used in the trade or business and involuntary
                 conversions.                                         
    [1232 to 1232B. Repealed.]                                        
    1233.       Gains and losses from short sales.                    
    1234.       Options to buy or sell.                               
    1234A.      Gains or losses from certain terminations.            
    1234B.      Securities futures contracts.(!1)                      
    1235.       Sale or exchange of patents.                          
    1236.       Dealers in securities.                                
    1237.       Real property subdivided for sale.                    
    [1238.      Repealed.]                                            
    1239.       Gain from sale of certain property between spouses or
                 between an individual and a controlled
                 corporation.(!1)                                     
    [1240.      Repealed.]                                            
    1241.       Cancellation of lease or distributor's agreement.     
    1242.       Losses on small business investment company stock.    
    1243.       Loss of small business investment company.            
    1244.       Losses on small business stock.                       
    1245.       Gain from dispositions of certain depreciable
                 property.                                            
    1246.       Gain on foreign investment company stock.             
    1247.       Election by foreign investment companies to distribute
                 income currently.                                    
    1248.       Gain from certain sales or exchanges of stock in
                 certain foreign corporations.                        
    1249.       Gain from certain sales or exchanges of patents, etc.,
                 to foreign corporations.                             
    1250.       Gain from dispositions of certain depreciable realty. 
    [1251.      Repealed.]                                            
    1252.       Gain from the disposition of farm land.(!1)           
    1253.       Transfers of franchises, trademarks, and trade names. 
    1254.       Gain from disposition of interest in oil, gas,
                 geothermal, or other mineral properties.             
    1255.       Gain from disposition of section 126 property.        
    1256.       Section 1256 contracts marked to market.              
    1257.       Disposition of converted wetlands or highly erodible
                 croplands.                                           
    1258.       Recharacterization of gain from certain financial
                 transactions.                                        
    1259.       Constructive sales treatment for appreciated financial
                 positions.                                           
    1260.       Gains from constructive ownership transactions.       

                                AMENDMENTS                            
      2000 - Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec. 401(h)(2)],
    Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-650, which directed the
    amendment of the table of sections of subpart IV of subchapter P of
    chapter 1 by adding item 1234B, was executed by adding item 1234B
    to the table of sections for this part which is part IV of
    subchapter P of chapter 1 to reflect the probable intent of
    Congress.
      1999 - Pub. L. 106-170, title V, Sec. 534(b), Dec. 17, 1999, 113
    Stat. 1934, added item 1260.
      1997 - Pub. L. 105-34, title X, Sec. 1001(c), Aug. 5, 1997, 111
    Stat. 907, added item 1259.
      1993 - Pub. L. 103-66, title XIII, Sec. 13206(a)(2), Aug. 10,
    1993, 107 Stat. 465, added item 1258.
      1990 - Pub. L. 101-508, title XI, Sec. 11801(b)(10), Nov. 5,
    1990, 104 Stat. 1388-522, struck out item 1238 "Amortization in
    excess of depreciation".
      1988 - Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1018(u)(24), Nov. 10, 1988,
    102 Stat. 3591, substituted "geothermal, or other mineral
    properties" for "or geothermal property" in item 1254.
      1986 - Pub. L. 99-514, title IV, Sec. 403(b), Oct. 22, 1986, 100
    Stat. 2222, added item 1257.
      1984 - Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Secs. 42(b)(2),
    102(e)(6), title IV, Sec. 492(c), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 557, 624,
    854, struck out items 1232 "Bonds and other evidence of
    indebtedness", 1232A "Original issue discount", 1232B "Tax
    treatment of stripped bonds", 1251 "Gain from disposition of
    property used in farming where farm losses offset nonfarm income",
    and substituted "Section 1256 contracts" for "Regulated futures
    contracts" in item 1256.
      1982 - Pub. L. 97-248, title II, Secs. 231(d), 232(c), Sept. 3,
    1982, 96 Stat. 499, 501, added items 1232A and 1232B.
      1981 - Pub. L. 97-34, title V, Secs. 503(b), 507(b), Aug. 13,
    1981, 95 Stat. 330, 333, added items 1234A and 1256.
      1978 - Pub. L. 95-618, title IV, Sec. 402(c)(4), Nov. 9, 1978, 92
    Stat. 3202, substituted "oil, gas, or geothermal" for "oil or gas"
    in item 1254.
      Pub. L. 95-600, title V, Sec. 543(c)(2), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat.
    2890, added item 1255.
      1976 - Pub. L. 94-455, title II, Sec. 205(d), title XIX, Sec.
    1901(b)(34), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1535, 1802, added item 1254 and
    struck out item 1240 "Taxability to employee of termination
    payments".
      1969 - Pub. L. 91-172, title II, Secs. 211(b)(7), 214(b), title
    V, Sec. 516(c)(2)(C), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 570, 573, 648, added
    items 1251 to 1253.
      1964 - Pub. L. 88-272, title II, Sec. 231(b)(7), Feb. 26, 1964,
    78 Stat. 105, added item 1250.
      1962 - Pub. L. 87-834, Secs. 13(a)(2), 14(a)(2), 15(b), 16(b),
    Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1033, 1040, 1044, 1045, added items
    1245-1249.
      1958 - Pub. L. 85-866, title I, Sec. 57(c)(3), title II, Sec.
    202(c), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1646, 1678, added items 1242-1244.

-FOOTNOTE-
    (!1) So in original. Does not conform to section catchline.


-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1231                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1231. Property used in the trade or business and involuntary
      conversions

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      (1) Gains exceed losses
        If - 
          (A) the section 1231 gains for any taxable year, exceed
          (B) the section 1231 losses for such taxable year,

      such gains and losses shall be treated as long-term capital gains
      or long-term capital losses, as the case may be.
      (2) Gains do not exceed losses
        If - 
          (A) the section 1231 gains for any taxable year, do not
        exceed
          (B) the section 1231 losses for such taxable year,

      such gains and losses shall not be treated as gains and losses
      from sales or exchanges of capital assets.
      (3) Section 1231 gains and losses
        For purposes of this subsection - 
        (A) Section 1231 gain
          The term "section 1231 gain" means - 
            (i) any recognized gain on the sale or exchange of property
          used in the trade or business, and
            (ii) any recognized gain from the compulsory or involuntary
          conversion (as a result of destruction in whole or in part,
          theft or seizure, or an exercise of the power of requisition
          or condemnation or the threat or imminence thereof) into
          other property or money of - 
              (I) property used in the trade or business, or
              (II) any capital asset which is held for more than 1 year
            and is held in connection with a trade or business or a
            transaction entered into for profit.
        (B) Section 1231 loss
          The term "section 1231 loss" means any recognized loss from a
        sale or exchange or conversion described in subparagraph (A).
      (4) Special rules
        For purposes of this subsection - 
          (A) In determining under this subsection whether gains exceed
        losses - 
            (i) the section 1231 gains shall be included only if and to
          the extent taken into account in computing gross income, and
            (ii) the section 1231 losses shall be included only if and
          to the extent taken into account in computing taxable income,
          except that section 1211 shall not apply.

          (B) Losses (including losses not compensated for by insurance
        or otherwise) on the destruction, in whole or in part, theft or
        seizure, or requisition or condemnation of - 
            (i) property used in the trade or business, or
            (ii) capital assets which are held for more than 1 year and
          are held in connection with a trade or business or a
          transaction entered into for profit,

        shall be treated as losses from a compulsory or involuntary
        conversion.
          (C) In the case of any involuntary conversion (subject to the
        provisions of this subsection but for this sentence) arising
        from fire, storm, shipwreck, or other casualty, or from theft,
        of any - 
            (i) property used in the trade or business, or
            (ii) any capital asset which is held for more than 1 year
          and is held in connection with a trade or business or a
          transaction entered into for profit,

        this subsection shall not apply to such conversion (whether
        resulting in gain or loss) if during the taxable year the
        recognized losses from such conversions exceed the recognized
        gains from such conversions.
    (b) Definition of property used in the trade or business
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) General rule
        The term "property used in the trade or business" means
      property used in the trade or business, of a character which is
      subject to the allowance for depreciation provided in section
      167, held for more than 1 year, and real property used in the
      trade or business, held for more than 1 year, which is not - 
          (A) property of a kind which would properly be includible in
        the inventory of the taxpayer if on hand at the close of the
        taxable year,
          (B) property held by the taxpayer primarily for sale to
        customers in the ordinary course of his trade or business,
          (C) a copyright, a literary, musical, or artistic
        composition, a letter or memorandum, or similar property, held
        by a taxpayer described in paragraph (3) of section 1221(a), or
          (D) a publication of the United States Government (including
        the Congressional Record) which is received from the United
        States Government, or any agency thereof, other than by
        purchase at the price at which it is offered for sale to the
        public, and which is held by a taxpayer described in paragraph
        (5) of section 1221(a).
      (2) Timber, coal, or domestic iron ore
        Such term includes timber, coal, and iron ore with respect to
      which section 631 applies.
      (3) Livestock
        Such term includes - 
          (A) cattle and horses, regardless of age, held by the
        taxpayer for draft, breeding, dairy, or sporting purposes, and
        held by him for 24 months or more from the date of acquisition,
        and
          (B) other livestock, regardless of age, held by the taxpayer
        for draft, breeding, dairy, or sporting purposes, and held by
        him for 12 months or more from the date of acquisition.

      Such term does not include poultry.
      (4) Unharvested crop
        In the case of an unharvested crop on land used in the trade or
      business and held for more than 1 year, if the crop and the land
      are sold or exchanged (or compulsorily or involuntarily
      converted) at the same time and to the same person, the crop
      shall be considered as "property used in the trade or business."
    (c) Recapture of net ordinary losses
      (1) In general
        The net section 1231 gain for any taxable year shall be treated
      as ordinary income to the extent such gain does not exceed the
      non-recaptured net section 1231 losses.
      (2) Non-recaptured net section 1231 losses
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "non-recaptured net
      section 1231 losses" means the excess of - 
          (A) the aggregate amount of the net section 1231 losses for
        the 5 most recent preceding taxable years beginning after
        December 31, 1981, over
          (B) the portion of such losses taken into account under
        paragraph (1) for such preceding taxable years.
      (3) Net section 1231 gain
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "net section 1231
      gain" means the excess of - 
          (A) the section 1231 gains, over
          (B) the section 1231 losses.
      (4) Net section 1231 loss
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "net section 1231
      loss" means the excess of - 
          (A) the section 1231 losses, over
          (B) the section 1231 gains.
      (5) Special rules
        For purposes of determining the amount of the net section 1231
      gain or loss for any taxable year, the rules of paragraph (4) of
      subsection (a) shall apply.

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 325; Pub. L. 85-866, title I,
    Sec. 49(a), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1642; Pub. L. 88-272, title II,
    Sec. 227(a)(2), Feb. 26, 1964, 78 Stat. 97; Pub. L. 91-172, title
    II, Sec. 212(b)(1), title V, Secs. 514(b)(2), 516(b), Dec. 30,
    1969, 83 Stat. 571, 643, 646; Pub. L. 94-455, title XIV, Sec.
    1402(b)(1)(R), (2), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1732; Pub. L. 95-600,
    title VII, Sec. 701(ee)(1), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2924; Pub. L.
    97-34, title V, Sec. 505(c)(1), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 332; Pub.
    L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 176(a), title VII, Sec.
    711(c)(2)(A)(iii), title X, Sec. 1001(b)(15), (e), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 709, 944, 1012; Pub. L. 106-170, title V, Sec.
    532(c)(1)(G), Dec. 17, 1999, 113 Stat. 1930.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1999 - Subsec. (b)(1)(C), (D). Pub. L. 106-170 substituted
    "section 1221(a)" for "section 1221".
      1984 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 1001(b)(15), (e),
    substituted "6 months" for "1 year" wherever appearing, applicable
    to property acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988.
    See Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note below.
      Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 711(c)(2)(A)(iii), amended subsec. (a)
    generally, substituting pars. (1) to (4), for "If, during the
    taxable year, the recognized gains on sales or exchanges of
    property used in the trade or business, plus the recognized gains
    from the compulsory or involuntary conversion (as a result of
    destruction in whole or in part, theft or seizure, or an exercise
    of the power of requisition or condemnation or the threat or
    imminence thereof) of property used in the trade or business and
    capital assets held for more than 1 year into other property or
    money, exceed the recognized losses from such sales, exchanges, and
    conversions, such gains and losses shall be considered as gains and
    losses from sales or exchanges of capital assets held for more than
    1 year. If such gains do not exceed such losses, such gains and
    losses shall not be considered as gains and losses from sales or
    exchanges of capital assets. For purposes of this subsection - 
        "(1) in determining under this subsection whether gains exceed
      losses, the gains described therein shall be included only if and
      to the extent taken into account in computing gross income and
      the losses described therein shall be included only if and to the
      extent taken into account in computing taxable income, except
      that section 1211 shall not apply; and
        "(2) losses (including losses not compensated for by insurance
      or otherwise) upon the destruction, in whole or in part, theft or
      seizure, or requisition or condemnation of (A) property used in
      the trade or business or (B) capital assets held for more than 1
      year shall be considered losses from a compulsory or involuntary
      conversion.
    In the case of any involuntary conversion (subject to the
    provisions of this subsection but for this sentence) arising from
    fire, storm, shipwreck, or other casualty, or from theft, of any
    property used in the trade or business or of any capital asset held
    for more than 1 year, this subsection shall not apply to such
    conversion (whether resulting in gain or loss) if during the
    taxable year the recognized losses from such conversions exceed the
    recognized gains from such conversions."
      Subsec. (b)(1), (4). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 1001(b)(15), (e),
    substituted "6 months" for "1 year", applicable to property
    acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988. See
    Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note below.
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 176(a), added subsec. (c).
      1981 - Subsec. (b)(1)(D). Pub. L. 97-34 substituted "paragraph
    (5)" for "paragraph (6)".
      1978 - Subsec. (b)(1)(D). Pub. L. 95-600 added subpar. (D).
      1976 - Subsecs. (a), (b)(1), (4). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec.
    1402(b)(2), provided that "9 months" would be changed to "1 year"
    wherever appearing.
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(R), provided that in subsecs.
    (a), first and last sentences, (a)(2), and (b)(1), (4), "6 months"
    would be changed to "9 months" for taxable years beginning in 1977.
      1969 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 516(b), provided that
    casualty (or theft) losses with respect to depreciable property and
    real estate used in trade or business and capital assets held for
    the production of income as well as personal assets are to be
    consolidated with casualty (or theft) gains with respect to this
    type of property and if the casualty losses exceed the casualty
    gains, the net loss is treated as an ordinary loss without regard
    to whether there may be noncasualty gains under this section, but,
    if the casualty gains exceed the casualty losses, the net gain is
    treated as a gain under this section and must be consolidated with
    other gains and losses under this section.
      Subsec. (b)(1)(C). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 514(b)(2), inserted
    reference to a letter or memorandum.
      Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 212(b)(1), redesignated
    existing provisions as subpar. (B) and added subpar. (A).
      1964 - Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 88-272 inserted reference to iron
    ore in text, and to domestic iron ore in heading.
      1958 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 85-866 inserted provision respecting
    casualty losses sustained upon certain uninsured property.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1999 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 106-170 applicable to any instrument held,
    acquired, or entered into, any transaction entered into, and
    supplies held or acquired on or after Dec. 17, 1999, see section
    532(d) of Pub. L. 106-170, set out as a note under section 170 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 176(b) of Pub. L. 98-369 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to net
    section 1231 gains for taxable years beginning after December 31,
    1984."
      Amendment by section 711(c)(2)(A)(iii) of Pub. L. 98-369
    applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1983, see
    section 711(c)(2)(A)(v) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under
    section 165 of this title.
      Amendment by section 1001(b)(15) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    property acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988, see
    section 1001(e) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under section
    166 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1981 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-34 applicable to property acquired and
    positions established by the taxpayer after June 23, 1981, in
    taxable years ending after such date, and applicable when so
    elected with respect to property held on June 23, 1981, see section
    508 of Pub. L. 97-34, set out as an Effective Date note under
    section 1092 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1978 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 701(ee)(2) of Pub. L. 95-600 provided that: "The
    amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply
    with respect to sales, exchanges, and contributions made after
    October 4, 1976."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1402(b)(1) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning in 1977.
      Section 1402(b)(2) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1977.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1969 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 212(b)(2) of Pub. L. 91-172 provided that: "The
    amendments made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall
    apply to livestock acquired after December 31, 1969."
      Amendment by section 514(b)(2) of Pub. L. 91-172 applicable to
    sales and other dispositions occurring after July 25, 1969, see
    section 514(c) of Pub. L. 91-172, set out as a note under section
    1221 of this title.
      Amendment by section 516(b) of Pub. L. 91-172 applicable to
    taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1969, see section 516(d)(2)
    of Pub. L. 91-172, set out as a note under section 1001 of this
    title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1964 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 88-272 applicable with respect to amounts
    received or accrued in taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1963,
    attributable to iron ore mined in such years, see section 227(c) of
    Pub. L. 88-272, set out as a note under section 272 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1958 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 49(b) of Pub. L. 85-866 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to
    taxable years beginning after December 31, 1957."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 1, 64, 118, 170, 268,
    272, 451, 543, 702, 724, 735, 751, 755, 818, 904, 1223, 1400B,
    1400F, 1503, 7704 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Secs. 1232 to 1232B                                  01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    [Secs. 1232 to 1232B. Repealed. Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I,
      Sec. 42(a)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 556]

-MISC1-
      Section 1232, acts Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 326; Sept.
    2, 1958, Pub. L. 85-866, title I, Secs. 50(a), 51, 72 Stat. 1642,
    1643; June 25, 1959, Pub. L. 86-69, Sec. 3(e), 73 Stat. 140; Sept.
    2, 1964, Pub. L. 88-563, Sec. 5, 78 Stat. 845; Dec. 30, 1969, Pub.
    L. 91-172, title IV, Sec. 413(a), (b), 83 Stat. 609, 611; Oct. 4,
    1976, Pub. L. 94-455, title XIV, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(S), (2), title
    XIX, Secs. 1901(b)(3)(I), (14)(D), 1904(b)(10)(C), 90 Stat. 1732,
    1793, 1796, 1817; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97-34, title V, Sec.
    505(b), 95 Stat. 331; Sept. 3, 1982, Pub. L. 97-248, title II,
    Secs. 231(c), 232(b), title III, Sec. 310(b)(6), 96 Stat. 499, 501,
    599; Jan. 12, 1983, Pub. L. 97-448, title III, Sec. 306(a)(9)(B),
    (C)(i), (ii), 96 Stat. 2403, 2404; July 18, 1984, Pub. L. 98-369,
    div. A, title X, Sec. 1001(b)(16), (d), (e), 98 Stat. 1012, related
    to bonds and other evidences of indebtedness. See section 1271 et
    seq. of this title.
      Section 1232A, added Pub. L. 97-248, title II, Sec. 231(a), Sept.
    3, 1982, 96 Stat. 496; amended Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title II,
    Sec. 211(b)(17), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 756, related to original
    issue discount. See section 1271 et seq. of this title.
      Section 1232B, added Pub. L. 97-248, title II, Sec. 232(a), Sept.
    3, 1982, 96 Stat. 499, related to stripped bonds. See section 1286
    of this title.

                         EFFECTIVE DATE OF REPEAL                     
      Repeal applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    see section 44 of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as an Effective Date note
    under section 1271 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1233                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1233. Gains and losses from short sales

-STATUTE-
    (a) Capital assets
      For purposes of this subtitle, gain or loss from the short sale
    of property shall be considered as gain or loss from the sale or
    exchange of a capital asset to the extent that the property,
    including a commodity future, used to close the short sale
    constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the taxpayer.
    (b) Short-term gains and holding periods
      If gain or loss from a short sale is considered as gain or loss
    from the sale or exchange of a capital asset under subsection (a)
    and if on the date of such short sale substantially identical
    property has been held by the taxpayer for not more than 1 year
    (determined without regard to the effect, under paragraph (2) of
    this subsection, of such short sale on the holding period), or if
    substantially identical property is acquired by the taxpayer after
    such short sale and on or before the date of the closing thereof - 
        (1) any gain on the closing of such short sale shall be
      considered as a gain on the sale or exchange of a capital asset
      held for not more than 1 year (notwithstanding the period of time
      any property used to close such short sale has been held); and
        (2) the holding period of such substantially identical property
      shall be considered to begin (notwithstanding section 1223,
      relating to the holding period of property) on the date of the
      closing of the short sale, or on the date of a sale, gift, or
      other disposition of such property, whichever date occurs first.
      This paragraph shall apply to such substantially identical
      property in the order of the dates of the acquisition of such
      property, but only to so much of such property as does not exceed
      the quantity sold short.

    For purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of an option to
    sell property at a fixed price shall be considered as a short sale,
    and the exercise or failure to exercise such option shall be
    considered as a closing of such short sale.
    (c) Certain options to sell
      Subsection (b) shall not include an option to sell property at a
    fixed price acquired on the same day on which the property
    identified as intended to be used in exercising such option is
    acquired and which, if exercised, is exercised through the sale of
    the property so identified. If the option is not exercised, the
    cost of the option shall be added to the basis of the property with
    which the option is identified. This subsection shall apply only to
    options acquired after August 16, 1954.
    (d) Long-term losses
      If on the date of such short sale substantially identical
    property has been held by the taxpayer for more than 1 year, any
    loss on the closing of such short sale shall be considered as a
    loss on the sale or exchange of a capital asset held for more than
    1 year (notwithstanding the period of time any property used to
    close such short sale has been held, and notwithstanding section
    1234).
    (e) Rules for application of section
      (1) Subsection (b)(1) or (d) shall not apply to the gain or loss,
    respectively, on any quantity of property used to close such short
    sale which is in excess of the quantity of the substantially
    identical property referred to in the applicable subsection.
      (2) For purposes of subsections (b) and (d) - 
        (A) the term "property" includes only stocks and securities
      (including stocks and securities dealt with on a "when issued"
      basis), and commodity futures, which are capital assets in the
      hands of the taxpayer, but does not include any position to which
      section 1092(b) applies;
        (B) in the case of futures transactions in any commodity on or
      subject to the rules of a board of trade or commodity exchange, a
      commodity future requiring delivery in 1 calendar month shall not
      be considered as property substantially identical to another
      commodity future requiring delivery in a different calendar
      month;
        (C) in the case of a short sale of property by an individual,
      the term "taxpayer", in the application of this subsection and
      subsections (b) and (d), shall be read as "taxpayer or his
      spouse"; but an individual who is legally separated from the
      taxpayer under a decree of divorce or of separate maintenance
      shall not be considered as the spouse of the taxpayer;
        (D) a securities futures contract (as defined in section 1234B)
      to acquire substantially identical property shall be treated as
      substantially identical property; and
        (E) entering into a securities futures contract (as so defined)
      to sell shall be considered to be a short sale, and the
      settlement of such contract shall be considered to be the closing
      of such short sale.

      (3) Where the taxpayer enters into 2 commodity futures
    transactions on the same day, one requiring delivery by him in one
    market and the other requiring delivery to him of the same (or
    substantially identical) commodity in the same calendar month in a
    different market, and the taxpayer subsequently closes both such
    transactions on the same day, subsections (b) and (d) shall have no
    application to so much of the commodity involved in either such
    transaction as does not exceed in quantity the commodity involved
    in the other.
      (4)(A) In the case of a taxpayer who is a dealer in securities
    (within the meaning of section 1236) - 
        (i) if, on the date of a short sale of stock, substantially
      identical property which is a capital asset in the hands of the
      taxpayer has been held for not more than 1 year, and
        (ii) if such short sale is closed more than 20 days after the
      date on which it was made,

    subsection (b)(2) shall apply in respect of the holding period of
    such substantially identical property.
      (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A) - 
        (i) the last sentence of subsection (b) applies; and
        (ii) the term "stock" means any share or certificate of stock
      in a corporation, any bond or other evidence of indebtedness
      which is convertible into any such share or certificate, or any
      evidence of an interest in, or right to subscribe to or purchase,
      any of the foregoing.
    (f) Arbitrage operations in securities
      In the case of a short sale which had been entered into as an
    arbitrage operation, to which sale the rule of subsection (b)(2)
    would apply except as otherwise provided in this subsection - 
        (1) subsection (b)(2) shall apply first to substantially
      identical assets acquired for arbitrage operations held at the
      close of business on the day such sale is made, and only to the
      extent that the quantity sold short exceeds the substantially
      identical assets acquired for arbitrage operations held at the
      close of business on the day such sale is made, shall the holding
      period of any other such identical assets held by the taxpayer be
      affected;
        (2) in the event that assets acquired for arbitrage operations
      are disposed of in such manner as to create a net short position
      in assets acquired for arbitrage operations, such net short
      position shall be deemed to constitute a short sale made on that
      day;
        (3) for the purpose of paragraphs (1) and (2) of this
      subsection the taxpayer will be deemed as of the close of any
      business day to hold property which he is or will be entitled to
      receive or acquire by virtue of any other asset acquired for
      arbitrage operations or by virtue of any contract he has entered
      into in an arbitrage operation; and
        (4) for the purpose of this subsection arbitrage operations are
      transactions involving the purchase and sale of assets for the
      purpose of profiting from a current difference between the price
      of the asset purchased and the price of the asset sold, and in
      which the asset purchased, if not identical to the asset sold, is
      such that by virtue thereof the taxpayer is, or will be, entitled
      to acquire assets identical to the assets sold. Such operations
      must be clearly identified by the taxpayer in his records as
      arbitrage operations on the day of the transaction or as soon
      thereafter as may be practicable. Assets acquired for arbitrage
      operations will include stocks and securities and the right to
      acquire stocks and securities.
    (g) Hedging transactions
      This section shall not apply in the case of a hedging transaction
    in commodity futures.
    (h) Short sales of property which becomes substantially worthless
      (1) In general
        If - 
          (A) the taxpayer enters into a short sale of property, and
          (B) such property becomes substantially worthless,

      the taxpayer shall recognize gain in the same manner as if the
      short sale were closed when the property becomes substantially
      worthless. To the extent provided in regulations prescribed by
      the Secretary, the preceding sentence also shall apply with
      respect to any option with respect to property, any offsetting
      notional principal contract with respect to property, any futures
      or forward contract to deliver any property, and any other
      similar transaction.
      (2) Statute of limitations
        If property becomes substantially worthless during a taxable
      year and any short sale of such property remains open at the time
      such property becomes substantially worthless, then - 
          (A) the statutory period for the assessment of any deficiency
        attributable to any part of the gain on such transaction shall
        not expire before the earlier of - 
            (i) the date which is 3 years after the date the Secretary
          is notified by the taxpayer (in such manner as the Secretary
          may by regulations prescribe) of the substantial
          worthlessness of such property, or
            (ii) the date which is 6 years after the date the return
          for such taxable year is filed, and

          (B) such deficiency may be assessed before the date
        applicable under subparagraph (A) notwithstanding the
        provisions of any other law or rule of law which would
        otherwise prevent such assessment.

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 327; Aug. 12, 1955, ch. 871,
    Sec. 1, 69 Stat. 717; Pub. L. 85-866, title I, Sec. 52(a), (b),
    Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1643, 1644; Pub. L. 94-455, title XIV, Sec.
    1402(b)(1)(T), (2), title XIX, Sec. 1901(a)(137), Oct. 4, 1976, 90
    Stat. 1732, 1787; Pub. L. 97-34, title V, Sec. 501(c), Aug. 13,
    1981, 95 Stat. 326; Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title X, Sec.
    1001(b)(17), (e), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1012; Pub. L. 105-34,
    title X, Sec. 1003(b)(1), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 910; Pub. L.
    106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec. 401(f)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114
    Stat. 2763, 2763A-649; Pub. L. 107-147, title IV, Sec.
    412(d)(3)(A), Mar. 9, 2002, 116 Stat. 54.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      2002 - Subsec. (e)(2)(E). Pub. L. 107-147 added subpar. (E).
      2000 - Subsec. (e)(2)(D). Pub. L. 106-554 added subpar. (D).
      1997 - Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 105-34 added subsec. (h).
      1984 - Subsecs. (b), (d), (e)(4)(A)(i). Pub. L. 98-369
    substituted "6 months" for "1 year" wherever appearing, applicable
    to property acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988.
    See Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note below.
      1981 - Subsec. (e)(2)(A). Pub. L. 97-34 inserted ", but does not
    include any position to which section 1092(b) applies" after
    "taxpayer".
      1976 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(2), provided
    that "9 months" would be changed to "1 year".
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(T), (2), provided that "6 months"
    would be changed to "9 months" for taxable years beginning in 1977.
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(a)(137), substituted
    "August 16, 1954" for "the date of enactment of this title".
      Subsecs. (d), (e)(4)(A)(i). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(2),
    provided that "9 months" would be changed to "1 year".
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(T), provided that "6 months"
    would be changed to "9 months" for taxable years beginning in 1977.
      1958 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 85-866, Sec. 52(b), struck out ",
    other than a hedging transaction in commodity futures," after "sale
    of property".
      Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 85-866, Sec. 52(a), added par. (4).
      Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 85-866, Sec. 52(b), added subsec. (g).
      1955 - Subsec. (f). Act Aug. 12, 1955, added subsec. (f).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 107-147 effective as if included in the
    provisions of the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 [H.R.
    5662, as enacted by Pub. L. 106-554], to which such amendment
    relates, see section 412(e) of Pub. L. 107-147, set out as a note
    under section 151 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1003(b)(2) of Pub. L. 105-34 provided that: "The
    amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply
    to property which becomes substantially worthless after the date of
    the enactment of this Act [Aug. 5, 1997]."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to property acquired after
    June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988, see section 1001(e) of Pub.
    L. 98-369, set out as a note under section 166 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1981 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-34 applicable to property acquired and
    positions established by the taxpayer after June 23, 1981, in
    taxable years ending after such date, and applicable when so
    elected with respect to property held on June 23, 1981, see section
    508 of Pub. L. 97-34, set out as an Effective Date note under
    section 1092 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1402(b)(1) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning in 1977.
      Section 1402(b)(2) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1977.
      Amendment by section 1901(a)(137) of Pub. L. 94-455 applicable
    with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see
    section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under section
    2 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1958 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 52(b) of Pub. L. 85-866 applicable to
    taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1953, and ending after Aug.
    16, 1954, see section 1(c)(1) of Pub. L. 85-866, set out as a note
    under section 165 of this title.
      Section 52(c) of Pub. L. 85-866 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with
    respect to short sales made after December 31, 1957."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1955 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 2 of act Aug. 12, 1955, provided that: "The amendment
    made by the first section of this Act [amending this section] shall
    apply only with respect to taxable years ending after the date of
    the enactment of this Act [Aug. 12, 1955] and only in the case of a
    short sale of property made by the taxpayer after such date."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 1092, 1234, 1234B of this
    title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1234                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1234. Options to buy or sell

-STATUTE-
    (a) Treatment of gain or loss in the case of the purchaser
      (1) General rule
        Gain or loss attributable to the sale or exchange of, or loss
      attributable to failure to exercise, an option to buy or sell
      property shall be considered gain or loss from the sale or
      exchange of property which has the same character as the property
      to which the option relates has in the hands of the taxpayer (or
      would have in the hands of the taxpayer if acquired by him).
      (2) Special rule for loss attributable to failure to exercise
        option
        For purposes of paragraph (1), if loss is attributable to
      failure to exercise an option, the option shall be deemed to have
      been sold or exchanged on the day it expired.
      (3) Nonapplication of subsection
        This subsection shall not apply to - 
          (A) an option which constitutes property described in
        paragraph (1) of section 1221(a);
          (B) in the case of gain attributable to the sale or exchange
        of an option, any income derived in connection with such option
        which, without regard to this subsection, is treated as other
        than gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset; and
          (C) a loss attributable to failure to exercise an option
        described in section 1233(c).
    (b) Treatment of grantor of option in the case of stock,
      securities, or commodities
      (1) General rule
        In the case of the grantor of the option, gain or loss from any
      closing transaction with respect to, and gain on lapse of, an
      option in property shall be treated as a gain or loss from the
      sale or exchange of a capital asset held not more than 1 year.
      (2) Definitions
        For purposes of this subsection - 
         (A) Closing transaction
          The term "closing transaction" means any termination of the
        taxpayer's obligation under an option in property other than
        through the exercise or lapse of the option.
         (B) Property
          The term "property" means stocks and securities (including
        stocks and securities dealt with on a "when issued" basis),
        commodities, and commodity futures.
      (3) Nonapplication of subsection
        This subsection shall not apply to any option granted in the
      ordinary course of the taxpayer's trade or business of granting
      options.
    (c) Treatment of options on section 1256 contracts and cash
      settlement options
      (1) Section 1256 contracts
        Gain or loss shall be recognized on the exercise of an option
      on a section 1256 contract (within the meaning of section
      1256(b)).
      (2) Treatment of cash settlement options
        (A) In general
          For purposes of subsections (a) and (b), a cash settlement
        option shall be treated as an option to buy or sell property.
        (B) Cash settlement option
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "cash settlement
        option" means any option which on exercise settles in (or could
        be settled in) cash or property other than the underlying
        property.

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 376, 68A Stat. 329; Pub. L. 85-866, title I,
    Sec. 53, Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1644; Pub. L. 89-809, title II,
    Sec. 210(a), Nov. 13, 1966, 80 Stat. 1580; Pub. L. 94-455, title
    XIV, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(U), (2), title XXI, Sec. 2136(a), Oct. 4,
    1976, 90 Stat. 1732, 1929; Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec.
    105(a), title X, Sec. 1001(b)(18), (e), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat.
    629, 1012; Pub. L. 106-170, title V, Sec. 532(c)(1)(H), Dec. 17,
    1999, 113 Stat. 1930.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1999 - Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 106-170 substituted "section
    1221(a)" for "section 1221".
      1984 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 1001(b)(18), (e),
    substituted "6 months" for "1 year", applicable to property
    acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988. See
    Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note below.
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 105(a), added subsec. (c).
      1976 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 2136(a), inserted in
    heading "in the case of the purchaser"; designated existing
    provisions as par. "(1) General rule" and substituted "an option"
    and "the option" for "a privilege or option" and "the option or
    privilege"; redesignated existing subsec. (b) as par. (2) and
    substituted "an option" and "the option" for "a privilege or
    option" and "the privilege or option"; and redesignated existing
    subsec. (d)(1) to (3) as par. (3)(A) to (C) and substituted in
    heading and introductory text "Nonapplication" and "subsection" for
    "Non-application" and "section", in par. (3)(A) "an option" for "a
    privilege or option", in par. (3)(B) "an option", "such option" and
    "subsection" for "a privilege or option", "such privilege or
    option" and "section" and in par. (3)(C) substituted a period for
    "; or".
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 2136(a), added subsec. (b),
    incorporating provisions of a prior subsec. (c) providing for a
    special rule for grantors of straddles, par. (1) relating to "gain
    on lapse" and reading "In the case of gain on lapse of an option
    granted by the taxpayer as part of a straddle, the gain shall be
    deemed to be gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset held
    for not more than 6 months on the day that the option expired.";
    par. (2) relating to "exception" and reading "This subsection shall
    not apply to any person who holds securities for sale to customers
    in the ordinary course of his trade or business.", now covered in
    subsec. (b)(3); and par. (3) relating to definitions of "straddle"
    and "security".
      Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(2), provided that "9
    months" would be changed to "1 year".
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(U), provided that "6 months"
    would be changed to "9 months" for taxable years beginning in 1977.
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 2136(a), struck out provision
    respecting special rule for grantors of straddles, the paragraphs
    relating to: (1) gain on lapse; (2) exception, now covered in
    subsec. (b)(3); and (3) definitions of "straddle" and "security",
    such provision now covered generally by subsec. (b) of this
    section.
      Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 2136(a), struck out provision
    respecting non-application of section, pars. (1) to (3) now covered
    in subsec. (a)(3)(A) to (C) of this section, and par. (4) providing
    for such non-application to gain attributable to the sale or
    exchange of a privilege or option acquired by the taxpayer before
    Mar. 1, 1954, if in the hands of the taxpayer such privilege or
    option was a capital asset.
      1966 - Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 89-809 added subsec. (c) and
    redesignated former subsec. (c) as (d).
      1958 - Pub. L. 85-866 amended section generally and among other
    changes provided in subsec. (a) that gain or loss resulting from
    option to buy or sell property is to be considered gain or loss
    arising from property which has the same character as the property
    underlying the option, incorporated existing provisions in subsecs.
    (b) and (c)(3), and inserted provisions set out in subsec. (c)(1),
    (2), (4).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1999 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 106-170 applicable to any instrument held,
    acquired, or entered into, any transaction entered into, and
    supplies held or acquired on or after Dec. 17, 1999, see section
    532(d) of Pub. L. 106-170, set out as a note under section 170 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 105(b) of Pub. L. 98-369 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to
    options purchased or granted after October 31, 1983, in taxable
    years ending after such date."
      Amendment by section 1001(b)(18) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    property acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988, see
    section 1001(e) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under section
    166 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1402(b)(1) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning in 1977.
      Section 1402(b)(2) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1977.
      Section 2136(b) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to
    options granted after September 1, 1976."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1966 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 210(b) of Pub. L. 89-809 provided that: "The amendments
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to
    straddle transactions entered into after January 25, 1965, in
    taxable years ending after such date."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1958 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 85-866 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1953, and ending after Aug. 16, 1954, see section
    1(c)(1) of Pub. L. 85-866, set out as a note under section 165 of
    this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in section 1233 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1234A                                           01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1234A. Gains or losses from certain terminations

-STATUTE-
      Gain or loss attributable to the cancellation, lapse, expiration,
    or other termination of - 
        (1) a right or obligation (other than a securities futures
      contract, as defined in section 1234B) with respect to property
      which is (or on acquisition would be) a capital asset in the
      hands of the taxpayer, or
        (2) a section 1256 contract (as defined in section 1256) not
      described in paragraph (1) which is a capital asset in the hands
      of the taxpayer,

    shall be treated as gain or loss from the sale of a capital asset.
    The preceding sentence shall not apply to the retirement of any
    debt instrument (whether or not through a trust or other
    participation arrangement).

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 97-34, title V, Sec. 507(a), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat.
    333; amended Pub. L. 97-448, title I, Sec. 105(e), Jan. 12, 1983,
    96 Stat. 2387; Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 102(e)(4),
    (9), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 624, 625; Pub. L. 105-34, title X,
    Sec. 1003(a)(1), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 909; Pub. L. 106-554, Sec.
    1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec. 401(b)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763,
    2763A-648; Pub. L. 107-147, title IV, Sec. 412(d)(1)(A), Mar. 9,
    2002, 116 Stat. 53.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      2002 - Pars. (1) to (3). Pub. L. 107-147 inserted "or" at end of
    par. (1), struck out "or" at end of par. (2), and struck out par.
    (3) which read as follows: "a securities futures contract (as so
    defined) which is a capital asset in the hands of the taxpayer,".
      2000 - Par. (1). Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec.
    401(b)(1)], inserted "(other than a securities futures contract, as
    defined in section 1234B)" after "right or obligation".
      Par. (3). Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec.
    401(b)(2)-(4)], added par. (3).
      1997 - Par. (1). Pub. L. 105-34 substituted "property" for
    "personal property (as defined in section 1092(d)(1))".
      1984 - Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(e)(9), inserted at end "The
    preceding sentence shall not apply to the retirement of any debt
    instrument (whether or not through a trust or other participation
    arrangement)."
      Par. (2). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(e)(4), substituted "a section
    1256 contract" for "a regulated futures contract".
      1983 - Pub. L. 97-448 inserted reference to a regulated futures
    contract (as defined in section 1256) not described in paragraph
    (1) which is a capital asset in the hands of the taxpayer.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 107-147 effective as if included in the
    provisions of the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 [H.R.
    5662, as enacted by Pub. L. 106-554], to which such amendment
    relates, see section 412(e) of Pub. L. 107-147, set out as a note
    under section 151 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1003(a)(2) of Pub. L. 105-34 provided that: "The
    amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply
    to terminations more than 30 days after the date of the enactment
    of this Act [Aug. 5, 1997]."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 102(e)(4) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    positions established after July 18, 1984, in taxable years ending
    after that date, except as otherwise provided, and amendment by
    section 102(e)(9) of Pub. L. 98-369, applicable as if included in
    the amendment made by section 507(a) of Pub. L. 97-34, as amended
    by section 105(e) of Pub. L. 97-448, see section 102(f), (g) of
    Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under section 1256 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1983 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-448 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if it had been included in the provision of the
    Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981, Pub. L. 97-34, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 109 of Pub. L. 97-448, set out as a
    note under section 1 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to property acquired and positions established
    by the taxpayer after June 23, 1981, in taxable years ending after
    such date, and applicable when so elected with respect to property
    held on June 23, 1981, see section 508 of Pub. L. 97-34, set out as
    a note under section 1092 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1234B                                           01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1234B. Gains or losses from securities futures contracts

-STATUTE-
    (a) Treatment of gain or loss
      (1) In general
        Gain or loss attributable to the sale, exchange, or termination
      of a securities futures contract shall be considered gain or loss
      from the sale or exchange of property which has the same
      character as the property to which the contract relates has in
      the hands of the taxpayer (or would have in the hands of the
      taxpayer if acquired by the taxpayer).
      (2) Nonapplication of subsection
        This subsection shall not apply to - 
          (A) a contract which constitutes property described in
        paragraph (1) or (7) of section 1221(a), and
          (B) any income derived in connection with a contract which,
        without regard to this subsection, is treated as other than
        gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.
    (b) Short-term gains and losses
      Except as provided in the regulations under section 1092(b) or
    this section, or in section 1233, if gain or loss on the sale,
    exchange, or termination of a securities futures contract to sell
    property is considered as gain or loss from the sale or exchange of
    a capital asset, such gain or loss shall be treated as short-term
    capital gain or loss.
    (c) Securities futures contract
      For purposes of this section, the term "securities futures
    contract" means any security future (as defined in section
    3(a)(55)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on
    the date of the enactment of this section).
    (d) Contracts not treated as commodity futures contracts
      For purposes of this title, a securities futures contract shall
    not be treated as a commodity futures contract.
    (e) Regulations
      The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be
    appropriate to provide for the proper treatment of securities
    futures contracts under this title.
    (f) Cross reference
          For special rules relating to dealer securities futures
        contracts, see section 1256.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec. 401(a)], Dec.
    21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-648; amended Pub. L. 107-147, title
    IV, Sec. 412(d)(1)(B), (3)(B), Mar. 9, 2002, 116 Stat. 53, 54.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      Section 3(a)(55)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
    referred to in subsec. (c), is classified to section 78c(a)(55)(A)
    of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
      The date of the enactment of this section, referred to in subsec.
    (c), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 106-554, which was
    approved Dec. 21, 2000.

-COD-
                               CODIFICATION                           
      Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec. 401(a)], which
    directed amendment of subpart IV of subchapter P of chapter 1 by
    adding this section after section 1234A, was executed by adding
    this section after 1234A of this part which is part IV of
    subchapter P of chapter 1, to reflect the probable intent of
    Congress.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      2002 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 107-147, Sec. 412(d)(1)(B)(i),
    substituted "sale, exchange, or termination of a securities futures
    contract" for "sale or exchange of a securities futures contract".
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 107-147, Sec. 412(d)(1)(B)(i), (3)(B),
    inserted "or in section 1233," after "or this section," and
    substituted "sale, exchange, or termination of a securities futures
    contract" for "sale or exchange of a securities futures contract".
      Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 107-147, Sec. 412(d)(1)(B)(ii), added
    subsec. (f).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 107-147 effective as if included in the
    provisions of the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 [H.R.
    5662, as enacted by Pub. L. 106-554], to which such amendment
    relates, see section 412(e) of Pub. L. 107-147, set out as a note
    under section 151 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 1032, 1091, 1092, 1223,
    1233, 1234A, 1275 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1235                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1235. Sale or exchange of patents

-STATUTE-
    (a) General
      A transfer (other than by gift, inheritance, or devise) of
    property consisting of all substantial rights to a patent, or an
    undivided interest therein which includes a part of all such
    rights, by any holder shall be considered the sale or exchange of a
    capital asset held for more than 1 year, regardless of whether or
    not payments in consideration of such transfer are - 
        (1) payable periodically over a period generally coterminous
      with the transferee's use of the patent, or
        (2) contingent on the productivity, use, or disposition of the
      property transferred.
    (b) "Holder" defined
      For purposes of this section, the term "holder" means - 
        (1) any individual whose efforts created such property, or
        (2) any other individual who has acquired his interest in such
      property in exchange for consideration in money or money's worth
      paid to such creator prior to actual reduction to practice of the
      invention covered by the patent, if such individual is neither - 
          (A) the employer of such creator, nor
          (B) related to such creator (within the meaning of subsection
        (d)).
    (c) Effective date
      This section shall be applicable with regard to any amounts
    received, or payments made, pursuant to a transfer described in
    subsection (a) in any taxable year to which this subtitle applies,
    regardless of the taxable year in which such transfer occurred.
    (d) Related persons
      Subsection (a) shall not apply to any transfer, directly or
    indirectly, between persons specified within any one of the
    paragraphs of section 267(b) or persons described in section
    707(b); except that, in applying section 267(b) and (c) and section
    707(b) for purposes of this section - 
        (1) the phrase "25 percent or more" shall be substituted for
      the phrase "more than 50 percent" each place it appears in
      section 267(b) or 707(b), and
        (2) paragraph (4) of section 267(c) shall be treated as
      providing that the family of an individual shall include only his
      spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants.
    (e) Cross reference
          For special rule relating to nonresident aliens, see section
        871(a).

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 329; Pub. L. 85-866, title I,
    Sec. 54(a), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1644; Pub. L. 94-455, title
    XIV, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(V), (2), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1732; Pub. L.
    98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 174(b)(5)(C), title X, Sec.
    1001(b)(19), (e), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 707, 1012; Pub. L.
    105-206, title V, Sec. 5001(a)(5), title VI, Sec. 6005(d)(4), July
    22, 1998, 112 Stat. 788, 805.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1998 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105-206, Sec. 6005(d)(4), substituted
    "18 months" for "1 year" in introductory provisions.
      Pub. L. 105-206, Sec. 5001(a)(5), substituted "1 year" for "18
    months" in introductory provisions.
      1984 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 1001(b)(19), (e),
    substituted "6 months" for "1 year", applicable to property
    acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988. See
    Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note below.
      Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 174(b)(5)(C), substituted
    "section 267(b) or persons described in section 707(b)" for
    "section 267(b)" and "section 267(b) and (c) and section 707(b)"
    for "section 267(b) and (c)" in introductory provisions, and
    substituted "section 267(b) or 707(b)" for "section 267(b)" in par.
    (1).
      1976 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(2), provided
    that "9 months" would be changed to "1 year".
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(V), provided that "6 months"
    would be changed to "9 months" for taxable years beginning in 1977.
      1958 - Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 85-866 substituted provisions set out
    as subsec. (d) for provisions reading "Subsection (a) shall not
    apply to any sale or exchange between an individual and any other
    related person (as defined in section 267(b)), except brothers and
    sisters, whether by the whole or half blood."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 5001 of Pub. L. 105-206 effective Jan. 1,
    1998, see section 5001(b)(2) of Pub. L. 105-206, set out as a note
    under section 1 of this title.
      Amendment by section 6000(d)(4) of Pub. L. 105-206 effective,
    except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of
    the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105-34, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 6024 of Pub. L. 105-206, set out as
    a note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 174(b)(5)(C) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    transactions after Dec. 31, 1983, in taxable years ending after
    that date, see section 174(c)(2)(A) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a
    note under section 267 of this title.
      Amendment by section 1001(b)(19) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    property acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988, see
    section 1001(e) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under section
    166 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1402(b)(1) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning in 1977.
      Section 1402(b)(2) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1977.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1958 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 54(b) of Pub. L. 85-866 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with
    respect to taxable years ending after the date of the enactment of
    this Act [Sept. 2, 1958], but only with respect to transfers after
    such date."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 483, 871, 1274, 1441 of
    this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1236                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1236. Dealers in securities

-STATUTE-
    (a) Capital gains
      Gain by a dealer in securities from the sale or exchange of any
    security shall in no event be considered as gain from the sale or
    exchange of a capital asset unless - 
        (1) the security was, before the close of the day on which it
      was acquired (or such earlier time as the Secretary may prescribe
      by regulations), clearly identified in the dealer's records as a
      security held for investment; and
        (2) the security was not, at any time after the close of such
      day (or such earlier time), held by such dealer primarily for
      sale to customers in the ordinary course of his trade or
      business.
    (b) Ordinary losses
      Loss by a dealer in securities from the sale or exchange of any
    security shall, except as otherwise provided in section 582(c),
    (relating to bond, etc., losses of banks), in no event be
    considered as ordinary loss if at any time after November 19, 1951,
    the security was clearly identified in the dealer's records as a
    security held for investment.
    (c) Definition of security
      For purposes of this section, the term "security" means any share
    of stock in any corporation, certificate of stock or interest in
    any corporation, note, bond, debenture, or evidence of
    indebtedness, or any evidence of an interest in or right to
    subscribe to or purchase any of the foregoing.
    (d) Special rule for floor specialists
      (1) In general
        In the case of a floor specialist (but only with respect to
      acquisitions, in connection with his duties on an exchange, of
      stock in which the specialist is registered with the exchange),
      subsection (a) shall be applied - 
          (A) by inserting "the 7th business day following" before "the
        day" the first place it appears in paragraph (1) and by
        inserting "7th business" before "day" in paragraph (2), and
          (B) by striking the parenthetical phrase in paragraph (1).
      (2) Floor specialist
        The term "floor specialist" means a person who is - 
          (A) a member of a national securities exchange,
          (B) is registered as a specialist with the exchange, and
          (C) meets the requirements for specialists established by the
        Securities and Exchange Commission.
    (e) Special rule for options
      For purposes of subsection (a), any security acquired by a dealer
    pursuant to an option held by such dealer may be treated as held
    for investment only if the dealer, before the close of the day on
    which the option was acquired, clearly identified the option on his
    records as held for investment. For purposes of the preceding
    sentence, the term "option" includes the right to subscribe to or
    purchase any security.

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 330; Pub. L. 94-455, title XIX,
    Sec. 1901(b)(3)(E), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1793; Pub. L. 97-34,
    title V, Sec. 506, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 332; Pub. L. 97-448,
    title I, Sec. 105(d)(1), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2387; Pub. L.
    98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 107(b), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 630.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1984 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 107(b)(1),
    substituted "the security was, before the close of the day on which
    it was acquired (or such earlier time as the Secretary may
    prescribe by regulations), clearly identified in the dealer's
    records as a security held for investment; and" for "the security
    was, before the close of the day on which it was acquired (before
    the close of the following day in the case of an acquisition before
    January 1, 1982), clearly identified in the dealer's records as a
    security held for investment or if acquired before October 20,
    1951, was so identified before November 20, 1951; and".
      Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 107(b)(2), inserted "(or
    such earlier time)" after "such day".
      1983 - Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 97-448 added subsec. (e).
      1981 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97-34, Sec. 506(a), substituted
    "before the close of the day on which it was acquired (before the
    close of the following day in the case of an acquisition before
    January 1, 1982)" for "before the expiration of the 30th day after
    the date of its acquisition" in par. (1) and "close of such day"
    for "expiration of such 30th day" in par. (2).
      Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 97-34, Sec. 506(b), added subsec. (d).
      1976 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94-455 substituted "ordinary loss"
    for "loss from the sale or exchange of property which is not a
    capital asset".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to positions entered into
    after July 18, 1984, in taxable years ending after that date, see
    section 107(e) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under section
    1092 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1983 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 105(d)(2) of Pub. L. 97-448 provided that: "The amendment
    made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply to
    securities acquired after September 22, 1982, in taxable years
    ending after such date."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1981 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-34 applicable to property acquired by the
    taxpayer after Aug. 13, 1981, in taxable years ending after such
    date, and applicable when so elected with respect to property held
    on June 23, 1981, see section 508 of Pub. L. 97-34, set out as an
    Effective Date note under section 1092 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 94-455 applicable with respect to taxable
    years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 1901(d) of Pub. L.
    94-455, set out as a note under section 2 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 475, 512, 1058, 1233 of
    this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1237                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1237. Real property subdivided for sale

-STATUTE-
    (a) General
      Any lot or parcel which is part of a tract of real property in
    the hands of a taxpayer other than a C corporation shall not be
    deemed to be held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary
    course of trade or business at the time of sale solely because of
    the taxpayer having subdivided such tract for purposes of sale or
    because of any activity incident to such subdivision or sale, if - 
        (1) such tract, or any lot or parcel thereof, had not
      previously been held by such taxpayer primarily for sale to
      customers in the ordinary course of trade or business (unless
      such tract at such previous time would have been covered by this
      section) and, in the same taxable year in which the sale occurs,
      such taxpayer does not so hold any other real property; and
        (2) no substantial improvement that substantially enhances the
      value of the lot or parcel sold is made by the taxpayer on such
      tract while held by the taxpayer or is made pursuant to a
      contract of sale entered into between the taxpayer and the buyer.
      For purposes of this paragraph, an improvement shall be deemed to
      be made by the taxpayer if such improvement was made by - 
          (A) the taxpayer or members of his family (as defined in
        section 267(c)(4)), by a corporation controlled by the
        taxpayer, an S corporation which included the taxpayer as a
        shareholder, or by a partnership which included the taxpayer as
        a partner; or
          (B) a lessee, but only if the improvement constitutes income
        to the taxpayer; or
          (C) Federal, State, or local government, or political
        subdivision thereof, but only if the improvement constitutes an
        addition to basis for the taxpayer; and

        (3) such lot or parcel, except in the case of real property
      acquired by inheritance or devise, is held by the taxpayer for a
      period of 5 years.
    (b) Special rules for application of section
      (1) Gains
        If more than 5 lots or parcels contained in the same tract of
      real property are sold or exchanged, gain from any sale or
      exchange (which occurs in or after the taxable year in which the
      sixth lot or parcel is sold or exchanged) of any lot or parcel
      which comes within the provisions of paragraphs (1), (2) and (3)
      of subsection (a) of this section shall be deemed to be gain from
      the sale of property held primarily for sale to customers in the
      ordinary course of the trade or business to the extent of 5
      percent of the selling price.
      (2) Expenditures of sale
        For the purpose of computing gain under paragraph (1) of this
      subsection, expenditures incurred in connection with the sale or
      exchange of any lot or parcel shall neither be allowed as a
      deduction in computing taxable income, nor treated as reducing
      the amount realized on such sale or exchange; but so much of such
      expenditures as does not exceed the portion of gain deemed under
      paragraph (1) of this subsection to be gain from the sale of
      property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary
      course of trade or business shall be so allowed as a deduction,
      and the remainder, if any, shall be treated as reducing the
      amount realized on such sale or exchange.
      (3) Necessary improvements
        No improvement shall be deemed a substantial improvement for
      purposes of subsection (a) if the lot or parcel is held by the
      taxpayer for a period of 10 years and if - 
          (A) such improvement is the building or installation of
        water, sewer, or drainage facilities or roads (if such
        improvement would except for this paragraph constitute a
        substantial improvement);
          (B) it is shown to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the
        lot or parcel, the value of which was substantially enhanced by
        such improvement, would not have been marketable at the
        prevailing local price for similar building sites without such
        improvement; and
          (C) the taxpayer elects, in accordance with regulations
        prescribed by the Secretary, to make no adjustment to basis of
        the lot or parcel, or of any other property owned by the
        taxpayer, on account of the expenditures for such improvements.
        Such election shall not make any item deductible which would
        not otherwise be deductible.
    (c) Tract defined
      For purposes of this section, the term "tract of real property"
    means a single piece of real property, except that 2 or more pieces
    of real property shall be considered a tract if at any time they
    were contiguous in the hands of the taxpayer or if they would be
    contiguous except for the interposition of a road, street,
    railroad, stream, or similar property. If, following the sale or
    exchange of any lot or parcel from a tract of real property, no
    further sales or exchanges of any other lots or parcels from the
    remainder of such tract are made for a period of 5 years, such
    remainder shall be deemed a tract.

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 330; Apr. 27, 1956, ch. 214,
    Secs. 1, 2, 70 Stat. 118; Pub. L. 85-866, title I, Sec. 55, Sept.
    2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1645; Pub. L. 91-686, Sec. 2(a), Jan. 12, 1971,
    84 Stat. 2071; Pub. L. 94-455, title XIX, Secs. 1901(a)(138),
    1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1787, 1834; Pub. L. 104-188,
    title I, Sec. 1314, Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1785.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1996 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1314(a), substituted
    "other than a C corporation" for "other than a corporation" in
    introductory provisions.
      Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1314(b), inserted "an S
    corporation which included the taxpayer as a shareholder," after
    "controlled by the taxpayer,".
      1976 - Subsec. (b)(3)(B), (C). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec.
    1906(b)(13)(A), struck out "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(a)(138), struck out
    effective date provision making the section applicable only with
    respect to sales of property occurring after Dec. 31, 1953, except
    that for purposes of subsec. (c) defining tract of real property
    and for determining the number of sales under subsec. (b)(1) of
    this section, all sales of lots and parcels from any tract of real
    property during the period of 5 years before Dec. 31, 1953, shall
    be taken into account, except as provided in subsec. (c).
      1971 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91-686, Sec. 2(a)(1), substituted
    "other than a corporation" for "(including corporations only if no
    shareholder directly or indirectly holds real property for sale to
    customers in the ordinary course of trade or business and only in
    the case of property described in the last sentence of subsection
    (b)(3))".
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 91-686, Sec. 2(a)(2), struck out sentence
    which made subpars. (B) and (C) inapplicable in the case of
    property acquired through the foreclosure of a lien thereon which
    secured the payment of an indebtedness to the taxpayer or (in the
    case of a corporation) to a creditor who has transferred the
    foreclosure bid to the taxpayer in exchange for all of its stock
    and other consideration and in the case of property adjacent to
    such property if 80 percent of the real property owned by the
    taxpayer was property described in the first part of the sentence.
      1958 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 85-866 substituted "and, in the
    same taxable year" for "or, in the same taxable year".
      1956 - Subsec. (a). Act Apr. 27, 1956, Sec. 1, substituted
    "(including corporations only if no shareholder directly or
    indirectly holds real property for sale to customers in the
    ordinary course of trade or business and only in the case of
    property described in the last sentence of subsection (b)(3))" for
    "other than a corporation".
      Subsec. (b)(3). Act Apr. 27, 1956, Sec. 2, substituted "water,
    sewer, or drainage facilities" for "water or sewer facilities" in
    subpar. (A), and inserted provision at end that requirements of
    subpars. (B) and (C) do not apply to certain specified property.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 104-188 applicable to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1996, see section 1317(a) of Pub. L.
    104-188, set out as a note under section 641 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 1901(a)(138) of Pub. L. 94-455 applicable
    with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see
    section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under section
    2 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1971 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 2(b) of Pub. L. 91-686 provided that: "The amendments
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall be effective
    for taxable years beginning after the date of enactment of this Act
    [Jan. 12, 1971]."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1958 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 85-866 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1953, and ending after Aug. 16, 1954, see section
    1(c)(1) of Pub. L. 85-866, set out as a note under section 165 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1956 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 3 of act Apr. 27, 1956, provided that: "This Act
    [amending this section] shall apply to all taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1954."

    SALES OR EXCHANGES BY CORPORATIONS OF REAL PROPERTY HELD MORE THAN
                                 25 YEARS
      Section 1 of Pub. L. 91-686, as amended by Pub. L. 99-514, Sec.
    2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided: "That (a) for purposes
    of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] any lot
    or parcel of real property sold or exchanged by a corporation which
    would, but for this Act, be treated as property held primarily for
    sale to customers in the ordinary course of trade or business shall
    not, except to the extent provided in (b), be so treated if - 
        "(1) no shareholder of the corporation directly or indirectly
      holds real property primarily for sale to customers in the
      ordinary course of trade or business; and
        "(2)(A) such lot or parcel is a part of real property (i) held
      for more than twenty-five years at the time of sale or exchange,
      and (ii) acquired before January 1, 1934, by the corporation as a
      result of the foreclosure of a lien (or liens) thereon which
      secured the payment of indebtedness held by one or more creditors
      who transferred one or more foreclosure bids to the corporation
      in exchange for all its stock (with or without other
      consideration), or
        "(B)(i) such lot or parcel is a part of additional real
      property acquired before January 1, 1957, by the corporation in
      the near vicinity of any real property to which subparagraph (A)
      applies, or
        "(ii) such lot or parcel is wholly or to some extent a part of
      any minor acquisition made after December 31, 1956, by the
      corporation to adjust boundaries, to fill gaps in previously
      acquired property, to facilitate the installation of streets,
      utilities, and other public facilities, or to facilitate the sale
      of adjacent property, or
        "(iii) such lot or parcel is wholly or to some extent a part of
      a reacquisition by the corporation after December 31, 1956, of
      property previously owned by the corporation;

      but only if at least 80 percent (as measured by area) of the real
      property sold or exchanged by the corporation within the taxable
      year is property described in subparagraph (A); and
        "(3) there were no acquisitions of real property by the
      corporation after December 31, 1956, other than - 
          "(A) acquisitions described in paragraph (2)(B)(ii) and
        reacquisitions described in paragraph (2)(B)(iii), or
          "(B) acquisitions of real property used in a trade or
        business of the corporation or held for investment by the
        corporation; and
        "(4) the corporation did not after December 31, 1957, sell or
      exchange (except in condemnation or under threat of condemnation)
      any residential lot or parcel on which, at the time of the sale
      or exchange, there existed any substantial improvements (other
      than improvements in existence at the time the land was acquired
      by the corporation) except subdivision, clearing, grubbing, and
      grading, building or installation of water, sewer, and drainage
      facilities, construction of roads, streets, and sidewalks, and
      installation of utilities."
    In any case in which a corporation referred to in paragraphs (1),
    (2), (3), and (4) is a member of an affiliated group as defined in
    section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, such
    affiliated group shall, for purposes of such paragraphs, be treated
    as a single corporation.
      "(b)(1) Gain from any sale or exchange described in subsection
    (a) shall be deemed, for purposes of such Code, to be gain from the
    sale of property held primarily for sale to customers in the
    ordinary course of trade or business to the extent of 5 percent of
    the selling price.
      "(2) For the purpose of computing gain under paragraph (1),
    expenditures incurred in connection with the sale or exchange of
    any lot or parcel shall neither be allowed as a deduction in
    computing taxable income, nor treated as reducing the amount
    realized on such sale or exchange; but so much of such expenditures
    as does not exceed the portion of gain deemed under paragraph (1)
    to be gain from the sale of property held primarily for sale to
    customers in the ordinary course of trade or business shall be so
    allowed as a deduction, and the remainder, if any, shall be treated
    as reducing the amount realized on such sale or exchange.
      "(c) The provisions of subsections (a) and (b) shall apply to
    taxable years beginning after December 31, 1957, and before January
    1, 1984."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in section 162 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1238                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    [Sec. 1238. Repealed. Pub. L. 101-508, title XI, Sec. 11801(a)(35),
      Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388-521]

-MISC1-
      Section, acts Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 332; Oct. 4,
    1976, Pub. L. 94-455, title XIX, Secs. 1901(b)(3)(K),
    1951(c)(2)(A), 90 Stat. 1793, 1840, related to amortization in
    excess of depreciation.

                             SAVINGS PROVISION                         
      For provisions that nothing in repeal by Pub. L. 101-508 be
    construed to affect treatment of certain transactions occurring,
    property acquired, or items of income, loss, deduction, or credit
    taken into account prior to Nov. 5, 1990, for purposes of
    determining liability for tax for periods ending after Nov. 5,
    1990, see section 11821(b) of Pub. L. 101-508, set out as a note
    under section 29 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1239                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1239. Gain from sale of depreciable property between certain
      related taxpayers

-STATUTE-
    (a) Treatment of gain as ordinary income
      In the case of a sale or exchange of property, directly or
    indirectly, between related persons, any gain recognized to the
    transferor shall be treated as ordinary income if such property is,
    in the hands of the transferee, of a character which is subject to
    the allowance for depreciation provided in section 167.
    (b) Related persons
      For purposes of subsection (a), the term "related persons" means
    - 
        (1) a person and all entities which are controlled entities
      with respect to such person,
        (2) a taxpayer and any trust in which such taxpayer (or his
      spouse) is a beneficiary, unless such beneficiary's interest in
      the trust is a remote contingent interest (within the meaning of
      section 318(a)(3)(B)(i)), and
        (3) except in the case of a sale or exchange in satisfaction of
      a pecuniary bequest, an executor of an estate and a beneficiary
      of such estate.
    (c) Controlled entity defined
      (1) General rule
        For purposes of this section, the term "controlled entity"
      means, with respect to any person - 
          (A) a corporation more than 50 percent of the value of the
        outstanding stock of which is owned (directly or indirectly) by
        or for such person,
          (B) a partnership more than 50 percent of the capital
        interest or profits interest in which is owned (directly or
        indirectly) by or for such person, and
          (C) any entity which is a related person to such person under
        paragraph (3), (10), (11), or (12) of section 267(b).
      (2) Constructive ownership
        For purposes of this section, ownership shall be determined in
      accordance with rules similar to the rules under section 267(c)
      (other than paragraph (3) thereof).
    (d) Employer and related employee association
      For purposes of subsection (a), the term "related person" also
    includes - 
        (1) an employer and any person related to the employer (within
      the meaning of subsection (b)), and
        (2) a welfare benefit fund (within the meaning of section
      419(e)) which is controlled directly or indirectly by persons
      referred to in paragraph (1).
    (e) Patent applications treated as depreciable property
      For purposes of this section, a patent application shall be
    treated as property which, in the hands of the transferee, is of a
    character which is subject to the allowance for depreciation
    provided in section 167.

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 332; Pub. L. 85-866, title I,
    Sec. 56, Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1645; Pub. L. 94-455, title XXI,
    Sec. 2129(a), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1922; Pub. L. 95-600, title
    VII, Sec. 701(v)(1), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2920; Pub. L. 96-471,
    Sec. 5, Oct. 19, 1980, 94 Stat. 2255; Pub. L. 97-448, title III,
    Sec. 301, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2397; Pub. L. 98-369, div. A,
    title I, Sec. 175(a), (b), title IV, Sec. 421(b)(6)(A), title V,
    Sec. 557(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 708, 794, 898; Pub. L. 99-514,
    title VI, Sec. 642(a)(1)(A)-(C), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2283,
    2284; Pub. L. 105-34, title XIII, Sec. 1308(b), Aug. 5, 1997, 111
    Stat. 1041.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1997 - Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 105-34 added par. (3).
      1986 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 642(a)(1)(A),
    substituted "controlled entities" for "80-percent owned entities".
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 642(a)(1)(B), (C), in heading,
    substituted "Controlled entity" for "80-percent owned entity", in
    par. (1), in introductory provisions, substituted "controlled
    entity" for "80-percent owned entity", in subpar. (A), substituted
    "more than 50 percent of the value" for "80 percent or more in
    value", in subpar. (B), substituted "more than 50 percent" for "80
    percent or more", and added subpar. (C), and amended par. (2)
    generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: "For
    purposes of subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1), the
    principles of section 318 shall apply, except that - 
        "(A) the members of an individual's family shall consist only
      of such individual and such individual's spouse,
        "(B) paragraph (2)(C) of section 318(a) shall be applied
      without regard to the 50-percent limitation contained therein,
      and
        "(C) paragraph (3) of section 318(a) shall not apply."
      1984 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 421(b)(6), redesignated
    pars. (2) and (3) as (1) and (2), respectively. Former par. (1),
    defining a husband and wife as "related persons", was struck out.
      Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 175(b), amended subsec. (b) generally,
    adding par. (3).
      Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 557(a), added subsec. (d).
      Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 175(a), added subsec. (e).
      1983 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97-448, Sec. 301(a), substituted
    provisions that "related persons" means (1) a husband and wife, and
    (2) a person and all entities which are 80-percent owned entities
    with respect to such person, for provisions which provided that
    "related persons" meant (1) the taxpayer and the taxpayer's spouse,
    (2) the taxpayer and an 80-percent owned entity, or (3) two
    80-percent owned entities.
      Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 97-448, Sec. 301(b), inserted ", with
    respect to any person" after "means" in introductory provisions and
    substituted "such person" for "the taxpayer" in subpars. (A) and
    (B).
      Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 97-448, Sec. 301(b), struck out "and" at
    end of subpar. (A), substituted "paragraph (2)(C)" for "paragraphs
    (2)(C) and (3)(C)" in subpar. (B), and added subpar. (C).
      1980 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 96-471 substituted "the taxpayer
    and the taxpayer's spouse" for "a husband and wife".
      Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 96-471 substituted "the taxpayer and an
    80-percent owned entity, or" for "an individual and a corporation
    80 percent or more in value of the outstanding stock of which is
    owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such individual, or".
      Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 96-471 substituted "two 80-percent owned
    entities" for "two or more corporations 80 percent or more in value
    of the outstanding stock of each of which is owned, directly or
    indirectly, by or for the same individual".
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96-471 substituted provisions defining an
    "80-percent owned entity" for provisions relating to constructive
    ownership of stock.
      1978 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95-600 substituted "of a character
    which is subject to the allowance for depreciation provided in
    section 167" for "subject to the allowance for depreciation
    provided in section 167".
      1976 - Pub. L. 94-455 substituted "sale of depreciable property
    between certain related taxpayers" for "sale of certain property
    between spouses or between an individual and a controlled
    corporation" in section catchline.
      Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94-455 substituted provisions for
    transactions between related persons for such transactions (1)
    between a husband and wife; or (2) between an individual and a
    corporation more than 80 percent in value of the outstanding stock
    of which is owned by such individual, his spouse, and his minor
    children and minor grandchildren and "any gain recognized to the
    transferee shall be treated as ordinary income if such property is,
    in the hands of the transferee, subject to the allowance for
    depreciation provided in section 167" for "any gain recognized to
    the transferor from the sale or exchange of such property shall be
    considered as gain from the sale or exchange of property which is
    neither a capital asset nor property described in section 1231".
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94-455 substituted definition of "related
    persons" for prior provision making section applicable only to
    sales or exchanges of depreciable property.
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94-455 substituted provision respecting
    constructive ownership of stock for prior provision making section
    inapplicable with respect to sales or exchanges made on or before
    May 3, 1951.
      1958 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 85-866 added subsec. (c).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-34 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Aug. 5, 1997, see section 1308(c) of Pub. L. 105-34, set out
    as a note under section 267 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 642(c) of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended by Pub. L. 100-647,
    title I, Sec. 1006(i)(3), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3411, provided
    that:
      "(1) In general. - Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
    amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections
    453 and 707 of this title] shall apply to sales after the date of
    the enactment of this Act [Oct. 22, 1986], in taxable years ending
    after such date.
      "(2) Transitional rule for binding contracts. - The amendments
    made by this section shall not apply to sales made after August 14,
    1986, which are made pursuant to a binding contract in effect on
    August 14, 1986, and at all times thereafter."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 175(c) of Pub. L. 98-369 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to sales
    or exchanges after March 1, 1984, in taxable years ending after
    such date."
      Amendment by section 421(b)(6) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    transfers after July 18, 1984, in taxable years ending after such
    date, subject to election to have amendment apply to transfers
    after 1983 or to transfers pursuant to existing decrees, see
    section 421(d) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as an Effective Date note
    under section 1041 of this title.
      Section 557(b) of Pub. L. 98-369 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to sales
    or exchanges after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 18,
    1984] in taxable years ending after such date."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1983 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-448 applicable to dispositions made after
    Oct. 19, 1980, in taxable years ending after such date, see section
    311(a) of Pub. L. 97-448, set out as a note under section 453 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1978 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 701(v)(2) of Pub. L. 95-600, as amended by Pub. L.
    99-514, Sec. 2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: "The
    amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply
    as if included in the amendment made to section 1239 of the
    Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] by section
    2129(a) of the Tax Reform Act of 1976 [section 2129(a) of Pub. L.
    94-455]."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 2129(b) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that: "The amendment
    made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to sales
    or exchanges after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 4,
    1976]. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a sale or exchange
    is considered to have occurred on or before such date of enactment
    if such sale or exchange is made pursuant to a binding contract
    entered into on or before that date."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in section 453 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1240                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    [Sec. 1240. Repealed. Pub. L. 94-455, title XIX, Sec. 1901(a)(139),
      Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1787]

-MISC1-
      Section, act Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 332, related to
    taxability to employee of termination payments.

                         EFFECTIVE DATE OF REPEAL                     
      Repeal applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after
    Dec. 31, 1976, see section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as an
    Effective Date of 1976 Amendment note under section 2 of this
    title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1241                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1241. Cancellation of lease or distributor's agreement

-STATUTE-
      Amounts received by a lessee for the cancellation of a lease, or
    by a distributor of goods for the cancellation of a distributor's
    agreement (if the distributor has a substantial capital investment
    in the distributorship), shall be considered as amounts received in
    exchange for such lease or agreement.

-SOURCE-
    (Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 333.)

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1242                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1242. Losses on small business investment company stock

-STATUTE-
      If - 
        (1) a loss is on stock in a small business investment company
      operating under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, and
        (2) such loss would (but for this section) be a loss from the
      sale or exchange of a capital asset,

    then such loss shall be treated as an ordinary loss. For purposes
    of section 172 (relating to the net operating loss deduction) any
    amount of loss treated by reason of this section as an ordinary
    loss shall be treated as attributable to a trade or business of the
    taxpayer.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 85-866, title I, Sec. 57(a), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat.
    1645; amended Pub. L. 94-455, title XIX, Sec. 1901(b)(3)(F), Oct.
    4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1793.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      The Small Business Investment Act of 1958, referred to in cl.
    (1), is Pub. L. 85-699, Aug. 21, 1958, 72 Stat. 689, as amended,
    which is classified principally to chapter 14B (Sec. 661 et seq.)
    of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For complete classification of
    this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section
    661 of Title 15 and Tables.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1976 - Pub. L. 94-455 substituted "an ordinary loss" for "a loss
    from the sale or exchange of property which is not a capital
    asset", each time appearing.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 94-455 applicable with respect to taxable
    years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 1901(d) of Pub. L.
    94-455, set out as a note under section 2 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after
    Sept. 2, 1958, see section 57(d) of Pub. L. 85-866, set out as an
    Effective Date of 1958 Amendment note under section 243 of this
    title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1243                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1243. Loss of small business investment company

-STATUTE-
      In the case of a small business investment company operating
    under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, if - 
        (1) a loss is on stock received pursuant to the conversion
      privilege of convertible debentures acquired pursuant to section
      304 of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, and
        (2) such loss would (but for this section) be a loss from the
      sale or exchange of a capital asset,

    then such loss shall be treated as an ordinary loss.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 85-866, title I, Sec. 57(a), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat.
    1645; amended Pub. L. 91-172, title IV, Sec. 433(b), Dec. 30, 1969,
    83 Stat. 624; Pub. L. 94-455, title XIX, Sec. 1901(b)(3)(F), Oct.
    4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1793.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      The Small Business Investment Act of 1958, referred to in text,
    is Pub. L. 85-699, Aug. 21, 1958, 72 Stat. 689, as amended, which
    is classified principally to chapter 14B (Sec. 661 et seq.) of
    Title 15, Commerce and Trade. Section 304 of the Small Business
    Investment Act of 1958, is classified to section 684 of Title 15.
    For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short
    Title note set out under section 661 of Title 15 and Tables.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1976 - Pub. L. 94-455 substituted "an ordinary loss" for "a loss
    from the sale or exchange of property which is not a capital
    asset".
      1969 - Par. (1). Pub. L. 91-172 substituted "stock received
    pursuant to the conversion privilege of convertible debentures" for
    "convertible debentures (including stock received pursuant to the
    conversion privilege)".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 94-455 applicable with respect to taxable
    years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 1901(d) of Pub. L.
    94-455, set out as a note under section 2 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1969 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 91-172 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after July 11, 1969, see section 433(d) of Pub. L. 91-172, set out
    as a note under section 582 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after
    Sept. 2, 1958, see section 57(d) of Pub. L. 85-866, set out as an
    Effective Date of 1958 Amendment note under section 243 of this
    title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1244                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1244. Losses on small business stock

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      In the case of an individual, a loss on section 1244 stock issued
    to such individual or to a partnership which would (but for this
    section) be treated as a loss from the sale or exchange of a
    capital asset shall, to the extent provided in this section, be
    treated as an ordinary loss.
    (b) Maximum amount for any taxable year
      For any taxable year the aggregate amount treated by the taxpayer
    by reason of this section as an ordinary loss shall not exceed - 
        (1) $50,000, or
        (2) $100,000, in the case of a husband and wife filing a joint
      return for such year under section 6013.
    (c) Section 1244 stock defined
      (1) In general
        For purposes of this section, the term "section 1244 stock"
      means stock in a domestic corporation if - 
          (A) at the time such stock is issued, such corporation was a
        small business corporation,
          (B) such stock was issued by such corporation for money or
        other property (other than stock and securities), and
          (C) such corporation, during the period of its 5 most recent
        taxable years ending before the date the loss on such stock was
        sustained, derived more than 50 percent of its aggregate gross
        receipts from sources other than royalties, rents, dividends,
        interests, annuities, and sales or exchanges of stocks or
        securities.
      (2) Rules for application of paragraph (1)(C)
        (A) Period taken into account with respect to new corporations
          For purposes of paragraph (1)(C), if the corporation has not
        been in existence for 5 taxable years ending before the date
        the loss on the stock was sustained, there shall be substituted
        for such 5-year period - 
            (i) the period of the corporation's taxable years ending
          before such date, or
            (ii) if the corporation has not been in existence for 1
          taxable year ending before such date, the period such
          corporation has been in existence before such date.
        (B) Gross receipts from sales of securities
          For purposes of paragraph (1)(C), gross receipts from the
        sales or exchanges of stock or securities shall be taken into
        account only to the extent of gains therefrom.
        (C) Nonapplication where deductions exceed gross income
          Paragraph (1)(C) shall not apply with respect to any
        corporation if, for the period taken into account for purposes
        of paragraph (1)(C), the amount of the deductions allowed by
        this chapter (other than by sections 172, 243, 244, and 245)
        exceeds the amount of gross income.
      (3) Small business corporation defined
        (A) In general
          For purposes of this section, a corporation shall be treated
        as a small business corporation if the aggregate amount of
        money and other property received by the corporation for stock,
        as a contribution to capital, and as paid-in surplus, does not
        exceed $1,000,000. The determination under the preceding
        sentence shall be made as of the time of the issuance of the
        stock in question but shall include amounts received for such
        stock and for all stock theretofore issued.
        (B) Amount taken into account with respect to property
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the amount taken into
        account with respect to any property other than money shall be
        the amount equal to the adjusted basis to the corporation of
        such property for determining gain, reduced by any liability to
        which the property was subject or which was assumed by the
        corporation. The determination under the preceding sentence
        shall be made as of the time the property was received by the
        corporation.
    (d) Special rules
      (1) Limitations on amount of ordinary loss
        (A) Contributions of property having basis in excess of value
          If - 
            (i) section 1244 stock was issued in exchange for property,
            (ii) the basis of such stock in the hands of the taxpayer
          is determined by reference to the basis in his hands of such
          property, and
            (iii) the adjusted basis (for determining loss) of such
          property immediately before the exchange exceeded its fair
          market value at such time,

        then in computing the amount of the loss on such stock for
        purposes of this section the basis of such stock shall be
        reduced by an amount equal to the excess described in clause
        (iii).
        (B) Increases in basis
          In computing the amount of the loss on stock for purposes of
        this section, any increase in the basis of such stock (through
        contributions to the capital of the corporation, or otherwise)
        shall be treated as allocable to stock which is not section
        1244 stock.
      (2) Recapitalizations, changes in name, etc.
        To the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the
      Secretary, stock in a corporation, the basis of which (in the
      hands of a taxpayer) is determined in whole or in part by
      reference to the basis in his hands of stock in such corporation
      which meets the requirements of subsection (c)(1) (other than
      subparagraph (C) thereof), or which is received in a
      reorganization described in section 368(a)(1)(F) in exchange for
      stock which meets such requirements, shall be treated as meeting
      such requirements. For purposes of paragraphs (1)(C) and (3)(A)
      of subsection (c), a successor corporation in a reorganization
      described in section 368(a)(1)(F) shall be treated as the same
      corporation as its predecessor.
      (3) Relationship to net operating loss deduction
        For purposes of section 172 (relating to the net operating loss
      deduction), any amount of loss treated by reason of this section
      as an ordinary loss shall be treated as attributable to a trade
      or business of the taxpayer.
      (4) Individual defined
        For purposes of this section, the term "individual" does not
      include a trust or estate.
    (e) Regulations
      The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be
    necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 85-866, title II, Sec. 202(b), Sept. 2, 1958, 72
    Stat. 1676; amended Pub. L. 94-455, title XIX, Secs. 1901(b)(1)(W),
    (3)(G), 1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1792, 1793, 1834;
    Pub. L. 95-600, title III, Sec. 345(a)-(d), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat.
    2844, 2845; Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title IV, Sec. 481(a), July 18,
    1984, 98 Stat. 847.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1984 - Subsecs. (c)(1), (d)(2). Pub. L. 98-369 substituted "stock
    in a" for "common stock in a".
      1978 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 345(b), substituted in
    par. (1) "$50,000" for "$25,000" and in par. (2) "$100,000" for
    "$50,000".
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 345(a), (c), among other
    changes, substituted provisions permitting a corporation to issue
    common stock under the provisions of this section without a written
    plan for provisions requiring that a written plan to issue section
    1244 stock must be adopted by the issuing corporation and increased
    the amount of section 1244 stock that a qualified small business
    corporation may issue from $500,000 to $1,000,000.
      Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 345(d), substituted
    "subparagraph (C)" for "subparagraph (E)" and "paragraphs (1)(C)
    and (3)(A)" for "paragraphs (1)(E) and (2)(A)".
      1976 - Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(3)(G),
    substituted "an ordinary loss" for "a loss from the sale or
    exchange of an asset which is not a capital asset".
      Subsec. (c)(1)(E). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(1)(W), struck out
    reference to section 242 of this title.
      Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A), struck out
    "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(3)(G), substituted
    "an ordinary loss" for "a loss from the sale or exchange of an
    asset which is not a capital asset".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 481(b) of Pub. L. 98-369 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to stock
    issued after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 18, 1984]
    in taxable years ending after such date."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1978 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 345(e) of Pub. L. 95-600, as amended by Pub. L. 96-222,
    title I, Sec. 103(a)(9), Apr. 1, 1980, 94 Stat. 212, provided that:
      "(1) In general. - Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
    amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply
    to stock issued after November 6, 1978.
      "(2) Subsection (b). - The amendments made by subsection (b)
    [amending this section] shall apply to taxable years beginning
    after December 31, 1978.
      "(3) Transitional rule for subsection (b). - In the case of a
    taxable year which includes November 6, 1978, the amendments made
    by subsection (b) [amending this section] shall apply with respect
    to stock issued after such date."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 1901(b)(1)(W), (3)(G) of Pub. L. 94-455
    effective for taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see
    section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under section
    2 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 1202, 1274 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1245                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1245. Gain from dispositions of certain depreciable property

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      (1) Ordinary income
        Except as otherwise provided in this section, if section 1245
      property is disposed of the amount by which the lower of - 
          (A) the recomputed basis of the property, or
          (B)(i) in the case of a sale, exchange, or involuntary
        conversion, the amount realized, or
          (ii) in the case of any other disposition, the fair market
        value of such property,

      exceeds the adjusted basis of such property shall be treated as
      ordinary income. Such gain shall be recognized notwithstanding
      any other provision of this subtitle.
      (2) Recomputed basis
        For purposes of this section - 
        (A) In general
          The term "recomputed basis" means, with respect to any
        property, its adjusted basis recomputed by adding thereto all
        adjustments reflected in such adjusted basis on account of
        deductions (whether in respect of the same or other property)
        allowed or allowable to the taxpayer or to any other person for
        depreciation or amortization.
        (B) Taxpayer may establish amount allowed
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), if the taxpayer can
        establish by adequate records or other sufficient evidence that
        the amount allowed for depreciation or amortization for any
        period was less than the amount allowable, the amount added for
        such period shall be the amount allowed.
        (C) Certain deductions treated as amortization
          Any deduction allowable under section 179, 179A, 190, or 193
        shall be treated as if it were a deduction allowable for
        amortization.
      (3) Section 1245 property
        For purposes of this section, the term "section 1245 property"
      means any property which is or has been property of a character
      subject to the allowance for depreciation provided in section 167
      and is either - 
          (A) personal property,
          (B) other property (not including a building or its
        structural components) but only if such other property is
        tangible and has an adjusted basis in which there are reflected
        adjustments described in paragraph (2) for a period in which
        such property (or other property) - 
            (i) was used as an integral part of manufacturing,
          production, or extraction or of furnishing transportation,
          communications, electrical energy, gas, water, or sewage
          disposal services,
            (ii) constituted a research facility used in connection
          with any of the activities referred to in clause (i), or
            (iii) constituted a facility used in connection with any of
          the activities referred to in clause (i) for the bulk storage
          of fungible commodities (including commodities in a liquid or
          gaseous state),

          (C) so much of any real property (other than any property
        described in subparagraph (B)) which has an adjusted basis in
        which there are reflected adjustments for amortization under
        section 169, 179, 179A, 185,(!1) 188 (as in effect before its
        repeal by the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990), 190, 193, or
        194,(!2)


          (D) a single purpose agricultural or horticultural structure
        (as defined in section 168(i)(13)),
          (E) a storage facility (not including a building or its
        structural components) used in connection with the distribution
        of petroleum or any primary product of petroleum, or
          (F) any railroad grading or tunnel bore (as defined in
        section 168(e)(4)).
      (4) Special rule for player contracts
        (A) In general
          For purposes of this section, if a franchise to conduct any
        sports enterprise is sold or exchanged, and if, in connection
        with such sale or exchange, there is a transfer of any player
        contracts, the recomputed basis of such player contracts in the
        hands of the transferor shall be the adjusted basis of such
        contracts increased by the greater of - 
            (i) the previously unrecaptured depreciation with respect
          to player contracts acquired by the transferor at the time of
          acquisition of such franchise, or
            (ii) the previously unrecaptured depreciation with respect
          to the player contracts involved in such transfer.
        (B) Previously unrecaptured depreciation with respect to
          initial contracts
          For purposes of subparagraph (A)(i), the term "previously
        unrecaptured depreciation" means the excess (if any) of - 
            (i) the sum of the deduction allowed or allowable to the
          taxpayer transferor for the depreciation attributable to
          periods after December 31, 1975, of any player contracts
          acquired by him at the time of acquisition of such franchise,
          plus the deduction allowed or allowable for losses incurred
          after December 31, 1975, with respect to such player
          contracts acquired at the time of such acquisition, over
            (ii) the aggregate of the amounts described in clause (i)
          treated as ordinary income by reason of this section with
          respect to prior dispositions of such player contracts
          acquired upon acquisition of the franchise.
        (C) Previously unrecaptured depreciation with respect to
          contracts transferred
          For purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii), the term "previously
        unrecaptured depreciation" means the amount of any deduction
        allowed or allowable to the taxpayer transferor for the
        depreciation of any contracts involved in such transfer.
        (D) Player contract
          For purposes of this paragraph, the term "player contract"
        means any contract for the services of an athlete which, in the
        hands of the taxpayer, is of a character subject to the
        allowance for depreciation provided in section 167.
    (b) Exceptions and limitations
      (1) Gifts
        Subsection (a) shall not apply to a disposition by gift.
      (2) Transfers at death
        Except as provided in section 691 (relating to income in
      respect of a decedent), subsection (a) shall not apply to a
      transfer at death.
      (3) Certain tax-free transactions
        If the basis of property in the hands of a transferee is
      determined by reference to its basis in the hands of the
      transferor by reason of the application of section 332, 351, 361,
      721, or 731, then the amount of gain taken into account by the
      transferor under subsection (a)(1) shall not exceed the amount of
      gain recognized to the transferor on the transfer of such
      property (determined without regard to this section). Except as
      provided in paragraph (7), this paragraph shall not apply to a
      disposition to an organization (other than a cooperative
      described in section 521) which is exempt from the tax imposed by
      this chapter.
      (4) Like kind exchanges; involuntary conversions, etc.
        If property is disposed of and gain (determined without regard
      to this section) is not recognized in whole or in part under
      section 1031 or 1033, then the amount of gain taken into account
      by the transferor under subsection (a)(1) shall not exceed the
      sum of - 
          (A) the amount of gain recognized on such disposition
        (determined without regard to this section), plus
          (B) the fair market value of property acquired which is not
        section 1245 property and which is not taken into account under
        subparagraph (A).
      (5) Section 1081 transactions
        Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, rules consistent
      with paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection shall apply in the
      case of transactions described in section 1081 (relating to
      exchanges in obedience to SEC orders).
      (6) Property distributed by a partnership to a partner
        (A) In general
          For purposes of this section, the basis of section 1245
        property distributed by a partnership to a partner shall be
        deemed to be determined by reference to the adjusted basis of
        such property to the partnership.
        (B) Adjustments added back
          In the case of any property described in subparagraph (A),
        for purposes of computing the recomputed basis of such property
        the amount of the adjustments added back for periods before the
        distribution by the partnership shall be - 
            (i) the amount of the gain to which subsection (a) would
          have applied if such property had been sold by the
          partnership immediately before the distribution at its fair
          market value at such time, reduced by
            (ii) the amount of such gain to which section 751(b)
          applied.
      (7) Transfers to tax-exempt organization where property will be
        used in unrelated business
        (A) In general
          The second sentence of paragraph (3) shall not apply to a
        disposition of section 1245 property to an organization
        described in section 511(a)(2) or 511(b)(2) if, immediately
        after such disposition, such organization uses such property in
        an unrelated trade or business (as defined in section 513).
        (B) Later change in use
          If any property with respect to the disposition of which gain
        is not recognized by reason of subparagraph (A) ceases to be
        used in an unrelated trade or business of the organization
        acquiring such property, such organization shall be treated for
        purposes of this section as having disposed of such property on
        the date of such cessation.
      (8) Timber property
        In determining, under subsection (a)(2), the recomputed basis
      of property with respect to which a deduction under section 194
      was allowed for any taxable year, the taxpayer shall not take
      into account adjustments under section 194 to the extent such
      adjustments are attributable to the amortizable basis of the
      taxpayer acquired before the 10th taxable year preceding the
      taxable year in which gain with respect to the property is
      recognized.
    (c) Adjustments to basis
      The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as he may deem
    necessary to provide for adjustments to the basis of property to
    reflect gain recognized under subsection (a).
    (d) Application of section
      This section shall apply notwithstanding any other provision of
    this subtitle.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 87-834, Sec. 13(a)(1), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1032;
    amended Pub. L. 88-272, title II, Sec. 203(d), Feb. 26, 1964, 78
    Stat. 35; Pub. L. 91-172, title II, Sec. 212(a)(1), (2), title VII,
    Sec. 704(b)(4), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 571, 670; Pub. L. 92-178,
    title I, Sec. 104(a)(2), title III, Sec. 303(c)(1), (2), Dec. 10,
    1971, 85 Stat. 501, 522; Pub. L. 94-81, Sec. 2(a), Aug. 9, 1975, 89
    Stat. 417; Pub. L. 94-455, title II, Sec. 212(b)(1), title XIX,
    Secs. 1901(a)(140), (b)(3)(K), (11)(D), 1906(b) (13)(A),
    1951(c)(2)(C), title XXI, Secs. 2122(b)(3), 2124(a)(2), Oct. 4,
    1976, 90 Stat. 1546, 1787, 1793, 1795, 1834, 1840, 1915, 1917; Pub.
    L. 95-600, title VII, Sec. 701(f)(3)(A), (B), (w)(1), (2), Nov. 6,
    1978, 92 Stat. 2901, 2920; Pub. L. 96-223, title II, Sec.
    251(a)(2)(C), Apr. 2, 1980, 94 Stat. 287; Pub. L. 96-451, title
    III, Sec. 301(c)(1), Oct. 14, 1980, 94 Stat. 1990; Pub. L. 97-34,
    title II, Secs. 201(b), 202(b), 204(a)-(d), 212(d)(2)(F), Aug. 13,
    1981, 95 Stat. 218, 220, 222, 223, 239; Pub. L. 97-448, title I,
    Sec. 102(e)(2)(B), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2371; Pub. L. 98-369,
    div. A, title I, Sec. 111(e)(5), (10), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 633;
    Pub. L. 99-121, title I, Sec. 103(b)(1)(D), Oct. 11, 1985, 99 Stat.
    509; Pub. L. 99-514, title II, Sec. 201(d)(11), Oct. 22, 1986, 100
    Stat. 2141; Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1002(i)(2)(I), Nov. 10,
    1988, 102 Stat. 3371; Pub. L. 101-239, title VII, Sec.
    7622(b)(2)[(d)(2)], Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2378; Pub. L. 101-508,
    title XI, Secs. 11704(a)(13), 11801(c)(6)(E), (8)(H), 11813(b)(21),
    Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388-518, 1388-524, 1388-555; Pub. L.
    103-66, title XIII, Sec. 13261(f)(4), (5), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat.
    539; Pub. L. 104-7, Sec. 2(b), Apr. 11, 1995, 109 Stat. 93; Pub. L.
    104-188, title I, Sec. 1703(n)(6), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1877;
    Pub. L. 105-34, title XVI, Sec. 1604(a)(3), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat.
    1097.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      Section 185 of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(3)(C), was
    repealed by Pub. L. 99-514, title II, Sec. 242(a), Oct. 22, 1986,
    100 Stat. 2181.
      The Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990, referred to in subsec.
    (a)(3)(C), is title XI of Pub. L. 101-508, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat.
    1388-400. Section 11801(a)(13) of the Act repealed section 188 of
    this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code,
    see Short Title note set out under section 1 of this title and
    Tables.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1997 - Subsec. (a)(2)(C), (3)(C). Pub. L. 105-34 inserted "179A,"
    after "179,".
      1996 - Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 104-188 reenacted heading without
    change and amended introductory provisions generally. Prior to
    amendment, introductory provisions read as follows: "For purposes
    of this section, the term 'section 1245 property' means any
    property which is or has been property of a character subject to
    the allowance for depreciation provided in section 167 (or subject
    to the allowance of amortization provided in)) and is either - ".
      1995 - Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 104-7 struck out "1071 and" before
    "1081 transactions" in heading and "section 1071 (relating to gain
    from sale or exchange to effectuate policies of FCC) or" before
    "section 1081" in text.
      1993 - Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 103-66, Sec. 13261(f)(4),
    substituted "or 193" for "193, or 1253(d)(2) or (3)".
      Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 103-66, Sec. 13261(f)(5), struck out
    "section 185 or 1253(d)(2) or (3)" after "amortization provided in"
    in introductory provisions.
      1990 - Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 101-508, Sec. 11704(a)(13),
    substituted "or (3))" for "or (3)" in introductory provisions.
      Subsec. (a)(3)(C). Pub. L. 101-508, Sec. 11801(c)(6)(E),
    substituted "188 (as in effect before its repeal by the Revenue
    Reconciliation Act of 1990)," for "188,".
      Subsec. (a)(3)(D). Pub. L. 101-508, Sec. 11813(b)(21),
    substituted "section 168(i)(13)" for "section 48(p)".
      Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 101-508, Sec. 11801(c)(8)(H), struck out
    "371(a), 374(a)," after "332, 351, 361,".
      1989 - Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 101-239, Sec.
    7622(b)(2)(A)[(d)(2)(A)], substituted "193, or 1253(d)(2) or (3)"
    for "or 193".
      Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 101-239, Sec. 7622(b)(2)(B)[(d)(2)(B)],
    substituted "section 185 or 1253(d)(2) or (3)" for "section 185" in
    introductory provisions.
      1988 - Subsec. (a)(3)(F). Pub. L. 100-647 added subpar. (F).
      1986 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 201(d)(11)(A), struck
    out "during a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1962, or
    section 1245 recovery property is disposed of after December 31,
    1980," after "if section 1245 property is disposed of".
      Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 201(d)(11)(B), amended par.
    (2) generally, restating former subpars. (A) to (E) and concluding
    provisions as subpars. (A) to (C).
      Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 201(d)(11)(C), redesignated
    subpars. (D), (E), and (F) as (C), (D), and (E), respectively, and
    struck out former subpar. (C) which read as follows: "an elevator
    or an escalator".
      Subsec. (a)(5), (6). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 201(d)(11)(D), struck
    out par. (5) which defined "section 1245 recovery property" and
    par. (6) which provided special rule for qualified leased property.
      1985 - Subsec. (a)(5)(A) to (C). Pub. L. 99-121 substituted
    "19-year real property" for "18-year real property".
      1984 - Subsec. (a)(5)(A) to (C). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 111(e)(5),
    substituted "18-year real property and low-income housing" for
    "15-year real property".
      Subsec. (d)(5)(D). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 111(e)(10), substituted
    "low-income housing (within the meaning of section 168(c)(2)(F))"
    for "15-year real property which is described in clause (i), (ii),
    (iii), or (iv) of section 1250(a)(1)(B)".
      1983 - Subsec. (a)(3)(F). Pub. L. 97-448 inserted "(not including
    a building or its structural components)" after "a storage
    facility".
      1981 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 97-34, Sec. 204(a), inserted
    reference to section 1245 recovery property disposed of after Dec.
    31, 1980, in introductory provisions.
      Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 97-34, Secs. 202(b)(1)-(3), 204(b),
    inserted reference to section 179 in subpar. (D), added subpar.
    (E), and, in provisions following subpar. (E), and inserted
    references to section 179 in three places. Pub. L. 97-34, Sec.
    212(d)(2)(F), in provisions following subpar. (E), substituted "191
    (as in effect before its repeal by the Economic Recovery Tax Act of
    1981)" for "191" in two places.
      Subsec. (a)(3)(D). Pub. L. 97-34, Sec. 202(b)(3), inserted
    reference to section 179.
      Subsec. (a)(3)(E), (F). Pub. L. 97-34, Sec. 201(b), added
    subpars. (E) and (F).
      Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 97-34, Sec. 204(c), added par. (5).
      Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 97-34, Sec. 204(d), added par. (6).
      1980 - Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 96-451, Sec. 301(c)(1)(A), (B),
    inserted references to section 194 in subpar. (D) and text
    following subpar. (D).
      Pub. L. 96-223, Sec. 251(a)(2)(C)(i)-(iii), inserted references
    to section 193 in subpar. (D) and text following subpar. (D).
      Subsec. (a)(3)(D). Pub. L. 96-451, Sec. 301(c)(1)(B), inserted
    reference to section 194.
      Pub. L. 96-223, Sec. 251(a)(2)(C)(i), inserted reference to
    section 193.
      Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 96-451, Sec. 301(c)(1)(C), added par.
    (8).
      1978 - Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 701(f)(3)(A), struck
    out from the listed sections in subpar. (D) reference to 191 and
    inserted "(in the case of property described in paragraph (3)(C))"
    before "191" in two places in next to last sentence.
      Subsec. (a)(3)(D). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 701(f)(3)(B), struck out
    reference to section 191.
      Subsec. (a)(4)(B). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 701(w)(2), inserted
    "attributable to periods after December 31, 1975," after "for the
    depreciation", "incurred after December 31, 1975," after "allowable
    for losses", and "described in clause (i)" after "of the amounts".
      Subsec. (a)(4)(C). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 701(w)(1), struck out
    provisions relating to the aggregate of the amounts treated as
    ordinary income.
      1976 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(3)(K),
    substituted "ordinary income" for "gain from the sale or exchange
    of property which is neither a capital asset nor property described
    in section 1231".
      Subsec. (a)(2)(D). Pub. L. 94-455, Secs. 2122(b)(3)(B),
    2124(a)(2), inserted reference to sections 190 and 191.
      Subsec. (a)(2) foll. (D). Pub. L. 94-455, Secs. 1901(b)(11)(D),
    1951(c)(2)(C), 2122(b)(3)(A), (C), 2124(a)(2), in text following
    subpar. (D): struck out reference to section 187 in two places;
    inserted "(as in effect before its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of
    1976)," after "section 168," in two places; inserted provision for
    treatment for purposes of this section of any deduction allowable
    under section 190 as if it were a deduction allowable for
    amortization; and inserted reference to section 191 in two places,
    respectively.
      Subsec. (a)(3)(D). Pub. L. 94-455, Secs. 2122(b)(3)(A),
    2124(a)(2), inserted reference to sections 190 and 191.
      Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 212(b)(1), added par. (4).
      Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A), struck out
    "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (b)(7)(B). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(a)(140), struck out
    "such organization acquiring such property," before "such
    organization".
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A), struck out "or
    his delegate" after "Secretary".
      1975 - Subsec. (b)(3), (7). Pub. L. 94-81, Sec. 2(a)(1), (2),
    inserted reference to par. (7) in par. (3), and added par. (7).
      1971 - Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 92-178, Sec. 303(c)(1), inserted
    reference to section 188 in two places in text following subpar.
    (D).
      Subsec. (a)(3)(B)(ii), (iii). Pub. L. 92-178, Sec. 104(a)(2),
    substituted "research facility" for "research or storage facility"
    in cl. (ii) and added cl. (iii).
      Subsec. (a)(3)(D). Pub. L. 92-178, Sec. 303(c)(2), inserted
    reference to section 188.
      1969 - Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 91-172, Secs. 212(a)(1),
    704(b)(4)(A), (B), added subpar. (C) and inserted references to
    sections 169, 185, and 187, and added subpar. (D).
      Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 91-172, Secs. 212(a)(2),
    704(b)(4)(C)-(F), struck out "(other than livestock)" after "means
    any property" and substituted "section 167 (or subject to the
    allowance of amortization provided in section 185)" for "section
    167" and added subpar. (D).
      1964 - Subsec. (a)(2), (3)(C). Pub. L. 88-272 redefined
    "recomputed basis" with respect to elevators or escalators in par.
    (2), and inserted subpar. (C) in par. (3).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-34 effective as if included in the
    amendments made by section 1913 of the Energy Policy Act of 1992,
    Pub. L. 102-486, see section 1604(a)(4) of Pub. L. 105-34, set out
    as a note under section 263 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 104-188 effective as if included in the
    provision of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993, Pub. L.
    103-66, Secs. 13001-13444, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 1703(o) of Pub. L. 104-188, set out as a note under section
    39 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1995 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 104-7 applicable to sales and exchanges on
    or after January 17, 1995, and to sales and exchanges before such
    date if FCC tax certificate with respect to such sale or exchange
    was issued on or after such date, but not applicable with respect
    to certain binding contracts, see section 2(d) of Pub. L. 104-7,
    set out as an Effective Date of Repeal note under section 1071 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 103-66 applicable, except as otherwise
    provided, with respect to property acquired after Aug. 10, 1993,
    see section 13261(g) of Pub. L. 103-66, set out as an Effective
    Date note under section 197 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1990 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 11813(b)(21) of Pub. L. 101-508 applicable
    to property placed in service after Dec. 31, 1990, but not
    applicable to any transition property (as defined in section 49(e)
    of this title), any property with respect to which qualified
    progress expenditures were previously taken into account under
    section 46(d) of this title, and any property described in section
    46(b)(2)(C) of this title, as such sections were in effect on Nov.
    4, 1990, see section 11813(c) of Pub. L. 101-508, set out as a note
    under section 29 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1989 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 101-239 applicable to transfers after Oct.
    2, 1989, but not applicable to any transfer pursuant to a written
    binding contract in effect on Oct. 2, 1989, and at all times
    thereafter before the transfer, see section 7622(c)[(e)] of Pub. L.
    101-239, set out as a note under section 167 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to property placed in
    service after Dec. 31, 1986, in taxable years ending after such
    date, with exceptions, see sections 203 and 204 of Pub. L. 99-514,
    set out as a note under section 168 of this title.
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 not applicable to any property placed
    in service before Jan. 1, 1994, if such property placed in service
    as part of specified rehabilitations, and not applicable to certain
    additional rehabilitations, see section 251(d)(2), (3) of Pub. L.
    99-514, set out as a note under section 46 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1985 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-121 applicable with respect to property
    placed in service by the taxpayer after May 8, 1985, with specified
    exceptions, see section 105(b) of Pub. L. 99-121, set out as a note
    under section 168 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 98-369 applicable with respect to property
    placed in service by the taxpayer after Mar. 15, 1984, subject to
    certain exceptions, see section 111(g) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out
    as a note under section 168 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1983 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-448 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if it had been included in the provision of the
    Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981, Pub. L. 97-34, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 109 of Pub. L. 97-448, set out as a
    note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1981 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by sections 201(b), 202(b), and 204(a)-(d) of Pub. L.
    97-34 applicable to property placed in service after Dec. 31, 1980,
    in taxable years ending after that date, see section 209(a) of Pub.
    L. 97-34, set out as an Effective Date note under section 168 of
    this title.
      Amendment by section 212(d)(2)(F) of Pub. L. 97-34 applicable to
    expenditures incurred after Dec. 31, 1981, in taxable years ending
    after such date, see section 212(e) of Pub. L. 97-34, set out as a
    note under section 46 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1980 AMENDMENTS                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 96-451 applicable with respect to additions
    to capital account made after Dec. 31, 1979, see section 301(d) of
    Pub. L. 96-451, set out as an Effective Date note under section 194
    of this title.
      Amendment by Pub. L. 96-223 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1979, see section 251(b) of Pub. L. 96-223, set out
    as an Effective Date note under section 193 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1978 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 701(f)(3)(A), (B) of Pub. L. 95-600
    effective as if included within the amendment of subsec. (a)(2),
    (3)(D) by section 2124 of Pub. L. 94-455, see section 701(f)(8) of
    Pub. L. 95-600, set out as an Effective and Termination Dates of
    1978 Amendments note under section 167 of this title.
      Section 701(w)(3) of Pub. L. 95-600 provided that: "The
    amendments made by this subsection [amending this section] shall
    apply to transfers of player contracts in connection with any sale
    or exchange of a franchise after December 31, 1975."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 212(b)(2) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that: "The amendment
    made by this subsection [amending this section] applies to
    transfers of player contracts in connection with any sale or
    exchange of a franchise after December 31, 1975."
      Amendment by section 1901(a)(140), (b)(3)(K), (11)(D) of Pub. L.
    94-455 effective for taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976,
    see section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under
    section 2 of this title.
      Amendment by section 1951(c)(2)(C) of Pub. L. 94-455 applicable
    to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 1951(d)
    of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under section 72 of this
    title.
      Amendment by section 2122(b)(3) of Pub. L. 94-455 applicable to
    taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 2122(c) of
    Pub. L. 94-455, as amended, set out as an Effective Date note under
    section 190 of this title.
      Amendment by section 2124(a)(2) of Pub. L. 94-455 applicable with
    respect to additions to capital account made after June 14, 1976
    and before June 15, 1981, see section 2124(a)(4) of Pub. L. 94-455,
    set out as an Effective Date note under section 642 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1975 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 94-81 applicable to dispositions after Dec.
    31, 1969, in taxable years ending after such date, with special
    provision for an election in the case of dispositions occurring
    before Aug. 9, 1975, see section 2(c) of Pub. L. 94-81, set out as
    a note under section 1250 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1971 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 104(a)(2) of Pub. L. 92-178 applicable to
    property described in section 50 of this title relating to
    restoration of credit, see section 104(h) of Pub. L. 92-178, set
    out as a note under section 48 of this title.
      Amendment by section 303(c)(1), (2) of Pub. L. 92-178 applicable
    to taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1971, see section 303(d) of
    Pub. L. 92-178, set out as a note under section 642 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1969 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 212(a)(3) of Pub. L. 91-172 provided that: "The
    amendments made by paragraphs (1) and (2) [amending this section]
    shall apply with respect to taxable years beginning after December
    31, 1969."
      Amendment by section 704(b)(4) of Pub. L. 91-172 applicable to
    taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1968, see section 704(c) of
    Pub. L. 91-172, set out as a note under section 169 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1964 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 88-272 applicable with respect to
    dispositions after Dec. 31, 1963, in taxable years ending after
    such date, see section 203(f)(3) of Pub. L. 88-272, set out as a
    note under section 48 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section 13(g) of Pub. L. 87-834 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [enacting this section and amending sections
    167, 170, 301, 312, 341, 453, 613, and 751 of this title] (other
    than the amendments made by subsection (c) [amending sections 167,
    179, and 642 of this title]) shall apply to taxable years beginning
    after December 31, 1962. The amendments made by subsection (c)
    shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1961, and
    ending after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 16,
    1962]."

                             SAVINGS PROVISION                         
      For provisions that nothing in amendment by sections 11801 and
    11813 of Pub. L. 101-508 be construed to affect treatment of
    certain transactions occurring, property acquired, or items of
    income, loss, deduction, or credit taken into account prior to Nov.
    5, 1990, for purposes of determining liability for tax for periods
    ending after Nov. 5, 1990, see section 11821(b) of Pub. L. 101-508,
    set out as a note under section 29 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 50, 108, 168, 169, 170,
    179, 179A, 198, 263A, 291, 453, 465, 467, 512, 613, 617, 751, 861,
    1017, 1250, 1252, 1255, 1257, 1276, 1400B of this title.

           -FOOTNOTE-
               

    (!1) See References in Text note below.

    (!2) Comma added editorially.


-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1246                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1246. Gain on foreign investment company stock

-STATUTE-
    (a) Treatment of gain as ordinary income
      (1) General rule
        In the case of a sale or exchange (or a distribution which,
      under section 302 or 331, is treated as an exchange of stock)
      after December 31, 1962, of stock in a foreign corporation which
      was a foreign investment company (as defined in subsection (b))
      at any time during the period during which the taxpayer held such
      stock, any gain shall be treated as ordinary income, to the
      extent of the taxpayer's ratable share of the earnings and
      profits of such corporation accumulated for taxable years
      beginning after December 31, 1962.
      (2) Ratable share
        For purposes of this section, the taxpayer's ratable share
      shall be determined under regulations prescribed by the
      Secretary, but shall include only his ratable share of the
      accumulated earnings and profits of such corporation - 
          (A) for the period during which the taxpayer held such stock,
        but
          (B) excluding such earnings and profits attributable to - 
            (i) any amount previously included in the gross income of
          such taxpayer under section 951 (but only to the extent the
          inclusion of such amount did not result in an exclusion of
          any other amount from gross income under section 959), or
            (ii) any taxable year during which such corporation was not
          a foreign investment company but only if - 
              (I) such corporation was not a foreign investment company
            at any time before such taxable year, and
              (II) such corporation was treated as a foreign investment
            company solely by reason of subsection (b)(2).
      (3) Taxpayer to establish earnings and profits
        Unless the taxpayer establishes the amount of the accumulated
      earnings and profits of the foreign investment company and the
      ratable share thereof for the period during which the taxpayer
      held such stock, all the gain from the sale or exchange of stock
      in such company shall be considered as ordinary income.
      (4) Holding period of stock must be more than 1 year
        This section shall not apply with respect to the sale or
      exchange of stock where the holding period of such stock as of
      the date of such sale or exchange is 1 year or less.
    (b) Definition of foreign investment company
      For purposes of this section, the term "foreign investment
    company" means any foreign corporation which, for any taxable year
    beginning after December 31, 1962, is - 
        (1) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
      amended (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 to 80b-2), either as a management
      company or as a unit investment trust, or
        (2) engaged (or holding itself out as being engaged) primarily
      in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in - 
          (A) securities (as defined in section 2(a)(36) of the
        Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended),
          (B) commodities, or
          (C) any interest (including a futures or forward contract or
        option) in property described in subparagraph (A) or (B),

      at a time when 50 percent or more of the total combined voting
      power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or the total
      value of all classes of stock, was held directly (or indirectly
      through applying paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 958(a) and
      paragraph (4) of section 318(a)) by United States persons (as
      defined in section 7701(a)(30)).
    (c) Stock having transferred or substituted basis
      To the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the
    Secretary, stock in a foreign corporation, the basis of which (in
    the hands of the taxpayer selling or exchanging such stock) is
    determined by reference to the basis (in the hands of such taxpayer
    or any other person) of stock in a foreign investment company,
    shall be treated as stock of a foreign investment company and held
    by the taxpayer throughout the holding period for such stock
    (determined under section 1223).
    (d) Rules relating to entities holding foreign investment company
      stock
      To the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary
    - 
        (1) trust certificates of a trust to which section 677
      (relating to income for benefit of grantor) applies, and
        (2) stock of a domestic corporation,

    shall be treated as stock of a foreign investment company and held
    by the taxpayer throughout the holding period for such certificates
    or stock (determined under section 1223) in the same proportion
    that the investment in stock in a foreign investment company by the
    trust or domestic corporation bears to the total assets of such
    trust or corporation.
    (e) Rules relating to stock acquired from a decedent
      (1) Basis
        In the case of stock of a foreign investment company acquired
      by bequest, devise, or inheritance (or by the decedent's estate)
      from a decedent dying after December 31, 1962, the basis
      determined under section 1014 shall be reduced (but not below the
      adjusted basis of such stock in the hands of the decedent
      immediately before his death) by the amount of the decedent's
      ratable share of the earnings and profits of such company
      accumulated after December 31, 1962. Any stock so acquired shall
      be treated as stock described in subsection (c).
      (2) Deduction for estate tax
        If stock to which subsection (a) applies is acquired from a
      decedent, the taxpayer shall, under regulations prescribed by the
      Secretary or his delegate, be allowed (for the taxable year of
      the sale or exchange) a deduction from gross income equal to that
      portion of the decedent's estate tax deemed paid which is
      attributable to the excess of (A) the value at which such stock
      was taken into account for purposes of determining the value of
      the decedent's gross estate, over (B) the value at which it would
      have been so taken into account if such value had been reduced by
      the amount described in paragraph (1).
    (f) Information with respect to certain foreign investment
      companies
      Every United States person who, on the last day of the taxable
    year of a foreign investment company, owns 5 percent or more in
    value of the stock of such company shall furnish with respect to
    such company such information as the Secretary shall by regulations
    prescribe.
    (g) Coordination with section 1248
      This section shall not apply to any gain to the extent such gain
    is treated as ordinary income under section 1248 (determined
    without regard to section 1248(g)(2)).
    (h) Cross reference
          For special rules relating to the earnings and profits of
        foreign investment companies, see section 312(l).

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 87-834, Sec. 14(a)(1), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1036;
    amended Pub. L. 94-455, title XIV, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(W), (2), title
    XIX, Secs. 1901(a)(141), (b)(3)(I), (32)(B)(ii), 1906(b)(13)(A),
    title XX, Sec. 2005(a)(5), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1732, 1787, 1793,
    1800, 1834, 1877; Pub. L. 96-223, title IV, Sec. 401(a), Apr. 2,
    1980, 94 Stat. 299; Pub. L. 97-34, title VIII, Sec. 832(a), Aug.
    13, 1981, 95 Stat. 355; Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec.
    134(a), title X, Sec. 1001(b)(20), (e), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat.
    668, 1012; Pub. L. 99-514, title XII, Sec. 1235(b), Oct. 22, 1986,
    100 Stat. 2574; Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Secs. 1012(p)(21),
    1018(o)(2), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3519, 3585; Pub. L. 107-16,
    title V, Sec. 542(e)(5)(A), June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 85.)


-STATAMEND-
                           AMENDMENT OF SECTION                       
      Pub. L. 107-16, title V, Sec. 542(e)(5)(A), (f)(1), title IX,
    Sec. 901, June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 85, 86, 150, provided that,
    applicable to estates of decedents dying after Dec. 31, 2009, this
    section is temporarily amended by striking out subsection (e). See
    Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note below.

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, referred to in
    subsec. (b)(1), is title I of act Aug. 22, 1940, ch. 686, 54 Stat.
    789, as amended, which is classified generally to subchapter I
    (Sec. 80a-1 et seq.) of chapter 2D of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
    Section 2(a)(36) of such Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is
    classified to section 80a-2(a)(36) of Title 15. For complete
    classification of this Act to the Code, see section 80a-51 of Title
    15 and Tables.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1988 - Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(21),
    redesignated subsec. (g), relating to information with respect to
    certain foreign investment companies, as (f). Former subsec. (f)
    redesignated (g).
      Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1018(o)(2), substituted
    "1248(g)(2)" for "1248(g)(3)".
      Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(21), redesignated former subsec.
    (f) as (g). Former subsec. (g), relating to information with
    respect to certain foreign investment companies, redesignated (f)
    and former subsec. (g), relating to cross reference, redesignated
    (h).
      Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(21), redesignated
    subsec. (g), relating to cross reference, as (h).
      1986 - Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 99-514 added subsec. (f) and
    redesignated former subsec. (f), relating to information with
    respect to certain foreign investment companies, as (g).
      1984 - Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 1001(b)(20), (e),
    substituted "6 months" for "1 year", applicable to property
    acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988. See
    Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note below.
      Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 134(a), in amending par. (2)
    generally, substituted reference to securities, as defined in
    section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
    commodities, or any interest, including a futures or forward
    contract or option, in property described in subpars. (A) and (B)
    for reference to securities within the meaning of section 3(a)(1)
    of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as limited by pars. (2)
    through (10), except par. (6)(C), and pars. (12) through (15) of
    section 3(c) of such Act, and reference to pars. (2) and (3) of
    section 958(a) and par. (4) of section 318(a) for reference to
    section 958(a).
      1981 - Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 97-34 designated existing
    provisions as cl. (i) and added cl. (ii).
      1980 - Subsecs. (e) to (g). Pub. L. 96-223 repealed the amendment
    made by Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 2005(a)(5). See 1976 Amendment note
    below.
      1976 - Subsec. (a)(1), (2), (3). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec.
    1901(b)(3)(I), substituted "ordinary income" for "gain from the
    sale or exchange of property which is not a capital asset". Sec.
    1901(b)(13)(A) struck out "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(2), provided that "9
    months" would be changed to "1 year".
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(W), provided that "6 months"
    would be changed to "9 months" for taxable years beginning in 1977.
      Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(a), struck
    out "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsecs. (e) to (g). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 2005(a)(5), struck out
    subsec. (e) and redesignated subsecs. (f) and (g) as (e) and (f),
    respectively. See Repeals note below.
      Pub. L. 94-455, Secs. 1901(a)(141), (b)(32)(B)(ii),
    1906(b)(13)(A), struck out "or his delegate" in subsecs. (e)(2) and
    (f), struck out "beginning after December 31, 1962" after "foreign
    investment company" in subsec. (f), and substituted "section
    312(j)" for "section 312(l)" in subsec. (g).

             EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES OF 2001 AMENDMENT         
      Amendment by Pub. L. 107-16 applicable to estates of decedents
    dying after Dec. 31, 2009, see section 542(f)(1) of Pub. L. 107-16,
    set out as a note under section 121 of this title.
      Amendment by Pub. L. 107-16 inapplicable to estates of decedents
    dying, gifts made, or generation skipping transfers, after Dec. 31,
    2010, and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to be applied and
    administered to such estates, gifts, and transfers as if such
    amendment had never been enacted, see section 901 of Pub. L.
    107-16, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to taxable years of
    foreign corporations beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section
    1235(h) of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as an Effective Date note under
    section 1291 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 134(b) of Pub. L. 98-369 provided that:
      "(1) In general. - Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
    amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall
    apply to sales and exchanges (and distributions) on or after
    September 29, 1983, in taxable years ending on or after such date.
      "(2) Stock held on september 29, 1983. - In the case of a sale or
    exchange (or distribution) not later than the date which is 1 year
    after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 18, 1984], the
    amendment made by subsection (a) shall not apply with respect to
    stock held by the taxpayer continuously from September 29, 1983, to
    the date of such sale or exchange (or distribution)."
      Amendment by section 1001(b)(20) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    property acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988, see
    section 1001(e) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under section
    166 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1981 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 832(b) of Pub. L. 97-34 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to sales
    or exchanges after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 13,
    1981] in taxable years ending after such date."

         EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1980 AMENDMENT AND REVIVAL OF PRIOR LAW     
      Amendment by Pub. L. 96-223 (repealing section 2005(a)(5) of Pub.
    L. 94-455 and the amendments made thereby, which had amended this
    section) applicable in respect of decedents dying after Dec. 31,
    1976, and except for certain elections, this title to be applied
    and administered as if those repealed provisions had not been
    enacted, see section 401(b), (e) of Pub. L. 96-223, set out as a
    note under section 1023 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1402(b)(1) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning in 1977.
      Section 1402(b)(2) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1977.
      Amendment by section 1901(a)(141), (b)(3)(I), (32)(B)(ii) of Pub.
    L. 94-455 effective for taxable years beginning after Dec. 31,
    1976, see section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note
    under section 2 of this title.
      Amendment by section 2005(a)(5) of Pub. L. 94-455 applicable in
    respect of decedents dying after Dec. 31, 1976, see section
    2005(f)(1) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as an Effective Date note
    under section 1015 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section 14(c) of Pub. L. 87-834 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [enacting this section and section 1247 and
    amending sections 312, 751, and 1223 of this title] shall apply
    with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1962."

                                  REPEALS                              
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 2005(a)(5), cited as a credit to this
    section, and the amendments made thereby, were repealed by Pub. L.
    96-223, title IV, Sec. 401(a), 94 Stat. 299, resulting in the text
    of this section reading as it read prior to enactment of section
    2005(a)(5). See Effective Date of 1980 Amendment and Revival of
    Prior Law note above.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 1, 312, 751, 904, 1223,
    1247, 1248, 1260, 1291, 1298 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1247                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1247. Election by foreign investment companies to distribute
      income currently

-STATUTE-
    (a) Election by foreign investment company
      (1) In general
        If a foreign investment company which is described in section
      1246(b)(1) elects (in the manner provided in regulations
      prescribed by the Secretary) on or before December 31, 1962, with
      respect to each taxable year beginning after December 31, 1962,
      to - 
          (A) distribute to its shareholders 90 percent or more of what
        its taxable income would be if it were a domestic corporation;
          (B) designate in a written notice mailed to its shareholders
        at any time before the expiration of 45 days after the close of
        its taxable year the pro rata amount of the amount (determined
        as if such corporation were a domestic corporation) of the net
        capital gain of the taxable year; and the portion thereof which
        is being distributed; and
          (C) provide such information as the Secretary deems necessary
        to carry out the purposes of this section,

      then section 1246 shall not apply with respect to the qualified
      shareholders of such company during any taxable year to which
      such election applies.
      (2) Special rules
        (A) Computation of taxable income
          For purposes of paragraph (1)(A), the taxable income of the
        company shall be computed without regard to - 
            (i) the net capital gain referred to in paragraph (1)(B),
            (ii) section 172 (relating to net operating losses), and
            (iii) any deduction provided by part VIII of subchapter B
          (other than the deduction provided by section 248, relating
          to organizational expenditures).
        (B) Distributions after the close of the taxable year
          For purposes of paragraph (1)(A), a distribution made after
        the close of the taxable year and on or before the 15th day of
        the third month of the next taxable year shall be treated as
        distributed during the taxable year to the extent elected by
        the company (in accordance with regulations prescribed by the
        Secretary) on or before the 15th day of such third month.
        (C) Carryover of capital losses from nonelection years denied
          In computing the net capital gain referred to in paragraph
        (1)(B), section 1212 shall not apply to losses incurred in or
        with respect to taxable years before the first taxable year to
        which the election applies.
    (b) Years to which election applies
      The election of any foreign investment company under this section
    shall terminate as of the close of the taxable year preceding its
    first taxable year in which any of the following occurs:
        (1) the company fails to comply with the provisions of
      subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of subsection (a)(1), unless it is
      shown that such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to
      willful neglect,
        (2) the company is a foreign personal holding company, or
        (3) the company is not a foreign investment company which is
      described in section 1246(b)(1).
    (c) Qualified shareholders
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        The term "qualified shareholder" means any shareholder who is a
      United States person (as defined in section 7701(a)(30)), other
      than a shareholder described in paragraph (2).
      (2) Certain United States persons excluded from definition
        A United States person shall not be treated as a qualified
      shareholder for the taxable year if for such taxable year (or for
      any prior taxable year) he did not include, in computing his
      long-term capital gains in his return for such taxable year, the
      amount designated by such company pursuant to subsection
      (a)(1)(B) as his share of the undistributed capital gains of such
      company for its taxable year ending within or with such taxable
      year of the taxpayer. The preceding sentence shall not apply with
      respect to any failure by the taxpayer to treat an amount as
      provided therein if the taxpayer shows that such failure was due
      to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.
    (d) Treatment of distributed and undistributed capital gains by a
      qualified shareholder
      Every qualified shareholder of a foreign investment company for
    any taxable year of such company with respect to which an election
    pursuant to subsection (a) is in effect shall include, in computing
    his long-term capital gains - 
        (1) for his taxable year in which received, his pro rata share
      of the distributed portion of the net capital gain for such
      taxable year of such company, and
        (2) for his taxable year in which or with which the taxable
      year of such company ends, his pro rata share of the
      undistributed portion of the net capital gain for such taxable
      year of such company.
    (e) Adjustments
      Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, proper adjustment
    shall be made - 
        (1) in the earnings and profits of the electing foreign
      investment company and a qualified shareholder's ratable share
      thereof, and
        (2) in the adjusted basis of stock of such company held by such
      shareholder,

    to reflect such shareholder's inclusion in gross income of
    undistributed capital gains.
    (f) Election by foreign investment company with respect to foreign
      tax credit
      A foreign investment company with respect to which an election
    pursuant to subsection (a) is in effect and more than 50 percent of
    the value (as defined in section 851(c)(4)) of whose total assets
    at the close of the taxable year consists of stock or securities in
    foreign corporations may, for such taxable year, elect the
    application of this subsection with respect to income, war profits,
    and excess profits taxes described in section 901(b)(1) which are
    paid by the foreign investment company during such taxable year to
    foreign countries and possessions of the United States. If such
    election is made - 
        (1) the foreign investment company - 
          (A) shall compute its taxable income, for purposes of
        subsection (a)(1)(A), without any deductions for income, war
        profits, or excess profits taxes paid to foreign countries or
        possessions of the United States, and
          (B) shall treat the amount of such taxes, for purposes of
        subsection (a)(1)(A), as distributed to its shareholders;

        (2) each qualified shareholder of such foreign investment
      company - 
          (A) shall include in gross income and treat as paid by him
        his proportionate share of such taxes, and
          (B) shall treat, for purposes of applying subpart A of part
        III of subchapter N, his proportionate share of such taxes as
        having been paid to the country in which the foreign investment
        company is incorporated, and
          (C) shall treat as gross income from sources within the
        country in which the foreign investment company is
        incorporated, for purposes of applying subpart A of part III of
        subchapter N, the sum of his proportionate share of such taxes
        and any dividend paid to him by such foreign investment
        company.
    (g) Notice to shareholders
      The amounts to be treated by qualified shareholders, for purposes
    of subsection (f)(2), as their proportionate share of the taxes
    described in subsection (f)(1)(A) paid by a foreign investment
    company shall not exceed the amounts so designated by the foreign
    investment company in a written notice mailed to its shareholders
    not later than 45 days after the close of its taxable year.
    (h) Manner of making election and notifying shareholders
      The election provided in subsection (f) and the notice to
    shareholders required by subsection (g) shall be made in such
    manner as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations.
    (i) Loss on sale or exchange of certain stock held less than 1 year
      If - 
        (1) under this section, any qualified shareholder treats any
      amount designated under subsection (a)(1)(B) with respect to a
      share of stock as long-term capital gain, and
        (2) such share is held by the taxpayer for less than 1 year,

    then any loss on the sale or exchange of such share shall, to the
    extent of the amount described in paragraph (1), be treated as loss
    from the sale or exchange of a capital asset held for more than 1
    year.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 87-834, Sec. 14(a)(1), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1037;
    amended Pub. L. 94-455, title XIV, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(X), (2), title
    XIX, Secs. 1901(b)(33)(P), (R), 1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90
    Stat. 1732, 1802, 1834; Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title X, Sec.
    1001(b)(21), (e), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1012.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1984 - Subsec. (i)(2). Pub. L. 98-369 substituted "6 months" for
    "1 year", applicable to property acquired after June 22, 1984, and
    before Jan. 1, 1988. See Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note
    below.
      1976 - Subsec. (a)(1)(B), (C). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec.
    1901(b)(33)(P), substituted "the amount (determined as if such
    corporation were a domestic corporation) of the net capital gain"
    for "the excess (determined as if such corporation were a domestic
    corporation) of the net long-term capital gain over the net
    short-term capital loss", and Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A) struck out "or
    his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(i), (B), (C). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec.
    1901(b)(33)(R), substituted in subpars. (A)(i) and (C) "the net
    capital gain" for "the excess of the net long-term capital gain
    over the net short-term capital loss,". Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A) struck
    out in subpara. (a)(2)(B) "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (d)(1), (2). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(33)(R),
    substituted "the net capital gain" for "the excess of the net
    long-term capital gain over the net short-term capital loss,".
      Subsecs. (e), (h). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A), struck
    out "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(2), provided that "9
    months" would be changed to "1 year" wherever appearing.
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(X), provided that "6 months"
    would be changed to "9 months" for taxable years beginning in 1977.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to property acquired after
    June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988, see section 1001(e) of Pub.
    L. 98-369, set out as a note under section 166 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1402(b)(1) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning in 1977.
      Section 1402(b)(2) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1977.
      Amendment by section 1901(b)(33)(P), (R) of Pub. L. 94-455
    effective for taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see
    section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under section
    2 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after
    Dec. 31, 1962, see section 14(c) of Pub. L. 87-834, set out as a
    note under section 1246 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 1, 951, 1212, 1248, 1297
    of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1248                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1248. Gain from certain sales or exchanges of stock in certain
      foreign corporations

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      If - 
        (1) a United States person sells or exchanges stock in a
      foreign corporation, and
        (2) such person owns, within the meaning of section 958(a), or
      is considered as owning by applying the rules of ownership of
      section 958(b), 10 percent or more of the total combined voting
      power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of such foreign
      corporation at any time during the 5-year period ending on the
      date of the sale or exchange when such foreign corporation was a
      controlled foreign corporation (as defined in section 957),

    then the gain recognized on the sale or exchange of such stock
    shall be included in the gross income of such person as a dividend,
    to the extent of the earnings and profits of the foreign
    corporation attributable (under regulations prescribed by the
    Secretary) to such stock which were accumulated in taxable years of
    such foreign corporation beginning after December 31, 1962, and
    during the period or periods the stock sold or exchanged was held
    by such person while such foreign corporation was a controlled
    foreign corporation. For purposes of this section, a United States
    person shall be treated as having sold or exchanged any stock if,
    under any provision of this subtitle, such person is treated as
    realizing gain from the sale or exchange of such stock.
    (b) Limitation on tax applicable to individuals
      In the case of an individual, if the stock sold or exchanged is a
    capital asset (within the meaning of section 1221) and has been
    held for more than 1 year, the tax attributable to an amount
    included in gross income as a dividend under subsection (a) shall
    not be greater than a tax equal to the sum of - 
        (1) a pro rata share of the excess of - 
          (A) the taxes that would have been paid by the foreign
        corporation with respect to its income had it been taxed under
        this chapter as a domestic corporation (but without allowance
        for deduction of, or credit for, taxes described in
        subparagraph (B)), for the period or periods the stock sold or
        exchanged was held by the United States person in taxable years
        beginning after December 31, 1962, while the foreign
        corporation was a controlled foreign corporation, adjusted for
        distributions and amounts previously included in gross income
        of a United States shareholder under section 951, over
          (B) the income, war profits, or excess profits taxes paid by
        the foreign corporation with respect to such income; and

        (2) an amount equal to the tax that would result by including
      in gross income, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital
      asset held for more than 1 year, an amount equal to the excess of
      (A) the amount included in gross income as a dividend under
      subsection (a), over (B) the amount determined under paragraph
      (1).
    (c) Determination of earnings and profits
      (1) In general
        Except as provided in section 312(k)(4), for purposes of this
      section, the earnings and profits of any foreign corporation for
      any taxable year shall be determined according to rules
      substantially similar to those applicable to domestic
      corporations, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.
      (2) Earnings and profits of subsidiaries of foreign corporations
        If - 
          (A) subsection (a) or (f) applies to a sale, exchange, or
        distribution by a United States person of stock of a foreign
        corporation and, by reason of the ownership of the stock sold
        or exchanged, such person owned within the meaning of section
        958(a)(2) stock of any other foreign corporation; and
          (B) such person owned, within the meaning of section 958(a),
        or was considered as owning by applying the rules of ownership
        of section 958(b), 10 percent or more of the total combined
        voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of such
        other foreign corporation at any time during the 5-year period
        ending on the date of the sale or exchange when such other
        foreign corporation was a controlled foreign corporation (as
        defined in section 957),

      then, for purposes of this section, the earnings and profits of
      the foreign corporation the stock of which is sold or exchanged
      which are attributable to the stock sold or exchanged shall be
      deemed to include the earnings and profits of such other foreign
      corporation which - 
          (C) are attributable (under regulations prescribed by the
        Secretary) to the stock of such other foreign corporation which
        such person owned within the meaning of section 958(a)(2) (by
        reason of his ownership within the meaning of section
        958(a)(1)(A) of the stock sold or exchanged) on the date of
        such sale or exchange (or on the date of any sale or exchange
        of the stock of such other foreign corporation occurring during
        the 5-year period ending on the date of the sale or exchange of
        the stock of such foreign corporation, to the extent not
        otherwise taken into account under this section but not in
        excess of the fair market value of the stock of such other
        foreign corporation sold or exchanged over the basis of such
        stock (for determining gain) in the hands of the transferor);
        and
          (D) were accumulated in taxable years of such other
        corporation beginning after December 31, 1962, and during the
        period or periods - 
            (i) such other corporation was a controlled foreign
          corporation, and
            (ii) such person owned within the meaning of section 958(a)
          the stock of such other foreign corporation.
    (d) Exclusions from earnings and profits
      For purposes of this section, the following amounts shall be
    excluded, with respect to any United States person, from the
    earnings and profits of a foreign corporation:
      (1) Amounts included in gross income under section 951
        Earnings and profits of the foreign corporation attributable to
      any amount previously included in the gross income of such person
      under section 951, with respect to the stock sold or exchanged,
      but only to the extent the inclusion of such amount did not
      result in an exclusion of an amount from gross income under
      section 959.
      [(2) Repealed. Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1006(e)(14)(A),
        Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3402]
      (3) Less developed country corporations under prior law
        Earnings and profits of a foreign corporation which were
      accumulated during any taxable year beginning before January 1,
      1976, while such corporation was a less developed country
      corporation under section 902(d) as in effect before the
      enactment of the Tax Reduction Act of 1975.
      (4) United States income
        Any item includible in gross income of the foreign corporation
      under this chapter - 
          (A) for any taxable year beginning before January 1, 1967, as
        income derived from sources within the United States of a
        foreign corporation engaged in trade or business within the
        United States, or
          (B) for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1966,
        as income effectively connected with the conduct by such
        corporation of a trade or business within the United States.

      This paragraph shall not apply with respect to any item which is
      exempt from taxation (or is subject to a reduced rate of tax)
      pursuant to a treaty obligation of the United States.
      (5) Amounts included in gross income under section 1247
        If the United States person whose stock is sold or exchanged
      was a qualified shareholder (as defined in section 1247(c)) of a
      foreign corporation which was a foreign investment company (as
      described in section 1246(b)(1)), the earnings and profits of the
      foreign corporation for taxable years in which such person was a
      qualified shareholder.
      (6) Foreign trade income
        Earnings and profits of the foreign corporation attributable to
      foreign trade income of a FSC other than foreign trade income
      which - 
          (A) is section 923(a)(2) (!1) non-exempt income (within the
        meaning of section 927(d)(6)),(!1) or

          (B) would not (but for section 923(a)(4)) (!1) be treated as
        exempt foreign trade income.

      For purposes of the preceding sentence, the terms "foreign trade
      income" and "exempt foreign trade income" have the respective
      meanings given such terms by section 923.(!1)
      (7) Amounts included in gross income under section 1293
        Earnings and profits of the foreign corporation attributable to
      any amount previously included in the gross income of such person
      under section 1293 with respect to the stock sold or exchanged,
      but only to the extent the inclusion of such amount did not
      result in an exclusion of an amount under section 1293(c).
    (e) Sales or exchanges of stock in certain domestic corporations
      Except as provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, if
    - 
        (1) a United States person sells or exchanges stock of a
      domestic corporation, and
        (2) such domestic corporation was formed or availed of
      principally for the holding, directly or indirectly, of stock of
      one or more foreign corporations,

    such sale or exchange shall, for purposes of this section, be
    treated as a sale or exchange of the stock of the foreign
    corporation or corporations held by the domestic corporation.
    (f) Certain nonrecognition transactions
      Except as provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary - 
      (1) In general
        If - 
          (A) a domestic corporation satisfies the stock ownership
        requirements of subsection (a)(2) with respect to a foreign
        corporation, and
          (B) such domestic corporation distributes stock of such
        foreign corporation in a distribution to which section 311(a),
        337, 355(c)(1), or 361(c)(1) applies,

      then, notwithstanding any other provision of this subtitle, an
      amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of such stock
      over its adjusted basis in the hands of the domestic corporation
      shall be included in the gross income of the domestic corporation
      as a dividend to the extent of the earnings and profits of the
      foreign corporation attributable (under regulations prescribed by
      the Secretary) to such stock which were accumulated in taxable
      years of such foreign corporation beginning after December 31,
      1962, and during the period or periods the stock was held by such
      domestic corporation while such foreign corporation was a
      controlled foreign corporation. For purposes of subsections
      (c)(2), (d), and (h), a distribution of stock to which this
      subsection applies shall be treated as a sale of stock to which
      subsection (a) applies.
      (2) Exception for certain distributions
        In the case of any distribution of stock of a foreign
      corporation, paragraph (1) shall not apply if such distribution
      is to a domestic corporation - 
          (A) which is treated under this section as holding such stock
        for the period for which the stock was held by the distributing
        corporation, and
          (B) which, immediately after the distribution, satisfies the
        stock ownership requirements of subsection (a)(2) with respect
        to such foreign corporation.
      (3) Application to cases described in subsection (e)
        To the extent that earnings and profits are taken into account
      under this subsection, they shall be excluded and not taken into
      account for purposes of subsection (e).
    (g) Exceptions
      This section shall not apply to - 
        (1) distributions to which section 303 (relating to
      distributions in redemption of stock to pay death taxes) applies;
      or
        (2) any amount to the extent that such amount is, under any
      other provision of this title, treated as - 
          (A) a dividend (other than an amount treated as a dividend
        under subsection (f)),
          (B) ordinary income, or
          (C) gain from the sale of an asset held for not more than 1
        year.
    (h) Taxpayer to establish earnings and profits
      Unless the taxpayer establishes the amount of the earnings and
    profits of the foreign corporation to be taken into account under
    subsection (a) or (f), all gain from the sale or exchange shall be
    considered a dividend under subsection (a) or (f), and unless the
    taxpayer establishes the amount of foreign taxes to be taken into
    account under subsection (b), the limitation of such subsection
    shall not apply.
    (i) Treatment of certain indirect transfers
      (1) In general
        If any shareholder of a 10-percent corporate shareholder of a
      foreign corporation exchanges stock of the 10-percent corporate
      shareholder for stock of the foreign corporation, such 10-percent
      corporate shareholder shall recognize gain in the same manner as
      if the stock of the foreign corporation received in such exchange
      had been - 
          (A) issued to the 10-percent corporate shareholder, and
          (B) then distributed by the 10-percent corporate shareholder
        to such shareholder in redemption or liquidation (whichever is
        appropriate).

      The amount of gain recognized by such 10-percent corporate
      shareholder under the preceding sentence shall not exceed the
      amount treated as a dividend under this section.
      (2) 10-percent corporate shareholder defined
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "10-percent corporate
      shareholder" means any domestic corporation which, as of the day
      before the exchange referred to in paragraph (1), satisfies the
      stock ownership requirements of subsection (a)(2) with respect to
      the foreign corporation.
    (j) Cross reference
          For provision excluding amounts previously taxed under this
        section from gross income when subsequently distributed, see
        section 959(e).

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 87-834, Sec. 15(a), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1041;
    amended Pub. L. 89-809, title I, Sec. 104(k), Nov. 13, 1966, 80
    Stat. 1562; Pub. L. 91-172, title IV, Sec. 442(b)(2), Dec. 30,
    1969, 83 Stat. 628; Pub. L. 94-455, title X, Secs. 1022(a),
    1042(b), (c)(1), (3), title XIV, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(Y), (2), title
    XIX, Secs. 1901(b)(3)(H), (32)(B)(iii), 1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4,
    1976, 90 Stat. 1619, 1636, 1637, 1732, 1793, 1800, 1834; Pub. L.
    97-448, title I, Sec. 102(c)(1), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2370; Pub.
    L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 133(a), (b)(2), (c), title VIII,
    Sec. 801(d)(6), title X, Sec. 1001(b)(22), (e), July 18, 1984, 98
    Stat. 667, 668, 996, 1012; Pub. L. 99-514, title VI, Sec.
    631(d)(2), title XVIII, Secs. 1810(i)(1), 1875(g)(1), 1876(a)(2),
    Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2272, 2829, 2897; Pub. L. 100-647, title
    I, Secs. 1006(e)(14), 1012(p)(19), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3402,
    3518; Pub. L. 104-188, title I, Sec. 1702(g)(1), Aug. 20, 1996, 110
    Stat. 1872.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      The Tax Reduction Act of 1975, referred to in subsec. (d)(3), is
    Pub. L. 94-12, Mar. 29, 1975, 89 Stat. 26, as amended. For complete
    classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1975
    Amendment note set out under section 1 of this title and Tables.
      Sections 923 and 927, referred to in subsec. (d)(6), were
    repealed by Pub. L. 106-519, Sec. 2, Nov. 15, 2000, 114 Stat. 2423.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1996 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1702(g)(1)(A)(ii), in
    closing provisions inserted at end "For purposes of this section, a
    United States person shall be treated as having sold or exchanged
    any stock if, under any provision of this subtitle, such person is
    treated as realizing gain from the sale or exchange of such stock."
      Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1702(g)(1)(A)(i), struck
    out ", or if a United States person receives a distribution from a
    foreign corporation which, under section 302 or 331, is treated as
    an exchange of stock" after "in a foreign corporation".
      Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1702(g)(1)(B), struck out
    ", or receives a distribution from a domestic corporation which,
    under section 302 or 331, is treated as an exchange of stock" after
    "of a domestic corporation".
      Subsec. (f)(1)(B). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1702(g)(1)(C),
    substituted "355(c)(1), or 361(c)(1)" for "or 361(c)(1)".
      Subsec. (i)(1). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1702(g)(1)(D), reenacted
    heading without change and amended text generally. Prior to
    amendment, text read as follows: "If any shareholder of a
    10-percent corporate shareholder of a foreign corporation exchanges
    stock of the 10-percent corporate shareholder for stock of the
    foreign corporation, for purposes of this section, the stock of the
    foreign corporation received in such exchange shall be treated as
    if it had been - 
        "(A) issued to the 10-percent corporate shareholder, and
        "(B) then distributed by the 10-percent corporate shareholder
      to such shareholder in redemption or liquidation (whichever is
      appropriate)."
      1988 - Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1006(e)(14)(A),
    struck out par. (2) which related to gain realized from sale or
    exchange of property in pursuance of plan of complete liquidation.
      Subsec. (d)(7). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(19), added par.
    (7).
      Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1006(e)(14)(E), substituted
    "nonrecognition" for "section 311, 336, or 337" in heading.
      Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1006(e)(14)(C), struck out
    ", sale, or exchange" after "(h), a distribution" in last sentence.
      Subsec. (f)(1)(B). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1006(e)(14)(B), amended
    subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as
    follows: "such domestic corporation distributes, sells, or
    exchanges stock of such foreign corporation in a transaction to
    which section 311, 336, or 337 applies,".
      Subsec. (f)(3), (4). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1006(e)(14)(D),
    redesignated par. (4) as (3) and struck out former par. (3) which
    related to nonapplication of paragraph (1) in certain cases.
      1986 - Subsec. (d)(6). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1876(a)(2), amended
    par. (6) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (6) read as follows:
    "Earnings and profits of the foreign corporation attributable to
    foreign trade income (within the meaning of section 923(b)) of a
    FSC."
      Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 631(d)(2)(A), substituted
    "Except as provided in regulations" for "Under regulations".
      Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 631(d)(2)(B), inserted "Except
    as provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary - " after
    heading.
      Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1875(g)(1), inserted "or" at
    end of par. (1), redesignated par. (3) as (2), and struck out
    former par. (2) which read as follows: "gain realized on exchanges
    to which section 356 (relating to receipt of additional
    consideration in certain reorganizations) applies; or".
      Subsec. (i)(1)(B). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1810(i)(1), substituted
    "in redemption or liquidation (whichever is appropriate)" for "in
    redemption of his stock".
      1984 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 1001(b)(22), (e),
    substituted "6 months" for "1 year", applicable to property
    acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988. See
    Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note below.
      Subsec. (c)(2)(D). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 133(c), substituted
    "section 958(a)" for "section 958(a)(2)".
      Subsec. (d)(6). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 801(d)(6), added par. (6).
      Subsec. (g)(3)(C). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 1001(b)(22), (e),
    substituted "6 months" for "1 year", applicable to property
    acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988. See
    Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note below.
      Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 133(a), added subsec. (i).
      Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 133(b)(2), added subsec. (j).
      1983 - Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 97-448 substituted "section
    312(k)(4)" for "section 312(k)(3)".
      1976 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A), struck
    out "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(2), provided that "9
    months" would be changed to "1 year".
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(Y), provided that "6 months"
    would be changed to "9 months" for taxable years beginning in 1977.
      Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 94-455, Secs. 1901(b)(32)(B)(iii),
    1906(b)(13(A), substituted "section 312(k)" for "section
    312(m)(3)", and struck out "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1042(c)(3)(A),
    substituted "subsection (a) or (f) applies to a sale, exchange, or
    distribution" for "subsection (a) applies to a sale or exchange".
      Subsec. (c)(2)(C). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1042(b), inserted "(or on
    the date of any sale or exchange of the stock of such other foreign
    corporation occurring during the 5-year period ending on the date
    of the sale or exchange of the stock of such foreign corporation,
    to the extent not otherwise taken into account under this section
    but not in excess of the fair market value of the stock of such
    other foreign corporation sold or exchanged over the basis of such
    stock (for determining gain) in the hands of the transferor)". Sec.
    1906(b)(13)(A), struck out "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A), struck out
    "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1022(a), substituted
    provisions of par. (3) relating to "Less developed country
    corporations under prior law" and reading "Earnings and profits of
    a foreign corporation which were accumulated during any taxable
    year beginning before January 1, 1976, while such corporation was a
    less developed country corporation under section 902(d) as in
    effect before the enactment of the Tax Reduction Act of 1975" for
    prior par. (3) relating to "Less developed country corporations"
    and reading "Earnings and profits accumulated by a foreign
    corporation while it was a less developed country corporation (as
    defined in section 902(d)), if the stock sold or exchanged was
    owned for a continuous period of at least 10 years, ending with the
    date of the sale or exchange, by the United States person who sold
    or exchanged such stock. In the case of stock sold or exchanged by
    a corporation, if United States persons who are individuals,
    estates, or trusts (each of whom owned within the meaning of
    section 958(a), or were considered as owning by applying the rules
    of ownership of section 958(b), 10 percent or more of the total
    combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of
    such corporation) owned, or were considered as owning, at any time
    during the 10-year period ending on the date of the sale or
    exchange more than 50 percent of the total combined voting power of
    all classes of stock entitled to vote such corporation, this
    paragraph shall apply only if such United States persons owned, or
    were considered as owning, at all times during the remainder of
    such 10-year period more than 50 percent of the total combined
    voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of such
    corporation. For purposes of this paragraph, stock owned by a
    United States person who is an individual, estate, or trust which
    was acquired by reason of the death of the predecessor in interest
    of such United States person shall be considered as owned by such
    United States person during the period such stock was owned by such
    predecessor in interest, and during the period such stock was owned
    by any other predecessor in interest if between such United States
    person and such other predecessor in interest there was no transfer
    other than by reason of the death of an individual."
      Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A), struck out "or
    his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1042(c)(1), added subsec. (f).
    Former subsec. (f) redesignated (g).
      Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 94-455, Secs. 1042(c)(1), (3)(B),
    1901(b)(3)(H), redesignated former subsec. (f) as (g); inserted
    "(other than an amount treated as a dividend under subsection (f))"
    in par. (3)(A); and substituted in par. (3)(B) "ordinary income"
    for "gain from the sale of an asset which is not a capital asset",
    respectively. Former subsec. (g) redesignated (h).
      Subsec. (g)(3)(C). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(2), provided that
    "9 months" would be changed to "1 year".
      Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(Y), provided that "6 months"
    would be changed to "9 months" for taxable years beginning in 1977.
      Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1042(c)(1), (3)(C),
    redesignated former subsec. (g) as (h) and inserted reference to
    subsec. (f) in two places.
      1969 - Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 91-172 inserted reference to the
    exception provided for in section 312(m)(3).
      1966 - Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 89-809 provided that for taxable
    years beginning after December 31, 1966, the earnings and profits
    of the foreign corporation, for purposes of this section, is not to
    include income effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
    business within the United States, and inserted provision that the
    exclusion does not apply to income which is exempt from tax or
    subject to a reduced rate of tax pursuant to a treaty.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 104-188 effective, except as otherwise
    expressly provided, as if included in the provision of the Revenue
    Reconciliation Act of 1990, Pub. L. 101-508, title XI, to which
    such amendment relates, see section 1702(i) of Pub. L. 104-188, set
    out as a note under section 38 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 631(d)(2) of Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to
    any distribution in complete liquidation, and any sale or exchange,
    made by a corporation after July 31, 1986, unless such corporation
    is completely liquidated before Jan. 1, 1987, any transaction
    described in section 338 of this title for which the acquisition
    date occurs after Dec. 31, 1986, and any distribution, not in
    complete liquidation, made after Dec. 31, 1986, with exceptions and
    special and transitional rules, see section 633 of Pub. L. 99-514,
    set out as an Effective Date note under section 336 of this title.
      Section 1875(g)(2) of Pub. L. 99-514 provided that: "The
    amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply
    to exchanges after March 1, 1986."
      Amendment by sections 1810(i)(1) and 1876(a)(2) of Pub. L. 99-514
    effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the
    provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. 98-369, div. A,
    to which such amendment relates, see section 1881 of Pub. L.
    99-514, set out as a note under section 48 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 133(d)(1) of Pub. L. 98-369 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to
    exchanges after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 18,
    1984] in taxable years ending after such date."
      Amendment by section 133(b)(2), (c) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable
    with respect to transactions to which subsec. (a) or (f) of this
    section applies occurring after July 18, 1984, with election of
    earlier date for certain transactions, see section 133(d)(2), (3)
    of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under section 959 of this
    title.
      Amendment by section 801(d)(6) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    transactions after Dec. 31, 1984, in taxable years ending after
    such date, see section 805(a)(1) of Pub. L. 98-369, as amended, set
    out as a note under section 245 of this title.
      Amendment by section 1001(b)(22) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    property acquired after June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988, see
    section 1001(e) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under section
    166 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1983 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-448 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if it had been included in the provision of the
    Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981, Pub. L. 97-34, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 109 of Pub. L. 97-448, set out as a
    note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1022(b) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to
    taxable years beginning after December 31, 1975."
      For effective date of amendment by section 1042 of Pub. L.
    94-455, see section 1042(e) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note
    under section 367 of this title.
      Section 1402(b)(1) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning in 1977.
      Section 1402(b)(2) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that the amendment
    made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1977.
      Amendment by section 1901(b)(3)(H), (32)(B)(iii) of Pub. L.
    94-455 effective for taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976,
    see section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under
    section 2 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1966 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 89-809 applicable with respect to sales or
    exchanges occurring after Dec. 31, 1966, see section 104(n) of Pub.
    L. 89-809, set out as a note under section 11 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section 15(c) of Pub. L. 87-834 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply with
    respect to sales or exchanges occurring after December 31, 1962."

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

                             TRANSITIONAL RULE                         
      Section 1875(g)(3) of Pub. L. 99-514 provided that: "An exchange
    shall be treated as occurring on or before March 1, 1986, if - 
        "(A) on or before such date, the taxpayer adopts a plan of
      reorganization to which section 356 [of the Internal Revenue Code
      of 1986] applies, and
        "(B) such plan or reorganization is implemented and
      distributions pursuant to such plan are completed on or before
      the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 22, 1986]."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 245, 338, 751, 865, 951,
    953, 959, 964, 989, 1246, 1291, 4916 of this title.

-FOOTNOTE-
    (!1) See References in Text note below.


-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1249                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1249. Gain from certain sales or exchanges of patents, etc.,
      to foreign corporations

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      Gain from the sale or exchange after December 31, 1962, of a
    patent, an invention, model, or design (whether or not patented), a
    copyright, a secret formula or process, or any other similar
    property right to any foreign corporation by any United States
    person (as defined in section 7701(a)(30)) which controls such
    foreign corporation shall, if such gain would (but for the
    provisions of this subsection) be gain from the sale or exchange of
    a capital asset or of property described in section 1231, be
    considered as ordinary income.
    (b) Control
      For purposes of subsection (a), control means, with respect to
    any foreign corporation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of
    stock possessing more than 50 percent of the total combined voting
    power of all classes of stock entitled to vote. For purposes of
    this subsection, the rules for determining ownership of stock
    prescribed by section 958 shall apply.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 87-834, Sec. 16(a), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1045;
    amended Pub. L. 89-809, title I, Sec. 104(m)(3), Nov. 13, 1966, 80
    Stat. 1563; Pub. L. 94-455, title XIX, Sec. 1901(b)(3)(K), Oct. 4,
    1976, 90 Stat. 1793.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1976 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94-455 substituted "ordinary income"
    for "gain from the sale or exchange of property which is neither a
    capital asset nor property described in section 1231".
      1966 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89-809 substituted "Gain" for "Except
    as provided in subsection (c), gain".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 94-455 effective for taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out
    as a note under section 2 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1966 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 89-809 applicable with respect to taxable
    years beginning after Dec. 31, 1966, see section 104(n) of Pub. L.
    89-809, set out as a note under section 11 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section 16(c) of Pub. L. 87-834 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply to taxable
    years beginning after December 31, 1962."

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1250                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1250. Gain from dispositions of certain depreciable realty

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      Except as otherwise provided in this section - 
      (1) Additional depreciation after December 31, 1975
        (A) In general
          If section 1250 property is disposed of after December 31,
        1975, then the applicable percentage of the lower of - 
            (i) that portion of the additional depreciation (as defined
          in subsection (b)(1) or (4)) attributable to periods after
          December 31, 1975, in respect of the property, or
            (ii) the excess of the amount realized (in the case of a
          sale, exchange, or involuntary conversion), or the fair
          market value of such property (in the case of any other
          disposition), over the adjusted basis of such property,

        shall be treated as gain which is ordinary income. Such gain
        shall be recognized notwithstanding any other provision of this
        subtitle.
        (B) Applicable percentage
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "applicable
        percentage" means - 
            (i) in the case of section 1250 property with respect to
          which a mortgage is insured under section 221(d)(3) or 236 of
          the National Housing Act, or housing financed or assisted by
          direct loan or tax abatement under similar provisions of
          State or local laws and with respect to which the owner is
          subject to the restrictions described in section
          1039(b)(1)(B) (as in effect on the day before the date of the
          enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990), 100
          percent minus 1 percentage point for each full month the
          property was held after the date the property was held 100
          full months;
            (ii) in the case of dwelling units which, on the average,
          were held for occupancy by families or individuals eligible
          to receive subsidies under section 8 of the United States
          Housing Act of 1937, as amended, or under the provisions of
          State or local law authorizing similar levels of subsidy for
          lower-income families, 100 percent minus 1 percentage point
          for each full month the property was held after the date the
          property was held 100 full months;
            (iii) in the case of section 1250 property with respect to
          which a depreciation deduction for rehabilitation
          expenditures was allowed under section 167(k), 100 percent
          minus 1 percentage point for each full month in excess of 100
          full months after the date on which such property was placed
          in service;
            (iv) in the case of section 1250 property with respect to
          which a loan is made or insured under title V of the Housing
          Act of 1949, 100 percent minus 1 percentage point for each
          full month the property was held after the date the property
          was held 100 full months; and
            (v) in the case of all other section 1250 property, 100
          percent.

        In the case of a building (or a portion of a building devoted
        to dwelling units), if, on the average, 85 percent or more of
        the dwelling units contained in such building (or portion
        thereof) are units described in clause (ii), such building (or
        portion thereof) shall be treated as property described in
        clause (ii). Clauses (i), (ii), and (iv) shall not apply with
        respect to the additional depreciation described in subsection
        (b)(4) which was allowed under section 167(k).
      (2) Additional depreciation after December 31, 1969, and before
        January 1, 1976
        (A) In general
          If section 1250 property is disposed of after December 31,
        1969, and the amount determined under paragraph (1)(A)(ii)
        exceeds the amount determined under paragraph (1)(A)(i), then
        the applicable percentage of the lower of - 
            (i) that portion of the additional depreciation
          attributable to periods after December 31, 1969, and before
          January 1, 1976, in respect of the property, or
            (ii) the excess of the amount determined under paragraph
          (1)(A)(ii) over the amount determined under paragraph
          (1)(A)(i),

        shall also be treated as gain which is ordinary income. Such
        gain shall be recognized notwithstanding any other provision of
        this subtitle.
        (B) Applicable percentage
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "applicable
        percentage" means - 
            (i) in the case of section 1250 property disposed of
          pursuant to a written contract which was, on July 24, 1969,
          and at all times thereafter, binding on the owner of the
          property, 100 percent minus 1 percentage point for each full
          month the property was held after the date the property was
          held 20 full months;
            (ii) in the case of section 1250 property with respect to
          which a mortgage is insured under section 221(d)(3) or 236 of
          the National Housing Act, or housing financed or assisted by
          direct loan or tax abatement under similar provisions of
          State or local laws, and with respect to which the owner is
          subject to the restrictions described in section
          1039(b)(1)(B) (as in effect on the day before the date of the
          enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990), 100
          percent minus 1 percentage point for each full month the
          property was held after the date the property was held 20
          full months;
            (iii) in the case of residential rental property (as
          defined in section 167(j)(2)(B)) other than that covered by
          clauses (i) and (ii), 100 percent minus 1 percentage point
          for each full month the property was held after the date the
          property was held 100 full months;
            (iv) in the case of section 1250 property with respect to
          which a depreciation deduction for rehabilitation
          expenditures was allowed under section 167(k), 100 percent
          minus 1 percentage point for each full month in excess of 100
          full months after the date on which such property was placed
          in service; and
            (v) in the case of all other section 1250 property, 100
          percent.

        Clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) shall not apply with respect to
        the additional depreciation described in subsection (b)(4).
      (3) Additional depreciation before January 1, 1970
        (A) In general
          If section 1250 property is disposed of after December 31,
        1963, and the amount determined under paragraph (1)(A)(ii)
        exceeds the sum of the amounts determined under paragraphs
        (1)(A)(i) and (2)(A)(i), then the applicable percentage of the
        lower of - 
            (i) that portion of the additional depreciation
          attributable to periods before January 1, 1970, in respect of
          the property, or
            (ii) the excess of the amount determined under paragraph
          (1)(A)(ii) over the sum of the amounts determined under
          paragraphs (1)(A)(i) and (2)(A)(i),

        shall also be treated as gain which is ordinary income. Such
        gain shall be recognized notwithstanding any other provision of
        this subtitle.
        (B) Applicable percentage
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "applicable
        percentage" means 100 percent minus 1 percentage point for each
        full month the property was held after the date on which the
        property was held for 20 full months.
      (4) Special rule
        For purposes of this subsection, any reference to section
      167(k) or 167(j)(2)(B) shall be treated as a reference to such
      section as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment
      of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990.
      (5) Cross reference
          For reduction in the case of corporations on capital gain
        treatment under this section, see section 291(a)(1).
    (b) Additional depreciation defined
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        The term "additional depreciation" means, in the case of any
      property, the depreciation adjustments in respect of such
      property; except that, in the case of property held more than one
      year, it means such adjustments only to the extent that they
      exceed the amount of the depreciation adjustments which would
      have resulted if such adjustments had been determined for each
      taxable year under the straight line method of adjustment.
      (2) Property held by lessee
        In the case of a lessee, in determining the depreciation
      adjustments which would have resulted in respect of any building
      erected (or other improvement made) on the leased property, or in
      respect of any cost of acquiring the lease, the lease period
      shall be treated as including all renewal periods. For purposes
      of the preceding sentence - 
          (A) the term "renewal period" means any period for which the
        lease may be renewed, extended, or continued pursuant to an
        option exercisable by the lessee, but
          (B) the inclusion of renewal periods shall not extend the
        period taken into account by more than  2/3  of the period on
        the basis of which the depreciation adjustments were allowed.
      (3) Depreciation adjustments
        The term "depreciation adjustments" means, in respect of any
      property, all adjustments attributable to periods after December
      31, 1963, reflected in the adjusted basis of such property on
      account of deductions (whether in respect of the same or other
      property) allowed or allowable to the taxpayer or to any other
      person for exhaustion, wear and tear, obsolescence, or
      amortization (other than amortization under section 168 (as in
      effect before its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1976), 169, 185
      (as in effect before its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1986),
      188 (as in effect before its repeal by the Revenue Reconciliation
      Act of 1990), 190, or 193). For purposes of the preceding
      sentence, if the taxpayer can establish by adequate records or
      other sufficient evidence that the amount allowed as a deduction
      for any period was less than the amount allowable, the amount
      taken into account for such period shall be the amount allowed.
      (4) Additional depreciation attributable to rehabilitation
        expenditures
        The term "additional depreciation" also means, in the case of
      section 1250 property with respect to which a depreciation or
      amortization deduction for rehabilitation expenditures was
      allowed under section 167(k) (as in effect on the day before the
      date of the enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990)
      or 191 (as in effect before its repeal by the Economic Recovery
      Tax Act of 1981), the depreciation or amortization adjustments
      allowed under such section to the extent attributable to such
      property, except that, in the case of such property held for more
      than one year after the rehabilitation expenditures so allowed
      were incurred, it means such adjustments only to the extent that
      they exceed the amount of the depreciation adjustments which
      would have resulted if such adjustments had been determined under
      the straight line method of adjustment without regard to the
      useful life permitted under section 167(k) (as in effect on the
      day before the date of the enactment of the Revenue
      Reconciliation Act of 1990) or 191 (as in effect before its
      repeal by the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981).
      (5) Method of computing straight line adjustments
        For purposes of paragraph (1), the depreciation adjustments
      which would have resulted for any taxable year under the straight
      line method shall be determined - 
          (A) in the case of property to which section 168 applies, by
        determining the adjustments which would have resulted for such
        year if the taxpayer had elected the straight line method for
        such year using the recovery period applicable to such
        property, and
          (B) in the case any property to which section 168 does not
        apply, if a useful life (or salvage value) was used in
        determining the amount allowable as a deduction for any taxable
        year, by using such life (or value).
    (c) Section 1250 property
      For purposes of this section, the term "section 1250 property"
    means any real property (other than section 1245 property, as
    defined in section 1245(a)(3)) which is or has been property of a
    character subject to the allowance for depreciation provided in
    section 167.
    (d) Exceptions and limitations
      (1) Gifts
        Subsection (a) shall not apply to a disposition by gift.
      (2) Transfers at death
        Except as provided in section 691 (relating to income in
      respect of a decedent), subsection (a) shall not apply to a
      transfer at death.
      (3) Certain tax-free transactions
        If the basis of property in the hands of a transferee is
      determined by reference to its basis in the hands of the
      transferor by reason of the application of section 332, 351, 361,
      721, or 731, then the amount of gain taken into account by the
      transferor under subsection (a) shall not exceed the amount of
      gain recognized to the transferor on the transfer of such
      property (determined without regard to this section). Except as
      provided in paragraph (9), this paragraph shall not apply to a
      disposition to an organization (other than a cooperative
      described in section 521) which is exempt from the tax imposed by
      this chapter.
      (4) Like kind exchanges; involuntary conversions, etc.
        (A) Recognition limit
          If property is disposed of and gain (determined without
        regard to this section) is not recognized in whole or in part
        under section 1031 or 1033, then the amount of gain taken into
        account by the transferor under subsection (a) shall not exceed
        the greater of the following:
            (i) the amount of gain recognized on the disposition
          (determined without regard to this section), increased as
          provided in subparagraph (B), or
            (ii) the amount determined under subparagraph (C).
        (B) Increase for certain stock
          With respect to any transaction, the increase provided by
        this subparagraph is the amount equal to the fair market value
        of any stock purchased in a corporation which (but for this
        paragraph) would result in nonrecognition of gain under section
        1033(a)(2)(A).
        (C) Adjustment where insufficient section 1250 property is
          acquired
          With respect to any transaction, the amount determined under
        this subparagraph shall be the excess of - 
            (i) the amount of gain which would (but for this paragraph)
          be taken into account under subsection (a), over
            (ii) the fair market value (or cost in the case of a
          transaction described in section 1033(a)(2)) of the section
          1250 property acquired in the transaction.
        (D) Basis of property acquired
          In the case of property purchased by the taxpayer in a
        transaction described in section 1033(a)(2), in applying
        section 1033(b)(2), such sentence shall be applied - 
            (i) first solely to section 1250 properties and to the
          amount of gain not taken into account under subsection (a) by
          reason of this paragraph, and
            (ii) then to all purchased properties to which such
          sentence applies and to the remaining gain not recognized on
          the transaction as if the cost of the section 1250 properties
          were the basis of such properties computed under clause (i).

        In the case of property acquired in any other transaction to
        which this paragraph applies, rules consistent with the
        preceding sentence shall be applied under regulations
        prescribed by the Secretary.
        (E) Additional depreciation with respect to property disposed
          of
          In the case of any transaction described in section 1031 or
        1033, the additional depreciation in respect of the section
        1250 property acquired which is attributable to the section
        1250 property disposed of shall be an amount equal to the
        amount of the gain which was not taken into account under
        subsection (a) by reason of the application of this paragraph.
      (5) Section 1081 transactions
        Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, rules consistent
      with paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection and with
      subsections (e) and (f) shall apply in the case of transactions
      described in section 1081 (relating to exchanges in obedience to
      SEC orders).
      (6) Property distributed by a partnership to a partner
        (A) In general
          For purposes of this section, the basis of section 1250
        property distributed by a partnership to a partner shall be
        deemed to be determined by reference to the adjusted basis of
        such property to the partnership.
        (B) Additional depreciation
          In respect of any property described in subparagraph (A), the
        additional depreciation attributable to periods before the
        distribution by the partnership shall be - 
            (i) the amount of the gain to which subsection (a) would
          have applied if such property had been sold by the
          partnership immediately before the distribution at its fair
          market value at such time and the applicable percentage for
          the property had been 100 percent, reduced by
            (ii) if section 751(b) applied to any part of such gain,
          the amount of such gain to which section 751(b) would have
          applied if the applicable percentage for the property had
          been 100 percent.
      (7) Transfers to tax-exempt organization where property will be
        used in unrelated business
        (A) In general
          The second sentence of paragraph (3) shall not apply to a
        disposition of section 1250 property to an organization
        described in section 511(a)(2) or 511(b)(2) if, immediately
        after such disposition, such organization uses such property in
        an unrelated trade or business (as defined in section 513).
        (B) Later change in use
          If any property with respect to the disposition of which gain
        is not recognized by reason of subparagraph (A) ceases to be
        used in an unrelated trade or business of the organization
        acquiring such property, such organization shall be treated for
        purposes of this section as having disposed of such property on
        the date of such cessation.
      (8) Foreclosure dispositions
        If any section 1250 property is disposed of by the taxpayer
      pursuant to a bid for such property at foreclosure or by
      operation of an agreement or of process of law after there was a
      default on indebtedness which such property secured, the
      applicable percentage referred to in paragraph (1)(B), (2)(B), or
      (3)(B) of subsection (a), as the case may be, shall be determined
      as if the taxpayer ceased to hold such property on the date of
      the beginning of the proceedings pursuant to which the
      disposition occurred, or, in the event there are no proceedings,
      such percentage shall be determined as if the taxpayer ceased to
      hold such property on the date, determined under regulations
      prescribed by the Secretary, on which such operation of an
      agreement or process of law, pursuant to which the disposition
      occurred, began.
    (e) Holding period
      For purposes of determining the applicable percentage under this
    section, the provisions of section 1223 shall not apply, and the
    holding period of section 1250 property shall be determined under
    the following rules:
      (1) Beginning of holding period
        The holding period of section 1250 property shall be deemed to
      begin - 
          (A) in the case of property acquired by the taxpayer, on the
        day after the date of acquisition, or
          (B) in the case of property constructed, reconstructed, or
        erected by the taxpayer, on the first day of the month during
        which the property is placed in service.
      (2) Property with transferred basis
        If the basis of property acquired in a transaction described in
      paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (5) of subsection (d) is determined
      by reference to its basis in the hands of the transferor, then
      the holding period of the property in the hands of the transferee
      shall include the holding period of the property in the hands of
      the transferor.
    (f) Special rules for property which is substantially improved
      (1) Amount treated as ordinary income
        If, in the case of a disposition of section 1250 property, the
      property is treated as consisting of more than one element by
      reason of paragraph (3), then the amount taken into account under
      subsection (a) in respect of such section 1250 property as
      ordinary income shall be the sum of the amounts determined under
      paragraph (2).
      (2) Ordinary income attributable to an element
        For purposes of paragraph (1), the amount taken into account
      for any element shall be the sum of a series of amounts
      determined for the periods set forth in subsection (a), with the
      amount for any such period being determined by multiplying - 
          (A) the amount which bears the same ratio to the lower of the
        amounts specified in clause (i) or (ii) of subsection
        (a)(1)(A), in clause (i) or (ii) of subsection (a)(2)(A), or in
        clause (i) or (ii) of subsection (a)(3)(A), as the case may be,
        for the section 1250 property as the additional depreciation
        for such element attributable to such period bears to the sum
        of the additional depreciation for all elements attributable to
        such period, by
          (B) the applicable percentage for such element for such
        period.

      For purposes of this paragraph, determinations with respect to
      any element shall be made as if it were a separate property.
      (3) Property consisting of more than one element
        In applying this subsection in the case of any section 1250
      property, there shall be treated as a separate element - 
          (A) each separate improvement,
          (B) if, before completion of section 1250 property, units
        thereof (as distinguished from improvements) were placed in
        service, each such unit of section 1250 property, and
          (C) the remaining property which is not taken into account
        under subparagraphs (A) and (B).
      (4) Property which is substantially improved
        For purposes of this subsection - 
        (A) In general
          The term "separate improvement" means each improvement added
        during the 36-month period ending on the last day of any
        taxable year to the capital account for the property, but only
        if the sum of the amounts added to such account during such
        period exceeds the greatest of - 
            (i) 25 percent of the adjusted basis of the property,
            (ii) 10 percent of the adjusted basis of the property,
          determined without regard to the adjustments provided in
          paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 1016(a), or
            (iii) $5,000.

        For purposes of clauses (i) and (ii), the adjusted basis of the
        property shall be determined as of the beginning of the first
        day of such 36-month period, or of the holding period of the
        property (within the meaning of subsection (e)), whichever is
        the later.
        (B) Exception
          Improvements in any taxable year shall be taken into account
        for purposes of subparagraph (A) only if the sum of the amounts
        added to the capital account for the property for such taxable
        year exceeds the greater of - 
            (i) $2,000, or
            (ii) one percent of the adjusted basis referred to in
          subparagraph (A)(ii), determined, however, as of the
          beginning of such taxable year.

        For purposes of this section, if the amount added to the
        capital account for any separate improvement does not exceed
        the greater of clause (i) or (ii), such improvement shall be
        treated as placed in service on the first day, of a calendar
        month, which is closest to the middle of the taxable year.
        (C) Improvement
          The term "improvement" means, in the case of any section 1250
        property, any addition to capital account for such property
        after the initial acquisition or after completion of the
        property.
    (g) Adjustments to basis
      The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as he may deem
    necessary to provide for adjustments to the basis of property to
    reflect gain recognized under subsection (a).
    (h) Application of section
      This section shall apply notwithstanding any other provision of
    this subtitle.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 88-272, title II, Sec. 231(a), Feb. 26, 1964, 78
    Stat. 100; amended Pub. L. 91-172, title V, Sec. 521(b), (c), (e),
    title VII, Sec. 704(b)(5), title IX, Sec. 910(b), Dec. 30, 1969, 83
    Stat. 652, 653, 670, 720; Pub. L. 92-178, title III, Sec.
    303(c)(3), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 522; Pub. L. 93-625, Sec. 5(c),
    Jan. 3, 1975, 88 Stat. 2112; Pub. L. 94-81, Sec. 2(b), Aug. 9,
    1975, 89 Stat. 417; Pub. L. 94-455, title II, Sec. 202(a)-(c)(1),
    (2), title XIX, Secs. 1901(b)(3)(K), (31)(A), (B), (E),
    1906(b)(13)(A), 1951(c)(2)(C), title XXI, Secs. 2122(b)(4),
    2124(a)(3)(D), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1527, 1529, 1530, 1793, 1799,
    1800, 1834, 1840, 1915, 1918; Pub. L. 95-600, title IV, Secs.
    404(c)(7), 405(c)(4), title VII, Sec. 701(f)(3)(C), (E), Nov. 6,
    1978, 92 Stat. 2870, 2871, 2901; Pub. L. 96-222, title I, Sec.
    107(a)(1)(D), Apr. 1, 1980, 94 Stat. 222; Pub. L. 96-223, title II,
    Sec. 251(a)(2)(D), Apr. 2, 1980, 94 Stat. 287; Pub. L. 97-34, title
    II, Secs. 204(e), 212(d)(2)(F), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 223, 239;
    Pub. L. 97-448, title I, Sec. 102(a)(7), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat.
    2368; Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title VII, Sec. 712(a)(1)(B), July
    18, 1984, 98 Stat. 946; Pub. L. 99-514, title II, Sec. 242(b)(2),
    Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2181; Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec.
    1002(a)(1), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3352; Pub. L. 101-239, title
    VII, Sec. 7831(b), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2426; Pub. L. 101-508,
    title XI, Secs. 11801(c)(6)(F), (8)(I), (15), 11812(b)(11), (12),
    Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388-524, 1388-527, 1388-536; Pub. L.
    104-7, Sec. 2(b), Apr. 11, 1995, 109 Stat. 93; Pub. L. 104-188,
    title I, Sec. 1702(h)(18), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1874; Pub. L.
    105-34, title III, Sec. 312(d)(10), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 840;
    Pub. L. 105-206, title VI, Sec. 6023(12), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat.
    825.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      Sections 221 and 236 of the National Housing Act, referred to in
    subsec. (a)(1)(B)(i), (2)(B)(ii), are classified to sections 1715l
    and 1715z-1, respectively, of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
      The date of the enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of
    1990, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1)(B)(i), (2)(B)(ii), (4) and
    (b)(4), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 101-508, which was
    approved Nov. 5, 1990.
      Section 8 of the United States Housing Act of 1937, referred to
    in subsec. (a)(1)(B)(ii), is classified to section 1437f of Title
    42, The Public Health and Welfare.
      The Housing Act of 1949, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(B)(iv), is
    act July 15, 1949, ch. 338, 63 Stat. 413, as amended. Title V of
    the Housing Act of 1949 is classified generally to subchapter III
    (Sec. 1471 et seq.) of chapter 8A of Title 42. For complete
    classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set
    out under section 1441 of Title 42 and Tables.
      The Tax Reform Act of 1976, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), is
    Pub. L. 94-455, Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1520, as amended. Section
    1951(a)(4)(A) of the Act repealed section 168 of this title. For
    complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
      The Tax Reform Act of 1986, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), is
    Pub. L. 99-514, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2085. Section 242(a) of
    the Act repealed section 185 of this title. For complete
    classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
      The Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990, referred to in subsec.
    (b)(3), is title XI of Pub. L. 101-508, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat.
    1388-400. Section 11801(a)(13) of the Act repealed section 188 of
    this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code,
    see Short Title note set out under section 1 of this title and
    Tables.
      The Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981, referred to in subsec.
    (b)(4), is Pub. L. 97-34, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 172, as amended.
    Section 191 of this title was repealed by section 212(d)(1) of Pub.
    L. 97-34. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see
    Tables.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1998 - Subsec. (d)(4)(D). Pub. L. 105-206 substituted "section
    1033(b)(2)" for "the last sentence of section 1033(b)" in
    introductory provisions.
      1997 - Subsec. (d)(7) to (10). Pub. L. 105-34, Sec.
    312(d)(10)(A), redesignated pars. (9) and (10) as (7) and (8),
    respectively, and struck out heading and text of former par. (7).
    Text read as follows: "Subsection (a) shall not apply to a
    disposition of - 
        "(A) property to the extent used by the taxpayer as his
      principal residence (within the meaning of section 1034, relating
      to rollover of gain on sale of principal residence), and
        "(B) property in respect of which the taxpayer meets the age
      and ownership requirements of section 121 (relating to one-time
      exclusion of gain from sale of principal residence by individual
      who has attained age 55) but only to the extent that he meets the
      use requirements of such section in respect of such property."
      Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 312(d)(10)(B), struck out
    heading and text of par. (3). Text read as follows: "If the basis
    of property acquired in a transaction described in paragraph (7) of
    subsection (d) is determined by reference to the basis in the hands
    of the taxpayer of other property, then the holding period of the
    property acquired shall include the holding period of such other
    property."
      1996 - Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 104-188 struck out par. (4) which
    read as follows:
      "(4) Qualified low-income housing. - The holding period of any
    section 1250 property acquired which is described in subsection
    (d)(8)(E)(i) shall include the holding period of the corresponding
    element of section 1250 property disposed of."
      1995 - Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 104-7 struck out "1071 and" before
    "1081 transactions" in heading and "section 1071 (relating to gain
    from sale or exchange to effectuate policies of FCC) or" before
    "section 1081" in text.
      1990 - Subsec. (a)(1)(B)(i), (2)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 101-508, Sec.
    11801(c)(15)(A), which directed the insertion of "(as in effect on
    the day before the date of the enactment of the Revenue
    Reconciliation Act of 1990)" after "section 1039(b)(1)(B)" in pars.
    (1)(A)(i) and (2)(B)(ii) of subsec. (a), was executed to pars.
    (1)(B)(i) and (2)(B)(ii) to reflect the probable intent of
    Congress.
      Subsec. (a)(4), (5). Pub. L. 101-508, Sec. 11812(b)(11), added
    par. (4) and redesignated former par. (4) as (5).
      Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 101-508, Sec. 11801(c)(6)(F), substituted
    "188 (as in effect before its repeal by the Revenue Reconciliation
    Act of 1990)," for "188,".
      Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 101-508, Sec. 11812(b)(12), substituted
    "section 167(k) (as in effect on the day before the date of the
    enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990)" for "section
    167(k)" in two places.
      Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 101-508, Sec. 11801(c)(8)(I), struck out
    "371(a), 374(a)," after "332, 351, 361,".
      Subsec. (d)(8). Pub. L. 101-508, Sec. 11801(c)(15)(B), struck out
    par. (8) which related to the treatment of gain from the
    disposition of qualified low-income housing.
      Subsecs. (g) to (i). Pub. L. 101-508, Sec. 11801(c)(15)(C),
    redesignated subsecs. (h) and (i) as (g) and (h), respectively, and
    struck out former subsec. (g) which provided special rules for
    qualified low-income housing.
      1989 - Subsec. (b)(5)(A). Pub. L. 101-239, Sec. 7831(b)(1),
    substituted "of property to which section 168 applies" for "of
    recovery property".
      Subsec. (b)(5)(B). Pub. L. 101-239, Sec. 7831(b)(2), substituted
    "to which section 168 does not apply" for "which is not recovery
    property".
      1988 - Subsec. (d)(11). Pub. L. 100-647 struck out par. (11)
    which related to section 1245 recovery property.
      1986 - Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 99-514 inserted "(as in effect
    before its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1986)" after "185".
      1984 - Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 98-369 added par. (4).
      1983 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 97-448, Sec. 102(a)(7)(B), struck
    out last sentence providing that, for purposes of defining
    "additional depreciation", if a useful life (or salvage value) was
    used in determining the amount allowed as a deduction for any
    taxable year, such life (or value) was to be used in determining
    the depreciation adjustments which would have resulted for such
    year under the straight line method.
      Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 97-448, Sec. 102(a)(7)(A), added par.
    (5).
      1981 - Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 97-34, Sec. 212(d)(2)(F), inserted
    "(as in effect before its repeal by the Economic Recovery Tax Act
    of 1981)" after "section 167(k) or 191" in two places.
      Subsec. (d)(11). Pub. L. 97-34, Sec. 204(e), added par. (11).
      1980 - Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 96-222 inserted "which was
    allowed under section 167(k)" at end of last sentence.
      Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 96-223 inserted reference to section 193.
      1978 - Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 701(f)(3)(C), struck
    out reference to section 191.
      Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 701(f)(3)(E), inserted
    reference to amortization deduction, amortization adjustments, and
    to section 191 in two places.
      Subsec. (d)(7)(A). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 405(c)(4), substituted
    "relating to rollover of gain on sale of principal residence" for
    "relating to sale or exchange of residence".
      Subsec. (d)(7)(B). Pub. L. 95-600, Sec. 404(c)(7), inserted
    provisions relating to a one-time exclusion and principal residence
    and substituted "55" for "65".
      1976 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 202(a), in revising text
    generally, made the following changes:
      (1) Added par. (1).
      (2) Redesignated as pars. (2) and (3) existing pars. (1) and (2).
      (3) Made the following changes in par. (2): inserted in heading
    ", and before January 1, 1976"; designated introductory text as
    subpar. "(A) In general"; inserted therein "and the amount
    determined under paragraph (1)(A)(ii) exceeds the amount determined
    under paragraph (1)(A)(i), then"; redesignated as cl. (i) existing
    subpar. (A); substituted therein "attributable to periods after
    December 31, 1969, and before January 1, 1976" for "(as defined in
    subsection (b)(1) or (4) attributable to periods after December 31,
    1969"; substituted cl. (ii) and concluding text for subpar. (B) and
    concluding text which read:
      "(B) the excess of - 
        "(i) the amount realized (in the case of a sale, exchange, or
      involuntary conversion), or the fair market value of such
      property (in the case of any other disposition), over
        "(ii) the adjusted basis of such property,
    shall be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of property
    which is neither a capital asset nor property described in section
    1231. Such gain shall be recognized notwithstanding any other
    provision of this subtitle."; redesignated as subpar. (B) existing
    subpar. (C); substituted therein introductory "subparagraph (A)"
    for "paragraph (1)"; and deleted from cl. (ii) "constructed,
    reconstructed, or acquired by the taxpayer before January 1, 1976,"
    after "section 1250 property" and "is" before "financed", and
    substituted "1" for "one".
      (4) Made the following changes in par. (3): substituted in
    subpar. (A) "determined under paragraph (1)(A)(ii) exceeds the sum
    of the amounts determined under paragraphs (1)(A)(i) and (2)(A)(i)"
    for "determined under paragraph (1)(B) exceeds the amount
    determined under paragraph (1)(A)"; and substituted subpar. (A)(ii)
    and concluding text for par. (2)(A)(ii), and concluding text which
    read:
        "(ii) the excess of the amount determined under paragraph
      (1)(B) over the amount determined under paragraph (1)(A),
    shall also be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of property
    which is neither a capital asset nor property described in section
    1231. Such gain shall be recognized notwithstanding any other
    provisions of this subtitle."
      Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 94-455, Secs. 1951(c)(2)(C), 2122(b)(4),
    2124(a)(3)(D), inserted "(as in effect before its repeal by the Tax
    Reform Act of 1976)" after "section 168" and reference to sections
    190 and 191.
      Subsec. (d)(4)(B). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(31)(A),
    substituted reference to section "1033(a)(2)(A)" for
    "1033(a)(3)(A)".
      Subsec. (d)(4)(C). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(31)(B),
    substituted reference to section "1033(a)(2)" for "1033(a)(3)".
      Subsec. (d)(4)(D). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(31)(B), (E),
    substituted reference to sections "1033(a)(2)" and "1033(b)" for
    "1033(a)(3)" and "1033(c)" Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A), struck out "or his
    delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (d)(5), (8)(F)(ii). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A),
    struck out "or his delegate" after "Secretary".
      Subsec. (d)(10). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 202(b), added par. (10).
      Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(3)(K), substituted
    "ordinary income" for "gain from the sale or exchange of property
    which is neither a capital asset nor property described in section
    1231".
      Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 202(c)(1), substituted
    introductory text "the sum of a series of amounts determined for
    the periods set forth in subsection (a), with the amount for any
    such period being determined by multiplying" for "the sum of - (A)
    the amount (if any) determined by multiplying"; substituted subpar.
    (A) as combined text for prior subpars. (A)(i) and (B)(i) reading
    "(i) the amount which bears the same ratio to the lower of the
    amounts specified in subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (a)(1)
    for the section 1250 property as the additional depreciation for
    such element attributable to periods after December 31, 1969, bears
    to the sum of the additional depreciation for all elements
    attributable to periods after December 31, 1969, by" and "(i) the
    amount which bears the same ratio to the lower of the amounts
    specified in subsection (a)(2)(A)(i) or (ii) for the section 1250
    property as the additional depreciation for such element
    attributable to periods before January 1, 1970, bears to the sum of
    the additional depreciation for all elements attributable to
    periods before January 1, 1970, by"; and substituted subpar. (B) as
    combined text for prior subpars. (A)(ii) and (B)(ii), inserting
    therein "for such period" after "for such element".
      Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(3)(K), substituted
    "ordinary income" for "gain from the sale or exchange of property
    which is neither a capital asset nor property described in section
    1231".
      Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 202(c)(2), substituted
    "shall be determined in a manner similar to that provided by
    subsection (f)(2)." for "shall be the amount determined by
    multiplying - 
        "(A) the amount which bears the same ratio to the lower of the
      additional depreciation or the gain recognized for the section
      1250 property disposed of as the additional depreciation for such
      element bears to the sum of the additional depreciation for all
      elements disposed of, by
        "(B) the applicable percentage for such element.
    For purposes of this paragraph, determinations with respect to any
    element shall be made as if it were a separate property."
      Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A), struck out "or
    his delegate" after "Secretary".
      1975 - Subsec. (a)(1)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 93-625 substituted "January
    1, 1976" for "January 1, 1975".
      Subsec. (d)(3), (9). Pub. L. 94-81, Sec. 2(b), inserted reference
    to par. (9) in par. (3), and added par. (9).
      1971 - Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 92-178 inserted reference to
    section 188.
      1969 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 521(b), modified the
    recapture rules pertaining to residential housing by allowing a 1
    percent per month reduction in the amount to be recaptured as
    ordinary income after the property has been held for 100 full
    months, with other real property remaining subject to full
    recapture, applied the existing recapture rules where the sale of
    property was subject to a binding contract in existence prior to
    July 25, 1969, provided that changes in the recapture rules are not
    to apply in federally assisted projects (such as programs under
    section 221(d)(3) or 236 of the National Housing Act) or to other
    publicly assisted housing programs under which the return to the
    investor is limited on a comparable basis, thereby rendering these
    projects subject to a recapture of the depreciation in full if the
    sale occurs in the first 12 months and for a phaseout of the
    recapture of the excess of accelerated over straight-line
    depreciation after 20 months, the recapture being reduced at the
    rate of 1 percent per month until 120 months after which no
    recapture applies, with such recapture rules to continue to apply
    only with respect to such property constructed, reconstructed, or
    acquired before Jan. 1, 1975, and applied new recapture rules to
    depreciation attributable to periods after Dec. 31, 1969.
      Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 512(c), added par. (4).
      Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 704(b)(5), inserted
    reference to sections 169 and 185.
      Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 91-172, Secs. 521(e)(1), 910(b)(1),
    substituted "subsection (a)" for "subsection (a)(1)" wherever it
    appears and added par. (8).
      Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 910(b)(2), added par. (4).
      Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 521(e)(2)(A), substituted
    "subsection (a)" for "subsection (a)(1)".
      Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 521(e)(2)(B), redesignated
    subpars. (A) and (B) as cls. (i) and (ii), respectively, of subpar.
    (A) and, in cls. (i) and (ii) as so redesignated, inserted
    reference to depreciation attributable to periods after Dec. 31,
    1969, and added subpar. (B).
      Subsecs. (g) to (i). Pub. L. 91-172, Sec. 910(b)(3), added
    subsec. (g) and redesignated former subsecs. (g) and (h) as (h) and
    (i), respectively.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-34 applicable to sales and exchanges
    after May 6, 1997, with certain exceptions, see section 312(d) of
    Pub. L. 105-34, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 104-188 effective, except as otherwise
    expressly provided, as if included in the provision of the Revenue
    Reconciliation Act of 1990, Pub. L. 101-508, title XI, to which
    such amendment relates, see section 1702(i) of Pub. L. 104-188, set
    out as a note under section 38 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1995 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 104-7 applicable to sales and exchanges on
    or after January 17, 1995, and to sales and exchanges before such
    date if FCC tax certificate with respect to such sale or exchange
    was issued on or after such date, but not applicable with respect
    to certain binding contracts, see section 2(d) of Pub. L. 104-7,
    set out as an Effective Date of Repeal note under section 1071 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1990 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 11812(b)(11), (12) of Pub. L. 101-508
    applicable to property placed in service after Nov. 5, 1990, but
    not applicable to any property to which section 168 of this title
    does not apply by reason of subsec. (f)(5) of section 168, and not
    applicable to rehabilitation expenditures described in section
    252(f)(5) of Pub. L. 99-514, see section 11812(c) of Pub. L.
    101-508, set out as a note under section 42 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1989 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 101-239 effective as if included in the
    provision of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which
    such amendment relates, see section 7831(g) of Pub. L. 101-239, set
    out as a note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to that portion of the
    basis of any property which is attributable to expenditures paid or
    incurred after Dec. 31, 1986, except as otherwise provided, see
    section 242(c) of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as an Effective Date of
    Repeal note under former section 185 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 98-369 effective as if included in the
    provision of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982,
    Pub. L. 97-248, to which such amendment relates, see section 715 of
    Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under section 31 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1983 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-448 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if it had been included in the provision of the
    Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981, Pub. L. 97-34, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 109 of Pub. L. 97-448, set out as a
    note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1981 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 204(e) of Pub. L. 97-34 applicable to
    property placed in service after Dec. 31, 1980, in taxable years
    ending after that date, see section 209(a) of Pub. L. 97-34, set
    out as an Effective Date note under section 168 of this title.
      Amendment by section 212(d)(2)(F) of Pub. L. 97-34 applicable to
    expenditures incurred after Dec. 31, 1981, in taxable years ending
    after such date, see section 212(e) of Pub. L. 97-34, set out as a
    note under section 46 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1980 AMENDMENTS                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 96-223 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1979, see section 251(b) of Pub. L. 96-223, set out
    as an Effective Date note under section 193 of this title.
      Amendment by Pub. L. 96-222 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if it had been included in the provisions of the
    Revenue Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-600, to which such amendment
    relates, see section 201 of Pub. L. 96-222, set out as a note under
    section 32 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1978 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 404(c)(7) of Pub. L. 95-600 applicable to
    sales or exchanges after July 26, 1978, in taxable years ending
    after such date, see section 404(d)(1) of Pub. L. 95-600, set out
    as a note under section 121 of this title.
      Amendment by section 405(c)(4) of Pub. L. 95-600 applicable to
    sales and exchanges of residences after July 26, 1978, in taxable
    years ending after such date, see section 405(d) of Pub. L. 95-600,
    set out as a note under section 1038 of this title.
      Amendment by section 701(f)(3)(C), (E) of Pub. L. 95-600
    effective as if included within the amendment of subsec. (b)(3) and
    (4) by section 2124 of Pub. L. 94-455, see section 701(f)(8) of
    Pub. L. 95-600, set out as an Effective and Termination Dates of
    1978 Amendments note under section 167 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 202(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, as amended by Pub. L. 99-514,
    Sec. 2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: "The
    amendments made by this section (other than subsection (b))
    [amending this section and section 167 of this title] shall apply
    for taxable years ending after December 31, 1975. The amendment
    made by subsection (b) [amending this section] shall apply with
    respect to proceedings (and to operations of law) referred to in
    section 1250(d)(10) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly
    I.R.C. 1954] which begin after December 31, 1975."
      Amendment by section 1901(b)(3)(K), (31)(A), (B), (E) of Pub. L.
    94-455 effective for taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976,
    see section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under
    section 2 of this title.
      Amendment by section 1951(c)(2)(C) of Pub. L. 94-455 applicable
    to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 1951(d)
    of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under section 72 of this
    title.
      Amendment by section 2122(b)(4) of Pub. L. 94-455 applicable to
    taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, and before Jan. 1,
    1983, see section 2122(c) of Pub. L. 94-455, as amended by Pub. L.
    96-167, 9(c), Dec. 29, 1979, 93 Stat. 1278, set out as a note under
    section 190 of this title.
      Amendment by section 2124(a)(3)(D) of Pub. L. 94-455 applicable
    with respect to additions to capital accounts made after June 14,
    1976 and before June 15, 1981, see section 2124(a)(4) of Pub. L.
    94-455, set out as an Effective Date note under section 642 of this
    title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1975 AMENDMENTS                 
      Section 2(c) of Pub. L. 94-81 provided that:
      "(1) In general. - Except as provided in paragraph (2) the
    amendments made by this section [amending this section and section
    1245 of this title] shall apply to dispositions after December 31,
    1969, in taxable years ending after such date.
      "(2) Election for past transactions. - In the case of any
    disposition occurring before the date of the enactment of this Act
    [Aug. 9, 1975], the amendments made by this section shall apply
    only if the organization acquiring the property elects (in the
    manner provided by regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the
    Treasury or his delegate) within 1 year after the date of the
    enactment of this Act to have such amendments apply with respect to
    such property."
      Amendment by Pub. L. 93-625 applicable with respect to property
    placed in service after Dec. 31, 1973, see section 5(d) of Pub. L.
    93-625, set out as a note under section 167 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1971 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 92-178 applicable to taxable years ending
    after Dec. 31, 1971, see section 303(d) of Pub. L. 92-178, set out
    as a note under section 642 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1969 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 521(b), (c), (e) of Pub. L. 91-172
    applicable with respect to taxable years ending after July 24,
    1969, see section 521(g) of Pub. L. 91-172, set out as a note under
    section 167 of this title.
      Amendment by section 704(b)(5) of Pub. L. 91-172 applicable to
    taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1968, see section 704(c) of
    Pub. L. 91-172, set out as an Effective Date note under section 169
    of this title.
      Section 910(d) of Pub. L. 91-172, as amended by Pub. L. 99-514,
    Sec. 2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: "The
    amendments made by this section [enacting section 1039 of this
    title and amending this section] shall apply to approved
    dispositions of qualified housing projects (within the meaning of
    section 1039 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C.
    1954] as added by subsection (a)) after October 9, 1969."

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section 231(c) of Pub. L. 88-272 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [enacting this section and amending sections
    170, 301, 312, 341, 453, 751, and the analysis preceding section
    1231 of this title] shall apply to dispositions after December 31,
    1963, in taxable years ending after such date."

                             SAVINGS PROVISION                         
      For provisions that nothing in amendment by Pub. L. 101-508 be
    construed to affect treatment of certain transactions occurring,
    property acquired, or items of income, loss, deduction, or credit
    taken into account prior to Nov. 5, 1990, for purposes of
    determining liability for tax for periods ending after Nov. 5,
    1990, see section 11821(b) of Pub. L. 101-508, set out as a note
    under section 29 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 1, 50, 55, 56, 121, 168,
    170, 267, 291, 453, 467, 751, 1017, 1400B, 1400I, 7701 of this
    title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1251                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    [Sec. 1251. Repealed. Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title IV, Sec.
      492(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 853]

-MISC1-
      Section, added Pub. L. 91-172, title II, Sec. 211(a), Dec. 30,
    1969, 83 Stat. 566; amended Pub. L. 92-178, title III, Sec. 305(a),
    Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 524; Pub. L. 94-455, title II, Sec. 206(a),
    (b)(1), (2), title XIV, Sec. 1402(b)(1)(Z), (2), title XIX, Secs.
    1901(b)(3)(K), 1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1535, 1732,
    1793, 1834; Pub. L. 97-354, Sec. 5(a)(36), Oct. 19, 1982, 96 Stat.
    1695; Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title X, Sec. 1001(b)(23), (e), July
    18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1012, related to gain from disposition of
    property used in farming where farm losses offset nonfarm income.

                         EFFECTIVE DATE OF REPEAL                     
      Repeal applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1983,
    see section 492(d) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as an Effective Date
    of 1984 Amendment note under section 170 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1252                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1252. Gain from disposition of farm land

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      (1) Ordinary income
        Except as otherwise provided in this section, if farm land
      which the taxpayer has held for less than 10 years is disposed of
      during a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1969, the
      lower of - 
          (A) the applicable percentage of the aggregate of the
        deductions allowed under sections 175 (relating to soil and
        water conservation expenditures) and 182 (relating to
        expenditures by farmers for clearing land) for expenditures
        made by the taxpayer after December 31, 1969, with respect to
        the farm land or
          (B) the excess of - 
            (i) the amount realized (in the case of a sale, exchange,
          or involuntary conversion), or the fair market value of the
          farm land (in the case of any other disposition), over
            (ii) the adjusted basis of such land,

      shall be treated as ordinary income. Such gain shall be
      recognized notwithstanding any other provision of this subtitle.
      (2) Farm land
        For purposes of this section, the term "farm land" means any
      land with respect to which deductions have been allowed under
      sections 175 (relating to soil and water conservation
      expenditures) or 182 (as in effect on the day before the date of
      the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986).
      (3) Applicable percentage
        For purposes of this section - 


          If the farm land is disposed of -             2The applicable 
                                                        percentage is - 
    --------------------------------------------------------------------
      Within 5 years after the date it was acquire          100 percent.
      Within the sixth year after it was acquired            80 percent.
      Within the seventh year after it was acquire           60 percent.
      Within the eighth year after it was acquired           40 percent.
      Within the ninth year after it was acquired            20 percent.
      10 years or more years after it was acquired            0 percent.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Special rules
      Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, rules similar to
    the rules of section 1245 shall be applied for purposes of this
    section.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 91-172, title II, Sec. 214(a), Dec. 30, 1969, 83
    Stat. 572; amended Pub. L. 94-455, title XIX, Secs. 1901(b)(3)(K),
    1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1793, 1834; Pub. L. 98-369,
    div. A, title IV, Sec. 492(b)(5), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 854; Pub.
    L. 99-514, title IV, Sec. 402(b)(2), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat.
    2221.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      The date of the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, referred
    to in subsec. (a)(1)(A), is the date of enactment of Pub. L.
    99-514, which was approved Oct. 22, 1986. Section 402(a) of the Tax
    Reform Act of 1986 repealed section 182 of this title.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1986 - Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 99-514 substituted "(as in
    effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Tax
    Reform Act of 1986)" for "(relating to expenditures by farmers for
    clearing land)".
      1984 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 98-369 struck out ", except that
    this section shall not apply to the extent section 1251 applies to
    such gain" after "of this subtitle" in last sentence.
      1976 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1901(b)(3)(K),
    substituted "ordinary income" for "gain from the sale or exchange
    of property which is neither a capital asset nor property described
    in section 1231".
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94-455, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A), struck out "or
    his delegate" after "Secretary".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to amounts paid or
    incurred after Dec. 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such
    date, see section 402(c) of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as an Effective
    Date of Repeal note under former section 182 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1983, see section 492(d) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out
    as a note under section 170 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 1901(b)(3)(K) of Pub. L. 94-455 effective
    for taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see section
    1901(d) of Pub. L. 94-455, set out as a note under section 2 of
    this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section 214(c) of Pub. L. 91-172 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply to taxable
    years beginning after December 31, 1969."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 170, 751 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1253                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1253. Transfers of franchises, trademarks, and trade names

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      A transfer of a franchise, trademark, or trade name shall not be
    treated as a sale or exchange of a capital asset if the transferor
    retains any significant power, right, or continuing interest with
    respect to the subject matter of the franchise, trademark, or trade
    name.
    (b) Definitions
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) Franchise
        The term "franchise" includes an agreement which gives one of
      the parties to the agreement the right to distribute, sell, or
      provide goods, services, or facilities, within a specified area.
      (2) Significant power, right, or continuing interest
        The term "significant power, right, or continuing interest"
      includes, but is not limited to, the following rights with
      respect to the interest transferred:
          (A) A right to disapprove any assignment of such interest, or
        any part thereof.
          (B) A right to terminate at will.
          (C) A right to prescribe the standards of quality of products
        used or sold, or of services furnished, and of the equipment
        and facilities used to promote such products or services.
          (D) A right to require that the transferee sell or advertise
        only products or services of the transferor.
          (E) A right to require that the transferee purchase
        substantially all of his supplies and equipment from the
        transferor.
          (F) A right to payments contingent on the productivity, use,
        or disposition of the subject matter of the interest
        transferred, if such payments constitute a substantial element
        under the transfer agreement.
      (3) Transfer
        The term "transfer" includes the renewal of a franchise,
      trademark, or trade name.
    (c) Treatment of contingent payments by transferor
      Amounts received or accrued on account of a transfer, sale, or
    other disposition of a franchise, trademark, or trade name which
    are contingent on the productivity, use, or disposition of the
    franchise, trademark, or trade name transferred shall be treated as
    amounts received or accrued from the sale or other disposition of
    property which is not a capital asset.
    (d) Treatment of payments by transferee
      (1) Contingent serial payments
        (A) In general
          Any amount described in subparagraph (B) which is paid or
        incurred during the taxable year on account of a transfer,
        sale, or other disposition of a franchise, trademark, or trade
        name shall be allowed as a deduction under section 162(a)
        (relating to trade or business expenses).
        (B) Amounts to which paragraph applies
          An amount is described in this subparagraph if it - 
            (i) is contingent on the productivity, use, or disposition
          of the franchise, trademark, or trade name, and
            (ii) is paid as part of a series of payments - 
              (I) which are payable not less frequently than annually
            throughout the entire term of the transfer agreement, and
              (II) which are substantially equal in amount (or payable
            under a fixed formula).
      (2) Other payments
        Any amount paid or incurred on account of a transfer, sale, or
      other disposition of a franchise, trademark, or trade name to
      which paragraph (1) does not apply shall be treated as an amount
      chargeable to capital account.
      (3) Renewals, etc.
        For purposes of determining the term of a transfer agreement
      under this section, there shall be taken into account all renewal
      options (and any other period for which the parties reasonably
      expect the agreement to be renewed).
    (e) Exception
      This section shall not apply to the transfer of a franchise to
    engage in professional football, basketball, baseball, or other
    professional sport.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 91-172, title V, Sec. 516(c)(1), Dec. 30, 1969, 83
    Stat. 647; amended Pub. L. 94-455, title XIX, Sec. 1906(b)(13)(A),
    Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 101-239, title VII, Sec.
    7622(a)-(c), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2377; Pub. L. 101-508, title
    XI, Sec. 11701(i), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388-508; Pub. L.
    103-66, title XIII, Sec. 13261(c), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 539;
    Pub. L. 104-188, title I, Sec. 1704(t)(47), Aug. 20, 1996, 110
    Stat. 1889.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1996 - Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 104-188 provided that section
    11701(i) of Pub. L. 101-508 shall be applied as if "subsection"
    appeared instead of "section" in the material proposed to be
    stricken. See 1990 Amendment note below.
      1993 - Subsec. (d)(2) to (5). Pub. L. 103-66 added pars. (2) and
    (3) and struck out former pars. (2) relating to deduction of
    certain payments for transfer of a franchise, trademark, or trade
    name not treated as sale or exchange of capital asset, (3) relating
    to treatment of amounts paid or incurred on account of transfer,
    sale, or other disposition of a franchise, trademark, or trade name
    to which pars. (1) and (2) did not apply, (4) relating to renewals
    for purposes of determining term of transfer agreement under this
    section or period of amortization under this subtitle, and (5)
    relating to rules applicable to this subsection.
      1990 - Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 101-508, Sec. 11701(i), which
    directed the substitution of "under this section or any period of
    amortization under this subtitle for any payment described in this
    section" for "or any period of amortization under this section",
    was executed by making the substitution for "or any period of
    amortization under this subsection". See 1996 Amendment note above.
      1989 - Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 101-239, Sec. 7622(a), substituted
    "serial payments" for "payments" in heading and amended text
    generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Amounts paid
    or incurred during the taxable year on account of a transfer, sale,
    or other disposition of a franchise, trademark, or trade name which
    are contingent on the productivity, use, or disposition of the
    franchise, trademark, or trade name transferred shall be allowed as
    a deduction under section 162(a) (relating to trade or business
    expenses)."
      Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 101-239, Sec. 7622(b), designated
    existing provisions as subpar. (A), inserted subpar. heading,
    redesignated former subpars. (A) to (C) as cls. (i) to (iii),
    respectively, and former cls. (i) and (ii) of former subpar. (B) as
    subcls. (I) and (II), respectively, of cl. (ii), and added subpar.
    (B).
      Subsec. (d)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 101-239, Sec. 7622(c), added pars.
    (3) to (5).
      1976 - Subsec. (d)(2)(C). Pub. L. 94-455 struck out "or his
    delegate" after "Secretary".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 103-66 applicable, except as otherwise
    provided, with respect to property acquired after Aug. 10, 1993,
    see section 13261(g) of Pub. L. 103-66, set out as an Effective
    Date note under section 197 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1990 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 101-508 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Revenue
    Reconciliation Act of 1989, Pub. L. 101-239, title VII, to which
    such amendment relates, see section 11701(n) of Pub. L. 101-508,
    set out as a note under section 42 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1989 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 101-239 applicable to transfers after Oct.
    2, 1989, but not applicable to any transfer pursuant to a written
    binding contract in effect on Oct. 2, 1989, and at all times
    thereafter before the transfer, see section 7622(c)[(e)] of Pub. L.
    101-239, set out as a note under section 167 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to transfers after Dec. 31, 1969, except that
    subsec. (d)(1) shall, at the election of the taxpayer (made at such
    time and in such manner as the Secretary or his delegate may by
    regulations prescribe), apply to transfers before Jan. 1, 1970, but
    only with respect to payments made in taxable years ending after
    Dec. 31, 1969, and beginning before Jan. 1, 1980, see section
    516(d)(3) of Pub. L. 91-172, set out as a note under section 1001
    of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 144, 162, 197, 751 of
    this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1254                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1254. Gain from disposition of interest in oil, gas,
      geothermal, or other mineral properties

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      (1) Ordinary income
        If any section 1254 property is disposed of, the lesser of - 
          (A) the aggregate amount of - 
            (i) expenditures which have been deducted by the taxpayer
          or any person under section 263, 616, or 617 with respect to
          such property and which, but for such deduction, would have
          been included in the adjusted basis of such property, and
            (ii) the deductions for depletion under section 611 which
          reduced the adjusted basis of such property, or

          (B) the excess of - 
            (i) in the case of - 
              (I) a sale, exchange, or involuntary conversion, the
            amount realized, or
              (II) in the case of any other disposition, the fair
            market value of such property, over

            (ii) the adjusted basis of such property,

      shall be treated as gain which is ordinary income. Such gain
      shall be recognized notwithstanding any other provision of this
      subtitle.
      (2) Disposition of portion of property
        For purposes of paragraph (1) - 
          (A) In the case of the disposition of a portion of section
        1254 property (other than an undivided interest), the entire
        amount of the aggregate expenditures or deductions described in
        paragraph (1)(A) with respect to such property shall be treated
        as allocable to such portion to the extent of the amount of the
        gain to which paragraph (1) applies.
          (B) In the case of the disposition of an undivided interest
        in a section 1254 property (or a portion thereof), a
        proportionate part of the expenditures or deductions described
        in paragraph (1)(A) with respect to such property shall be
        treated as allocable to such undivided interest to the extent
        of the amount of the gain to which paragraph (1) applies.

      This paragraph shall not apply to any expenditures to the extent
      the taxpayer establishes to the satisfaction of the Secretary
      that such expenditures do not relate to the portion (or interest
      therein) disposed of.
      (3) Section 1254 property
        The term "section 1254 property" means any property (within the
      meaning of section 614) if - 
          (A) any expenditures described in paragraph (1)(A) are
        properly chargeable to such property, or
          (B) the adjusted basis of such property includes adjustments
        for deductions for depletion under section 611.
      (4) Adjustment for amounts included in gross income under section
        617(b)(1)(A)
        The amount of the expenditures referred to in paragraph
      (1)(A)(i) shall be properly adjusted for amounts included in
      gross income under section 617(b)(1)(A).
    (b) Special rules under regulations
      Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary - 
        (1) rules similar to the rule of subsection (g) of section 617
      and to the rules of subsections (b) and (c) of section 1245 shall
      be applied for purposes of this section; and
        (2) in the case of the sale or exchange of stock in an S
      corporation, rules similar to the rules of section 751 shall be
      applied to that portion of the excess of the amount realized over
      the adjusted basis of the stock which is attributable to
      expenditures referred to in subsection (a)(1)(A) of this section.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 94-455, title II, Sec. 205(a), Oct. 4, 1976, 90
    Stat. 1533; amended Pub. L. 95-618, title IV, Sec. 402(c)(1)-(3),
    Nov. 9, 1978, 92 Stat. 3202; Pub. L. 97-354, Sec. 5(a)(37), Oct.
    19, 1982, 96 Stat. 1696; Pub. L. 99-514, title IV, Sec. 413(a),
    Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2227; Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec.
    1004(c), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3387.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1988 - Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 100-647 added par. (4).
      1986 - Pub. L. 99-514 amended section generally, substituting
    "geothermal, or other mineral properties" for "or geothermal
    property" in section catchline, revising and restating subsec. (a),
    pars. (1) to (4) as pars. (1) to (3), and reenacting subsec. (b)
    without change except for substituting "rule of subsection (g)" for
    "rules of subsection (g)" in par. (1).
      1982 - Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 97-354 substituted "an S
    corporation" for "an electing small business corporation (as
    defined in section 1371(b))".
      1978 - Pub. L. 95-618, Sec. 402(c)(3), substituted "oil, gas, or
    geothermal" for "oil or gas" in section catchline.
      Subsec. (a)(1), (2). Pub. L. 95-618, Sec. 402(c)(1), substituted
    "oil, gas, or geothermal property" for "oil or gas property"
    wherever appearing.
      Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 95-618, Sec. 402(c)(2), substituted "Oil,
    gas, or geothermal" for "Oil or gas" in heading and in text
    substituted "The term 'oil, gas, or geothermal property' means" for
    "The term 'oil or gas property' means".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 413(c) of Pub. L. 99-514 provided that:
      "(1) In general. - The amendments made by this section [amending
    this section and section 617 of this title] shall apply to any
    disposition of property which is placed in service by the taxpayer
    after December 31, 1986.
      "(2) Exception for binding contracts. - The amendments made by
    this section shall not apply to any disposition of property placed
    in service after December 31, 1986, if such property was acquired
    pursuant to a written contract which was entered into before
    September 26, 1985, and which was binding at all times thereafter."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1982 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-354 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1982, see section 6(a) of Pub. L. 97-354, set out as
    an Effective Date note under section 1361 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1978 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 95-618 applicable with respect to wells
    commenced on or after Oct. 1, 1978, in taxable years ending on or
    after such date, see section 402(e) of Pub. L. 95-618, set out as a
    note under section 263 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section 205(e) of Pub. L. 94-455 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [enacting this section and amending sections
    163, 170, 301, 312, 341, 453, and 751 of this title] shall apply
    with respect to taxable years ending after December 31, 1975."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 59, 291, 617, 751 of this
    title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1255                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1255. Gain from disposition of section 126 property

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      (1) Ordinary income
        Except as otherwise provided in this section, if section 126
      property is disposed of, the lower of - 
          (A) the applicable percentage of the aggregate payments, with
        respect to such property, excluded from gross income under
        section 126, or
          (B) the excess of - 
            (i) the amount realized (in the case of a sale, exchange,
          or involuntary conversion), or the fair market value of such
          section 126 property (in the case of any other disposition),
          over
            (ii) the adjusted basis of such property,

        shall be treated as ordinary income. Such gain shall be
        recognized notwithstanding any other provision of this
        subtitle, except that this section shall not apply to the
        extent such gain is recognized as ordinary income under any
        other provision of this part.
      (2) Section 126 property
        For purposes of this section, "section 126 property" means any
      property acquired, improved, or otherwise modified by the
      application of payments excluded from gross income under section
      126.
      (3) Applicable percentage
        For purposes of this section, if section 126 property is
      disposed of less than 10 years after the date of receipt of
      payments excluded from gross income under section 126, the
      applicable percentage is 100 percent. If section 126 property is
      disposed of more than 10 years after such date, the applicable
      percentage is 100 percent reduced (but not below zero) by 10
      percent for each year or part thereof in excess of 10 years such
      property was held after the date of receipt of the payments.
    (b) Special rules
      Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary - 
        (1) rules similar to the rules applicable under section 1245
      shall be applied for purposes of this section, and
        (2) for purposes of sections 170(e),(!1) and 751(c), amounts
      treated as ordinary income under this section shall be treated in
      the same manner as amounts treated as ordinary income under
      section 1245.


-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 95-600, title V, Sec. 543(c)(1), Nov. 6, 1978, 92
    Stat. 2890; amended Pub. L. 96-222, title I, Sec. 105(a)(7)(B),
    (D), Apr. 1, 1980, 94 Stat. 221; Pub. L. 96-471, Sec. 2(b)(6), Oct.
    19, 1980, 94 Stat. 2254; Pub. L. 99-514, title V, Sec.
    511(d)(2)(A), title VI, Sec. 631(e)(14), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat.
    2248, 2275; Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1005(c)(10), Nov. 10,
    1988, 102 Stat. 3392; Pub. L. 108-27, title III, Sec.
    302(e)(4)(B)(ii), May 28, 2003, 117 Stat. 764.)


-STATAMEND-
                           AMENDMENT OF SECTION                       
      For termination of amendment by section 303 of Pub. L. 108-27,
    see Effective and Termination Dates of 2003 Amendment note below.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      2003 - Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 108-27, Secs. 302(e)(4)(B)(ii),
    303, temporarily struck out ", 341(e)(12)," after "170(e)". See
    Effective and Termination Dates of 2003 Amendment note below.
      1988 - Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 100-647 amended Pub. L. 99-514,
    Sec. 511(d)(2)(A), see 1986 Amendment note below.
      1986 - Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 511(d)(2)(A), as
    amended by Pub. L. 100-647, struck out "163(d)," after "sections".
      Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 631(e)(14), struck out "453B(d)(2)" after
    "341(e)(12),".
      1980 - Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 96-222, Sec. 105(a)(7)(B),
    inserted following cl. (ii) provisions requiring that such gain be
    recognized notwithstanding any other provision of this subtitle,
    except that this section shall not apply to the extent such gain is
    recognized as ordinary income under any other provision of this
    part.
      Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 96-471 substituted "453B(d)(2)" for
    "453(d)(4)(B)".
      Pub. L. 96-222, Sec. 105(a)(7)(D), inserted "for purposes of
    sections 163(d), 170(e), 341(e)(12), 453(d)(4)(B), and 751(c)"
    before "amounts treated as".

             EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES OF 2003 AMENDMENT         
      Amendment by Pub. L. 108-27 applicable, except as otherwise
    provided, to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 2002, see
    section 302(f) of Pub. L. 108-27, set out as a note under section 1
    of this title.
      Amendment by Pub. L. 108-27 inapplicable to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 2008, and the Internal Revenue Code of
    1986 to be applied and administered to such years as if such
    amendment had never been enacted, see section 303 of Pub. L.
    108-27, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 511(d)(2)(A) of Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to
    taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 511(e) of
    Pub. L. 99-514, set out as a note under section 163 of this title.
      Amendment by section 631(e)(14) of Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to
    any distribution in complete liquidation, and any sale or exchange,
    made by a corporation after July 31, 1986, unless such corporation
    is completely liquidated before Jan. 1, 1987, any transaction
    described in section 338 of this title for which the acquisition
    date occurs after Dec. 31, 1986, and any distribution, not in
    complete liquidation, made after Dec. 31, 1986, with exceptions and
    special and transitional rules, see section 633 of Pub. L. 99-514,
    set out as an Effective Date note under section 336 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1980 AMENDMENTS                 
      For effective date of amendment by Pub. L. 96-471, see section
    6(a)(1) of Pub. L. 96-471, set out as an Effective Date note under
    section 453 of this title.
      Amendment by Pub. L. 96-222 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if it had been included in the provisions of the
    Revenue Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-600, to which such amendment
    relates, see section 201 of Pub. L. 96-222, set out as a note under
    section 32 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section effective with respect to grants made under the programs
    after Sept. 30, 1979, see section 543(d) of Pub. L. 95-600, set out
    as a note under section 126 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in section 126 of this title.

-FOOTNOTE-
    (!1) So in original. The comma probably should not appear.


-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1256                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1256. Section 1256 contracts marked to market

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      For purposes of this subtitle - 
        (1) each section 1256 contract held by the taxpayer at the
      close of the taxable year shall be treated as sold for its fair
      market value on the last business day of such taxable year (and
      any gain or loss shall be taken into account for the taxable
      year),
        (2) proper adjustment shall be made in the amount of any gain
      or loss subsequently realized for gain or loss taken into account
      by reason of paragraph (1),
        (3) any gain or loss with respect to a section 1256 contract
      shall be treated as - 
          (A) short-term capital gain or loss, to the extent of 40
        percent of such gain or loss, and
          (B) long-term capital gain or loss, to the extent of 60
        percent of such gain or loss, and

        (4) if all the offsetting positions making up any straddle
      consist of section 1256 contracts to which this section applies
      (and such straddle is not part of a larger straddle), sections
      1092 and 263(g) shall not apply with respect to such straddle.
    (b) Section 1256 contract defined
      For purposes of this section, the term "section 1256 contract"
    means - 
        (1) any regulated futures contract,
        (2) any foreign currency contract,
        (3) any nonequity option,
        (4) any dealer equity option, and
        (5) any dealer securities futures contract.

    The term "section 1256 contract" shall not include any securities
    futures contract or option on such a contract unless such contract
    or option is a dealer securities futures contract.
    (c) Terminations, etc.
      (1) In general
        The rules of paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of subsection (a)
      shall also apply to the termination (or transfer) during the
      taxable year of the taxpayer's obligation (or rights) with
      respect to a section 1256 contract by offsetting, by taking or
      making delivery, by exercise or being exercised, by assignment or
      being assigned, by lapse, or otherwise.
      (2) Special rule where taxpayer takes delivery on or exercises
        part of straddle
        If - 
          (A) 2 or more section 1256 contracts are part of a straddle
        (as defined in section 1092(c)), and
          (B) the taxpayer takes delivery under or exercises any of
        such contracts,

      then, for purposes of this section, each of the other such
      contracts shall be treated as terminated on the day on which the
      taxpayer took delivery.
      (3) Fair market value taken into account
        For purposes of this subsection, fair market value at the time
      of the termination (or transfer) shall be taken into account.
    (d) Elections with respect to mixed straddles
      (1) Election
        The taxpayer may elect to have this section not to apply to all
      section 1256 contracts which are part of a mixed straddle.
      (2) Time and manner
        An election under paragraph (1) shall be made at such time and
      in such manner as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.
      (3) Election revocable only with consent
        An election under paragraph (1) shall apply to the taxpayer's
      taxable year for which made and to all subsequent taxable years,
      unless the Secretary consents to a revocation of such election.
      (4) Mixed straddle
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "mixed straddle"
      means any straddle (as defined in section 1092(c)) - 
          (A) at least 1 (but not all) of the positions of which are
        section 1256 contracts, and
          (B) with respect to which each position forming part of such
        straddle is clearly identified, before the close of the day on
        which the first section 1256 contract forming part of the
        straddle is acquired (or such earlier time as the Secretary may
        prescribe by regulations), as being part of such straddle.
    (e) Mark to market not to apply to hedging transactions
      (1) Section not to apply
        Subsection (a) shall not apply in the case of a hedging
      transaction.
      (2) Definition of hedging transaction
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "hedging transaction"
      means any hedging transaction (as defined in section
      1221(b)(2)(A)) if, before the close of the day on which such
      transaction was entered into (or such earlier time as the
      Secretary may prescribe by regulations), the taxpayer clearly
      identifies such transaction as being a hedging transaction.
      (3) Special rule for syndicates
        (A) In general
          Notwithstanding paragraph (2), the term "hedging transaction"
        shall not include any transaction entered into by or for a
        syndicate.
        (B) Syndicate defined
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "syndicate" means
        any partnership or other entity (other than a corporation which
        is not an S corporation) if more than 35 percent of the losses
        of such entity during the taxable year are allocable to limited
        partners or limited entrepreneurs (within the meaning of
        section 464(e)(2)).
        (C) Holdings attributable to active management
          For purposes of subparagraph (B), an interest in an entity
        shall not be treated as held by a limited partner or a limited
        entrepreneur (within the meaning of section 464(e)(2)) - 
            (i) for any period if during such period such interest is
          held by an individual who actively participates at all times
          during such period in the management of such entity,
            (ii) for any period if during such period such interest is
          held by the spouse, children, grandchildren, and parents of
          an individual who actively participates at all times during
          such period in the management of such entity,
            (iii) if such interest is held by an individual who
          actively participated in the management of such entity for a
          period of not less than 5 years,
            (iv) if such interest is held by the estate of an
          individual who actively participated in the management of
          such entity or is held by the estate of an individual if with
          respect to such individual such interest was at any time
          described in clause (ii), or
            (v) if the Secretary determines (by regulations or
          otherwise) that such interest should be treated as held by an
          individual who actively participates in the management of
          such entity, and that such entity and such interest are not
          used (or to be used) for tax-avoidance purposes.

        For purposes of this subparagraph, a legally adopted child of
        an individual shall be treated as a child of such individual by
        blood.
      (4) Limitation on losses from hedging transactions
        (A) In general
          (i) Limitation
            Any hedging loss for a taxable year which is allocable to
          any limited partner or limited entrepreneur (within the
          meaning of paragraph (3)) shall be allowed only to the extent
          of the taxable income of such limited partner or entrepreneur
          for such taxable year attributable to the trade or business
          in which the hedging transactions were entered into. For
          purposes of the preceding sentence, taxable income shall be
          determined by not taking into account items attributable to
          hedging transactions.
          (ii) Carryover of disallowed loss
            Any hedging loss disallowed under clause (i) shall be
          treated as a deduction attributable to a hedging transaction
          allowable in the first succeeding taxable year.
        (B) Exception where economic loss
          Subparagraph (A)(i) shall not apply to any hedging loss to
        the extent that such loss exceeds the aggregate unrecognized
        gains from hedging transactions as of the close of the taxable
        year attributable to the trade or business in which the hedging
        transactions were entered into.
        (C) Exception for certain hedging transactions
          In the case of any hedging transaction relating to property
        other than stock or securities, this paragraph shall apply only
        in the case of a taxpayer described in section 465(a)(1).
        (D) Hedging loss
          The term "hedging loss" means the excess of - 
            (i) the deductions allowable under this chapter for the
          taxable year attributable to hedging transactions (determined
          without regard to subparagraph (A)(i)), over
            (ii) income received or accrued by the taxpayer during such
          taxable year from such transactions.
        (E) Unrecognized gain
          The term "unrecognized gain" has the meaning given to such
        term by section 1092(a)(3).
    (f) Special rules
      (1) Denial of capital gains treatment for property identified as
        part of a hedging transaction
        For purposes of this title, gain from any property shall in no
      event be considered as gain from the sale or exchange of a
      capital asset if such property was at any time personal property
      (as defined in section 1092(d)(1)) identified under subsection
      (e)(2)(C) by the taxpayer as being part of a hedging transaction.
      (2) Subsection (a)(3) not to apply to ordinary income property
        Paragraph (3) of subsection (a) shall not apply to any gain or
      loss which, but for such paragraph, would be ordinary income or
      loss.
      (3) Capital gain treatment for traders in section 1256 contracts
        (A) In general
          For purposes of this title, gain or loss from trading of
        section 1256 contracts shall be treated as gain or loss from
        the sale or exchange of a capital asset.
        (B) Exception for certain hedging transactions
          Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to any section 1256 contract
        to the extent such contract is held for purposes of hedging
        property if any loss with respect to such property in the hands
        of the taxpayer would be ordinary loss.
        (C) Treatment of underlying property
          For purposes of determining whether gain or loss with respect
        to any property is ordinary income or loss, the fact that the
        taxpayer is actively engaged in dealing in or trading section
        1256 contracts related to such property shall not be taken into
        account.
      (4) Special rule for dealer equity options and dealer securities
        futures contracts of limited partners or limited entrepreneurs
        In the case of any gain or loss with respect to dealer equity
      options, or dealer securities futures contracts, which are
      allocable to limited partners or limited entrepreneurs (within
      the meaning of subsection (e)(3)) - 
          (A) paragraph (3) of subsection (a) shall not apply to any
        such gain or loss, and
          (B) all such gains or losses shall be treated as short-term
        capital gains or losses, as the case may be.
      (5) Special rule related to losses
        Section 1091 (relating to loss from wash sales of stock or
      securities) shall not apply to any loss taken into account by
      reason of paragraph (1) of subsection (a).
    (g) Definitions
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) Regulated futures contracts defined
        The term "regulated futures contract" means a contract - 
          (A) with respect to which the amount required to be deposited
        and the amount which may be withdrawn depends on a system of
        marking to market, and
          (B) which is traded on or subject to the rules of a qualified
        board or exchange.
      (2) Foreign currency contract defined
        (A) Foreign currency contract
          The term "foreign currency contract" means a contract - 
            (i) which requires delivery of, or the settlement of which
          depends on the value of, a foreign currency which is a
          currency in which positions are also traded through regulated
          futures contracts,
            (ii) which is traded in the interbank market, and
            (iii) which is entered into at arm's length at a price
          determined by reference to the price in the interbank market.
        (B) Regulations
          The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be
        necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of
        subparagraph (A), including regulations excluding from the
        application of subparagraph (A) any contract (or type of
        contract) if its application thereto would be inconsistent with
        such purposes.
      (3) Nonequity option
        The term "nonequity option" means any listed option which is
      not an equity option.
      (4) Dealer equity option
        The term "dealer equity option" means, with respect to an
      options dealer, any listed option which - 
          (A) is an equity option,
          (B) is purchased or granted by such options dealer in the
        normal course of his activity of dealing in options, and
          (C) is listed on the qualified board or exchange on which
        such options dealer is registered.
      (5) Listed option
        The term "listed option" means any option (other than a right
      to acquire stock from the issuer) which is traded on (or subject
      to the rules of) a qualified board or exchange.
      (6) Equity option
        The term "equity option" means any option - 
          (A) to buy or sell stock, or
          (B) the value of which is determined directly or indirectly
        by reference to any stock or any narrow-based security index
        (as defined in section 3(a)(55) of the Securities Exchange Act
        of 1934, as in effect on the date of the enactment of this
        paragraph).

      The term "equity option" includes such an option on a group of
      stocks only if such group meets the requirements for a
      narrow-based security index (as so defined).
      (7) Qualified board or exchange
        The term "qualified board or exchange" means - 
          (A) a national securities exchange which is registered with
        the Securities and Exchange Commission,
          (B) a domestic board of trade designated as a contract market
        by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or
          (C) any other exchange, board of trade, or other market which
        the Secretary determines has rules adequate to carry out the
        purposes of this section.
      (8) Options dealer
        (A) In general
          The term "options dealer" means any person registered with an
        appropriate national securities exchange as a market maker or
        specialist in listed options.
        (B) Persons trading in other markets
          In any case in which the Secretary makes a determination
        under subparagraph (C) of paragraph (7), the term "options
        dealer" also includes any person whom the Secretary determines
        performs functions similar to the persons described in
        subparagraph (A). Such determinations shall be made to the
        extent appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section.
      (9) Dealer securities futures contract
        (A) In general
          The term "dealer securities futures contract" means, with
        respect to any dealer, any securities futures contract, and any
        option on such a contract, which - 
            (i) is entered into by such dealer (or, in the case of an
          option, is purchased or granted by such dealer) in the normal
          course of his activity of dealing in such contracts or
          options, as the case may be, and
            (ii) is traded on a qualified board or exchange.
        (B) Dealer
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), a person shall be treated
        as a dealer in securities futures contracts or options on such
        contracts if the Secretary determines that such person
        performs, with respect to such contracts or options, as the
        case may be, functions similar to the functions performed by
        persons described in paragraph (8)(A). Such determination shall
        be made to the extent appropriate to carry out the purposes of
        this section.
        (C) Securities futures contract
          The term "securities futures contract" has the meaning given
        to such term by section 1234B.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 97-34, title V, Sec. 503(a), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat.
    327; amended Pub. L. 97-354, Sec. 5(a)(38), Oct. 19, 1982, 96 Stat.
    1696; Pub. L. 97-448, title I, Sec. 105(c)(1)-(3), (5)(A)-(C), Jan.
    12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2385, 2386; Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I,
    Secs. 102(a), (b), (e)(1), (5), 104(a), 107(c), (d), title VII,
    Sec. 722(a)(2), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 620, 621, 623, 624, 628,
    630, 972; Pub. L. 99-514, title XII, Sec. 1261(c), Oct. 22, 1986,
    100 Stat. 2591; Pub. L. 106-170, title V, Sec. 532(b)(4), Dec. 17,
    1999, 113 Stat. 1930; Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec.
    401(g)(1)-(3)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-649,
    2763A-650; Pub. L. 107-147, title IV, Sec. 416(b)(1), Mar. 9, 2002,
    116 Stat. 55.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      Section 3(a)(55) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, referred
    to in subsec. (g)(6)(B), is classified to section 78c(a)(55) of
    Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
      The date of the enactment of this paragraph, referred to in
    subsec. (g)(6)(B), probably means the date of enactment of Pub. L.
    106-554, which amended subsec. (g)(6) generally and which was
    approved Dec. 21, 2000.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      2002 - Subsec. (f)(5). Pub. L. 107-147 added par. (5).
      2000 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec.
    401(g)(1)(A)], added par. (5) and concluding provisions.
      Subsec. (f)(4). Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec.
    401(g)(2)], inserted "and dealer securities futures contracts"
    after "dealer equity options" in heading and ", or dealer
    securities futures contracts," after "dealer equity options" in
    introductory provisions.
      Subsec. (g)(6). Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec.
    401(g)(3)], amended heading and text of par. (6) generally. Prior
    to amendment, text read as follows:
      "(A) In general. - Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the
    term 'equity option' means any option - 
        "(i) to buy or sell stock, or
        "(ii) the value of which is determined directly or indirectly
      by reference to any stock (or group of stocks) or stock index.
      "(B) Exception for certain options regulated by commodities
    futures trading commission. - The term 'equity option' does not
    include any option with respect to any group of stocks or stock
    index if - 
        "(i) there is in effect a designation by the Commodities
      Futures Trading Commission of a contract market for a contract
      based on such group of stocks or index, or
        "(ii) the Secretary determines that such option meets the
      requirements of law for such a designation."
      Subsec. (g)(9). Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec.
    401(g)(1)(B)], added par. (9).
      1999 - Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 106-170 reenacted heading without
    change and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as
    follows: "For purposes of this subsection, the term 'hedging
    transaction' means any transaction if - 
        "(A) such transaction is entered into by the taxpayer in the
      normal course of the taxpayer's trade or business primarily - 
          "(i) to reduce risk of price change or currency fluctuations
        with respect to property which is held or to be held by the
        taxpayer, or
          "(ii) to reduce risk of interest rate or price changes or
        currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be
        made, or obligations incurred or to be incurred, by the
        taxpayer,
        "(B) the gain or loss on such transactions is treated as
      ordinary income or loss, and
        "(C) before the close of the day on which such transaction was
      entered into (or such earlier time as the Secretary may prescribe
      by regulations), the taxpayer clearly identifies such transaction
      as being a hedging transaction."
      1986 - Subsec. (e)(4), (5). Pub. L. 99-514 redesignated par. (5)
    as (4) and struck out former par. (4), special rule for banks,
    which read as follows: "In the case of a bank (as defined in
    section 581), subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) shall be applied
    without regard to clause (i) or (ii) thereof."
      1984 - Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(e)(5), substituted "Section 1256
    contracts" for "Regulated futures contracts" in section catchline.
      Subsec. (a)(1), (3), (4). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(a)(1),
    substituted "section 1256 contract" for "regulated futures
    contract" and "section 1256 contracts" for "regulated futures
    contracts" wherever appearing.
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(a)(2), in par. (1),
    substituted "any regulated futures contract" for "with respect to
    which the amount required to be deposited and the amount which may
    be withdrawn depends on the system of marking to market; and", in
    par. (2), substituted "any foreign currency contract," for "which
    is traded on or subject to the rules of a domestic board of trade
    designated as a contract market by the Commodity Futures Trading
    Commission or of any board of trade or exchange which the Secretary
    determines has rules adequate to carry out the purposes of this
    section. Such term includes any foreign currency contract.", and
    added pars. (3) and (4).
      Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(a)(1)(A), (e)(1)(A),
    substituted "section 1256 contracts" for "regulated futures
    contracts", and "by taking or making delivery, by exercise or being
    exercised, by assignment or being assigned, by lapse," for "by
    taking or making delivery,".
      Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(e)(1)(C), substituted
    "takes delivery on or exercises" for "takes delivery on" in
    heading.
      Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(a)(1)(B), substituted
    "section 1256 contracts" for "regulated futures contracts".
      Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(e)(1)(B), substituted
    "takes delivery under or exercises" for "takes delivery under".
      Subsec. (d)(1), (4)(A). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(a)(1)(B),
    substituted "section 1256 contracts" for "regulated futures
    contracts".
      Subsec. (d)(4)(B). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(a)(1)(A), substituted
    "section 1256 contract" for "regulated futures contract".
      Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 107(c), inserted "(or such earlier time as
    the Secretary may prescribe by regulations)".
      Subsec. (e)(2)(C). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 107(d), inserted "(or
    such earlier time as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations".
      Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 104(a), added par. (5).
      Subsec. (f)(3), (4). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(b), added pars. (3)
    and (4).
      Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 102(a)(3), in amending subsec.
    (g) generally, inserted provisions relating to regulated futures
    contracts as par. (1), redesignated former pars. (1) and (2) as
    subpars. (A) and (B), respectively, of par. (2), and added pars.
    (3) to (8).
      Subsec. (g)(1)(A). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 722(a)(2), inserted ", or
    the settlement of which depends on the value of," after "delivery
    of".
      1983 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97-448, Sec. 105(c)(5)(A), (B),
    struck out par. (1) which related to contracts requiring delivery
    of personal property (as defined in section 1092(d)(1)) or an
    interest in such property, redesignated pars. (2) and (3) as (1)
    and (2), respectively, and inserted last sentence providing that
    such term includes any foreign currency contract.
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97-448, Sec. 105(c)(1), inserted ", etc."
    after "Terminations" in heading and, in text, designated existing
    first and second sentences as pars. (1) and (3), respectively,
    added par. (2), inserted "(or transfer)" after "termination" and
    "(or rights)" after "obligation" in par. (1) as so designated, and
    substituted "this subsection" for "the preceding sentence" and
    inserted "(or transfer)" after "termination" in par. (3) as so
    designated.
      Subsec. (d)(4)(B). Pub. L. 97-448, Sec. 105(c)(2), substituted
    "day on which the first regulated futures contract forming part of
    the straddle is acquired" for "day on which such position is
    acquired".
      Subsec. (e)(3)(C)(v). Pub. L. 97-448, Sec. 105(c)(3), inserted
    "(by regulations or otherwise)" after "determines".
      Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 97-448, Sec. 105(c)(5)(C), added subsec.
    (g).
      1982 - Subsec. (e)(3)(B). Pub. L. 97-354 substituted "an S
    corporation" for "an electing small business corporation within the
    meaning of section 1371(b)".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT                 
      Pub. L. 107-147, title IV, Sec. 416(b)(2), Mar. 9, 2002, 116
    Stat. 55, provided that: "The amendment made by this subsection
    [amending this section] shall take effect as if included in section
    5075 of the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988 [Pub.
    L. 100-647]."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1999 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 106-170 applicable to any instrument held,
    acquired, or entered into, any transaction entered into, and
    supplies held or acquired on or after Dec. 17, 1999, see section
    532(d) of Pub. L. 106-170, set out as a note under section 170 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1986, with certain exceptions and qualifications,
    see section 1261(e) of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as an Effective Date
    note under section 985 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 102(f)-(j) of Pub. L. 98-369, as amended by Pub. L.
    99-514, Sec. 2, title XVIII, Sec. 1808(a)(1), Oct. 22, 1986, 100
    Stat. 2095, 2817, provided that:
      "(f) Effective Dates. - 
        "(1) In general. - Except as otherwise provided in this
      subsection or subsection (g), the amendments made by this section
      [amending this section, sections 263, 1092, 1212, 1234A, 1362,
      1374, and 1402 of this title, and section 411 of Title 42, The
      Public Health and Welfare, and enacting provisions set out as a
      note under section 1362 of this title] shall apply to positions
      established after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 18,
      1984], in taxable years ending after such date.
        "(2) Special rule for options on regulated futures contracts. -
      In the case of any option with respect to a regulated futures
      contract (within the meaning of section 1256 of the Internal
      Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954]), the amendments made
      by this section shall apply to positions established after
      October 31, 1983, in taxable years ending after such date.
        "(3) Special rule for self-employment tax. - Except as provided
      in subsection (g)(2), the amendments made by subsection (c)
      [amending section 1402 of this title and section 411 of Title 42]
      shall apply to taxable years beginning after the date of the
      enactment of this Act [July 18, 1984].
        "(4) Gains or losses from certain terminations. - The amendment
      made by subsection (d)(9) [probably means subsec. (e)(9), which
      amended section 1234A of this title] shall apply as if included
      in the amendment made by section 505(a) [probably means section
      507(a)] of the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 [Pub. L. 97-34],
      as amended by section 105(e) of the Technical Corrections Act of
      1982 [Pub. L. 97-448].
      "(g) Elections With Respect to Property Held on or Before the
    Date of the Enactment of This Act. - At the election of the
    taxpayer - 
        "(1) the amendments made by this section [amending this
      section, sections 263, 1092, 1212, 1234A, 1362, 1374, and 1402 of
      this title, and section 411 of Title 42, The Public Health and
      Welfare, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section
      1362 of this title] shall apply to all section 1256 contracts
      held by the taxpayer on the date of the enactment of this Act
      [July 18, 1984], effective for periods after such date in taxable
      years ending after such date, or
        "(2) in lieu of an election under paragraph (1), the amendments
      made by this section shall apply to all section 1256 contracts
      held by the taxpayer at any time during the taxable year of the
      taxpayer which includes the date of the enactment of this Act.
      "(h) Elections for Installment Payment of Tax Attributable to
    Stock Options. - 
        "(1) In general. - If the taxpayer makes an election under
      subsection (g)(2) and under this subsection - 
          "(A) the taxpayer may pay part or all the tax for the taxable
        year referred to in subsection (g)(2) in 2 or more (but not
        exceeding 5) equal installments, and
          "(B) the maximum amount of tax which may be paid in
        installments under this subsection shall be the excess of - 
            "(i) the tax for such taxable year determined by taking
          into account subsection (g)(2), over
            "(ii) the tax for such taxable year determined by taking
          into account subsection (g)(2) and by treating - 
         "(I) all section 1256 contracts which are stock options, and
         "(II) any stock which was a part of a straddle including any
          such stock options,
         as having been acquired for a purchase price equal to their
         fair market value on the last business day of the preceding
         taxable year. Stock options and stock shall be taken into
         account under subparagraph (B)(ii) only if such options or
         stock were held on the last day of the preceding taxable year
         and only if income on such options or stock would have been
         ordinary income if such options or stock were sold at a gain
         on such last day.
        "(2) Date for payment of installment. - 
          "(A) If an election is made under this subsection, the first
        installment under paragraph (1) shall be paid on or before the
        due date for filing the return for the taxable year described
        in paragraph (1), and each succeeding installment shall be paid
        on or before the date which is 1 year after the date prescribed
        for payment of the preceding installment.
          "(B) If a bankruptcy case or insolvency proceeding involving
        the taxpayer is commenced before the final installment is paid,
        the total amount of any unpaid installments shall be treated as
        due and payable on the day preceding the day on which such case
        or proceeding is commenced.
        "(3) Interest imposed. - For purposes of section 6601 of the
      Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the time for payment of any tax
      with respect to which an election is made under this subsection
      shall be determined without regard to this subsection.
        "(4) Form of election. - An election under this subsection
      shall be made not later than the time for filing the return for
      the taxable year described in paragraph (1) and shall be made in
      the manner and form required by regulations prescribed by
      Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate. The election shall set
      forth - 
          "(A) the amount determined under paragraph (1)(B) and the
        number of installments elected by the taxpayer,
          "(B) the property described in paragraph (1)(B)(ii), and the
        date on which such property was acquired,
          "(C) the fair market value of the property described in
        paragraph (1)(B)(ii) on the last business day of the taxable
        year preceding the taxable year described in paragraph (1), and
          "(D) such other information for purposes of carrying out the
        provisions of this subsection as may be required by such
        regulations.
        "(5) Delay of identification requirement. - Section
      1256(e)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall not
      apply to any stock option or stock acquired on or before the 60th
      day after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 18, 1984].
      "(i) Definitions. - For purposes of subsections (g) and (h) - 
        "(1) Section 1256 contract. - The term 'section 1256 contract'
      has the meaning given to such term by section 1256(b) of the
      Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended by this section).
        "(2) Stock option. - The term 'stock option' means any option
      to buy or sell stock.
      "(j) Coordination of Election Under Subsection (d)(3) With
    Elections Under Subsections (g) and (h). - The Secretary of the
    Treasury or his delegate shall prescribe such regulations as may be
    necessary to coordinate the election provided by subsection (d)(3)
    with the elections provided by subsections (g) and (h)."
      Section 104(b) of Pub. L. 98-369 provided that: "The amendment
    made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to
    taxable years beginning after December 31, 1984."
      Amendment by section 107(c), (d) of Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to
    positions entered into after July 18, 1984, in taxable years ending
    after that date, see section 107(e) of Pub. L. 98-369 set out as a
    note under section 1092 of this title.
      Amendment by section 722(a)(2) of Pub. L. 98-369 effective as if
    included in the provisions of the Technical Corrections Act of
    1984, Pub. L. 97-448, to which such amendment relates, see section
    722(a)(6) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note under section 172 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1983 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-448 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if it had been included in the provision of the
    Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981, Pub. L. 97-34, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 109 of Pub. L. 97-448, set out as a
    note under section 1 of this title.
      Section 105(c)(5)(D) of Pub. L. 97-448, as amended by Pub. L.
    99-514, Sec. 2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that:
      "(i) In general. - Except as provided in clauses (ii) and (iii),
    the amendments made by subparagraphs (B) and (C) [amending this
    section] shall apply only with respect to contracts entered into
    after May 11, 1982.
      "(ii) Election by taxpayer of retroactive application. - 
        "(I) Retroactive application. - If the taxpayer so elects, the
      amendments made by subparagraphs (B) and (C) [amending this
      section] shall apply as if included within the amendments made by
      title V of the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 [title V of Pub.
      L. 97-34].
        "(II) Additional choices with respect to 1981. - If the
      taxpayer held a foreign currency contract after December 31,
      1980, and before June 24, 1981, and such taxpayer makes an
      election under subclause (I), such taxpayer may revoke any
      election made under section 508(c) [set out as an Effective Date
      note under section 1092 of this title] or 509(a) [set out below]
      of such Act, and may make an election under section 508(c) or
      509(a) of such Act.
        "(III) Additional choices apply to all regulated futures
      contracts. - Except as provided in subclause (IV), in the case of
      any taxpayer who makes an election under subclause (I), any
      election under section 508(c) or 509(a) of such Act or any
      revocation of such an election shall apply to all regulated
      futures contracts (including foreign currency contracts).
        "(IV) Section 509(a)(3) and (4) not to apply to foreign
      currency contracts. - Paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 509(a) of
      such Act shall not apply to any foreign currency contract.
        "(V) Time for making election or revocation. - Any election
      under subclause (I) and any election or revocation under
      subclause (II) may be made only within the 90-day period
      beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act [Jan. 12,
      1983]. Any such action, once taken, shall be irrevocable.
        "(VI) Definitions. - For purposes of this clause, the terms
      'regulated futures contract' and 'foreign currency contract' have
      the same respective meanings as when used in section 1256 of the
      Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] (as amended
      by this Act).
      "(iii) Election by taxpayer with respect to positions held during
    taxable years ending after may 11, 1982. - In lieu of the election
    under clause (ii), a taxpayer may elect to have the amendments made
    by subparagraphs (B) and (C) [amending subsec. (b) of this section
    to include foreign currency contracts and enacting subsec. (g) of
    this section, respectively] applied to all positions held in
    taxable years ending after May 11, 1982, except that the provisions
    of section 509(a)(3) and (4) of the Economic Recovery Tax Act of
    1981 [set out below] shall not apply."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1982 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 97-354 applicable to taxable years beginning
    after Dec. 31, 1982, see section 6(a) of Pub. L. 97-354, set out as
    an Effective Date note under section 1361 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section (other than subsec. (e)(2)(C)) applicable to property
    acquired and positions established by the taxpayer after June 23,
    1981, in taxable years ending after such date, subsec. (e)(2)(C) of
    this section applicable to property acquired and positions
    established by the taxpayer after Dec. 31, 1981, in taxable years
    ending after such date, and section applicable when so elected with
    respect to property held on June 23, 1981, see section 508 of Pub.
    L. 97-34, set out as a note under section 1092 of this title.

                        DEADLINE FOR DETERMINATION                    
      Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title IV, Sec. 401(g)(4)], Dec.
    21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-650, provided that: "The Secretary
    of the Treasury or his delegate shall make the determinations under
    section 1256(g)(9)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
    added by this Act, not later than July 1, 2001."

    ELECTION FOR EXTENSION OF TIME FOR PAYMENT AND APPLICATION OF THIS
           SECTION FOR THE TAXABLE YEAR INCLUDING JUNE 23, 1981
      Section 509 of Pub. L. 97-34, as amended by Pub. L. 97-448, title
    I, Sec. 105(c)(6), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2387; Pub. L. 99-514,
    Sec. 2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that:
      "(a) Election. - 
        "(1) In general. - In the case of any taxable year beginning
      before June 23, 1981, and ending after June 22, 1981, the
      taxpayer may elect, in lieu of any election under section 508(c)
      [set out as an Effective Date note under section 1092 of this
      title], to have this section apply to all regulated futures
      contracts held during such taxable year.
        "(2) Application of section 1256. - If a taxpayer elects to
      have the provisions of this section apply to the taxable year
      described in paragraph (1). - 
          "(A) the provisions of section 1256 of the Internal Revenue
        Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] (other than section
        1256(e)(2)(C)) shall apply to regulated futures contracts held
        by the taxpayer at any time during such taxable year, and
          "(B) for purposes of determining the rate of tax applicable
        to gains and losses from regulated futures contracts held at
        any time during such year, such gains and losses shall be
        treated as gain or loss from a sale or exchange occurring in a
        taxable year beginning in 1982.
        "(3) Determination of deferred tax liability. - If the taxpayer
      makes an election under this subsection. - 
          "(A) the taxpayer may pay part or all of the tax for such
        year in two or more (but not exceeding five) equal
        installments;
          "(B) the maximum amount of tax which may be paid in
        installments under this section shall be the excess of - 
            "(i) the tax for such year, determined by taking into
          account paragraph (2), over
            "(ii) the tax for such year, determined by taking into
          account paragraph (2) and by treating all regulated futures
          contracts which were held by the taxpayer on the first day of
          the taxable year described in paragraph (1), and which were
          acquired before the first day of such taxable year, as having
          been acquired for a purchase price equal to their fair market
          value on the last business day of the preceding taxable year.
        "(4) Date for payment of installment. - 
          "(A) If an election is made under this subsection, the first
        installment under subsection (a)(3)(A) shall be paid on or
        before the due date for filing the return for the taxable year
        described in paragraph (1), and each succeeding installment
        shall be paid on or before the date which is one year after the
        date prescribed for payment of the preceding installment.
          "(B) If a bankruptcy case or insolvency proceeding involving
        the taxpayer is commenced before the final installment is paid,
        the total amount of any unpaid installments shall be treated as
        due and payable on the day preceding the day on which such case
        or proceeding is commenced.
        "(5) Interest imposed. - For purposes of section 6601 of the
      Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the time for payment of any tax
      with respect to which an election is made under this subsection
      shall be determined without regard to this subsection.
      "(b) Form of Election. - An election under this section shall be
    made not later than the time for filing the return for the taxable
    year described in subsection (a)(1) and shall be made in the manner
    and form required by regulations prescribed by the Secretary. The
    election shall set forth - 
        "(1) the amount determined under subsection (a)(3)(B) and the
      number of installments elected by the taxpayer,
        "(2) each regulated futures contract held by the taxpayer on
      the first day of the taxable year described in subsection (a)(1),
      and the date such contract was acquired,
        "(3) the fair market value on the last business day of the
      preceding taxable year for each regulated futures contract
      described in paragraph (2), and
        "(4) such other information for purposes of carrying out the
      provisions of this section as may be required by such
      regulations."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 263, 461, 475, 988, 1092,
    1212, 1221, 1223, 1234, 1234A, 1234B, 1258, 1281, 1362, 1402 of
    this title; title 42 section 411.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1257                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1257. Disposition of converted wetlands or highly erodible
      croplands

-STATUTE-
    (a) Gain treated as ordinary income
      Any gain on the disposition of converted wetland or highly
    erodible cropland shall be treated as ordinary income. Such gain
    shall be recognized notwithstanding any other provision of this
    subtitle, except that this section shall not apply to the extent
    such gain is recognized as ordinary income under any other
    provision of this part.
    (b) Loss treated as long-term capital loss
      Any loss recognized on the disposition of converted wetland or
    highly erodible cropland shall be treated as a long-term capital
    loss.
    (c) Definitions
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) Converted wetland
        The term "converted wetland" means any converted wetland (as
      defined in section 1201(4) (!1) of the Food Security Act of 1985
      (16 U.S.C. 3801(4))) held - 

          (A) by the person whose activities resulted in such land
        being converted wetland, or
          (B) by any other person who at any time used such land for
        farming purposes.
      (2) Highly erodible cropland
        The term "highly erodible cropland" means any highly erodible
      cropland (as defined in section 1201(6) (!1) of the Food Security
      Act of 1985 (16 U.S.C. 3801(6))), if at any time the taxpayer
      used such land for farming purposes (other than the grazing of
      animals).
      (3) Treatment of successors
        If any land is converted wetland or highly erodible cropland in
      the hands of any person, such land shall be treated as converted
      wetland or highly erodible cropland in the hands of any other
      person whose adjusted basis in such land is determined (in whole
      or in part) by reference to the adjusted basis of such land in
      the hands of such person.
    (d) Special rules
      Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, rules similar to
    the rules applicable under section 1245 shall apply for purposes of
    subsection (a). For purposes of sections 170(e) and 751(c), amounts
    treated as ordinary income under subsection (a) shall be treated in
    the same manner as amounts treated as ordinary income under section
    1245.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 99-514, title IV, Sec. 403(a), Oct. 22, 1986, 100
    Stat. 2222; amended Pub. L. 108-27, title III, Sec.
    302(e)(4)(B)(ii), May 28, 2003, 117 Stat. 764.)


-STATAMEND-
                           AMENDMENT OF SECTION                       
      For termination of amendment by section 303 of Pub. L. 108-27,
    see Effective and Termination Dates of 2003 Amendment note below.

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      Section 1201(4) of the Food Security Act of 1985 (16 U.S.C.
    3801(4)) and section 1201(6) of the Food Security Act of 1985 (16
    U.S.C. 3801(6)), referred to in subsec. (c)(1), (2), probably are
    references to section 1201(a)(4) and 1201(a)(6) of that Act (16
    U.S.C. 3801(a)(4), (6)). Section 1201 of the Food Security Act of
    1985 was subsequently amended, and subsecs. (a)(4) and (a)(6) of
    section 1201 no longer define the terms "converted wetland" and
    "highly erodible cropland", respectively. However, such terms are
    defined elsewhere in that section.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      2003 - Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 108-27, Secs. 302(e)(4)(B)(ii), 303,
    temporarily struck out ", 341(e)(12)," after "170(e)". See
    Effective and Termination Dates of 2003 Amendment note below.

             EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES OF 2003 AMENDMENT         
      Amendment by Pub. L. 108-27 applicable, except as otherwise
    provided, to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 2002, see
    section 302(f) of Pub. L. 108-27, set out as a note under section 1
    of this title.
      Amendment by Pub. L. 108-27 inapplicable to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 2008, and the Internal Revenue Code of
    1986 to be applied and administered to such years as if such
    amendment had never been enacted, see section 303 of Pub. L.
    108-27, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section 403(c) of Pub. L. 99-514 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply to
    dispositions of converted wetland or highly erodible cropland (as
    defined in section 1257(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as
    added by this section) first used for farming after March 1, 1986,
    in taxable years ending after that date."

-FOOTNOTE-
    (!1) See References in Text note below.


-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1258                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1258. Recharacterization of gain from certain financial
      transactions

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      In the case of any gain - 
        (1) which (but for this section) would be treated as gain from
      the sale or exchange of a capital asset, and
        (2) which is recognized on the disposition or other termination
      of any position which was held as part of a conversion
      transaction,

    such gain (to the extent such gain does not exceed the applicable
    imputed income amount) shall be treated as ordinary income.
    (b) Applicable imputed income amount
      For purposes of subsection (a), the term "applicable imputed
    income amount" means, with respect to any disposition or other
    termination referred to in subsection (a), an amount equal to - 
        (1) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the
      taxpayer's net investment in the conversion transaction for the
      period ending on the date of such disposition or other
      termination (or, if earlier, the date on which the requirements
      of subsection (c) ceased to be satisfied) at a rate equal to 120
      percent of the applicable rate, reduced by
        (2) the amount treated as ordinary income under subsection (a)
      with respect to any prior disposition or other termination of a
      position which was held as a part of such transaction.

    The Secretary shall by regulations provide for such reductions in
    the applicable imputed income amount as may be appropriate by
    reason of amounts capitalized under section 263(g), ordinary income
    received, or otherwise.
    (c) Conversion transaction
      For purposes of this section, the term "conversion transaction"
    means any transaction - 
        (1) substantially all of the taxpayer's expected return from
      which is attributable to the time value of the taxpayer's net
      investment in such transaction, and
        (2) which is - 
          (A) the holding of any property (whether or not actively
        traded), and the entering into a contract to sell such property
        (or substantially identical property) at a price determined in
        accordance with such contract, but only if such property was
        acquired and such contract was entered into on a substantially
        contemporaneous basis,
          (B) an applicable straddle,
          (C) any other transaction which is marketed or sold as
        producing capital gains from a transaction described in
        paragraph (1), or
          (D) any other transaction specified in regulations prescribed
        by the Secretary.
    (d) Definitions and special rules
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) Applicable straddle
        The term "applicable straddle" means any straddle (within the
      meaning of section 1092(c)); except that the term "personal
      property" shall include stock.
      (2) Applicable rate
        The term "applicable rate" means - 
          (A) the applicable Federal rate determined under section
        1274(d) (compounded semiannually) as if the conversion
        transaction were a debt instrument, or
          (B) if the term of the conversion transaction is indefinite,
        the Federal short-term rates in effect under section 6621(b)
        during the period of the conversion transaction (compounded
        daily).
      (3) Treatment of built-in losses
        (A) In general
          If any position with a built-in loss becomes part of a
        conversion transaction - 
            (i) for purposes of applying this subtitle to such position
          for periods after such position becomes part of such
          transaction, such position shall be taken into account at its
          fair market value as of the time it became part of such
          transaction, except that
            (ii) upon the disposition or other termination of such
          position in a transaction in which gain or loss is
          recognized, such built-in loss shall be recognized and shall
          have a character determined without regard to this section.
        (B) Built-in loss
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "built-in loss"
        means the loss (if any) which would have been realized if the
        position had been disposed of or otherwise terminated at its
        fair market value as of the time such position became part of
        the conversion transaction.
      (4) Position taken into account at fair market value
        In determining the taxpayer's net investment in any conversion
      transaction, there shall be included the fair market value of any
      position which becomes part of such transaction (determined as of
      the time such position became part of such transaction).
      (5) Special rule for options dealers and commodities traders
        (A) In general
          Subsection (a) shall not apply to transactions - 
            (i) of an options dealer in the normal course of the
          dealer's trade or business of dealing in options, or
            (ii) of a commodities trader in the normal course of the
          trader's trade or business of trading section 1256 contracts.
        (B) Definitions
          For purposes of this paragraph - 
          (i) Options dealer
            The term "options dealer" has the meaning given such term
          by section 1256(g)(8).
          (ii) Commodities trader
            The term "commodities trader" means any person who is a
          member (or, except as otherwise provided in regulations, is
          entitled to trade as a member) of a domestic board of trade
          which is designated as a contract market by the Commodity
          Futures Trading Commission.
        (C) Limited partners and limited entrepreneurs
          In the case of any gain from a transaction recognized by an
        entity which is allocable to a limited partner or limited
        entrepreneur (within the meaning of section 464(e)(2)),
        subparagraph (A) shall not apply if - 
            (i) substantially all of the limited partner's (or limited
          entrepreneur's) expected return from the entity is
          attributable to the time value of the partner's (or
          entrepreneur's) net investment in such entity,
            (ii) the transaction (or the interest in the entity) was
          marketed or sold as producing capital gains treatment from a
          transaction described in subsection (c)(1), or
            (iii) the transaction (or the interest in the entity) is a
          transaction (or interest) specified in regulations prescribed
          by the Secretary.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 103-66, title XIII, Sec. 13206(a)(1), Aug. 10, 1993,
    107 Stat. 462.)


-MISC1-
                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section 13206(a)(3) of Pub. L. 103-66, as amended by Pub. L.
    104-188, title I, Sec. 1703(n)(11), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1877,
    provided that: "The amendments made by this subsection [enacting
    this section] shall apply to conversion transactions entered into
    after April 30, 1993."

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1259                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1259. Constructive sales treatment for appreciated financial
      positions

-STATUTE-
    (a) In general
      If there is a constructive sale of an appreciated financial
    position - 
        (1) the taxpayer shall recognize gain as if such position were
      sold, assigned, or otherwise terminated at its fair market value
      on the date of such constructive sale (and any gain shall be
      taken into account for the taxable year which includes such
      date), and
        (2) for purposes of applying this title for periods after the
      constructive sale - 
          (A) proper adjustment shall be made in the amount of any gain
        or loss subsequently realized with respect to such position for
        any gain taken into account by reason of paragraph (1), and
          (B) the holding period of such position shall be determined
        as if such position were originally acquired on the date of
        such constructive sale.
    (b) Appreciated financial position
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        Except as provided in paragraph (2), the term "appreciated
      financial position" means any position with respect to any stock,
      debt instrument, or partnership interest if there would be gain
      were such position sold, assigned, or otherwise terminated at its
      fair market value.
      (2) Exceptions
        The term "appreciated financial position" shall not include - 
          (A) any position with respect to debt if - 
            (i) the position unconditionally entitles the holder to
          receive a specified principal amount,
            (ii) the interest payments (or other similar amounts) with
          respect to such position meet the requirements of clause (i)
          of section 860G(a)(1)(B), and
            (iii) such position is not convertible (directly or
          indirectly) into stock of the issuer or any related person,

          (B) any hedge with respect to a position described in
        subparagraph (A), and
          (C) any position which is marked to market under any
        provision of this title or the regulations thereunder.
      (3) Position
        The term "position" means an interest, including a futures or
      forward contract, short sale, or option.
    (c) Constructive sale
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        A taxpayer shall be treated as having made a constructive sale
      of an appreciated financial position if the taxpayer (or a
      related person) - 
          (A) enters into a short sale of the same or substantially
        identical property,
          (B) enters into an offsetting notional principal contract
        with respect to the same or substantially identical property,
          (C) enters into a futures or forward contract to deliver the
        same or substantially identical property,
          (D) in the case of an appreciated financial position that is
        a short sale or a contract described in subparagraph (B) or (C)
        with respect to any property, acquires the same or
        substantially identical property, or
          (E) to the extent prescribed by the Secretary in regulations,
        enters into 1 or more other transactions (or acquires 1 or more
        positions) that have substantially the same effect as a
        transaction described in any of the preceding subparagraphs.
      (2) Exception for sales of nonpublicly traded property
        The term "constructive sale" shall not include any contract for
      sale of any stock, debt instrument, or partnership interest which
      is not a marketable security (as defined in section 453(f)) if
      the contract settles within 1 year after the date such contract
      is entered into.
      (3) Exception for certain closed transactions
        (A) In general
          In applying this section, there shall be disregarded any
        transaction (which would otherwise be treated as a constructive
        sale) during the taxable year if - 
            (i) such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th
          day after the close of such taxable year,
            (ii) the taxpayer holds the appreciated financial position
          throughout the 60-day period beginning on the date such
          transaction is closed, and
            (iii) at no time during such 60-day period is the
          taxpayer's risk of loss with respect to such position reduced
          by reason of a circumstance which would be described in
          section 246(c)(4) if references to stock included references
          to such position.
        (B) Treatment of positions which are reestablished
          If - 
            (i) a transaction, which would otherwise be treated as a
          constructive sale of an appreciated financial position, is
          closed during the taxable year or during the 30 days
          thereafter, and
            (ii) another substantially similar transaction is entered
          into during the 60-day period beginning on the date the
          transaction referred to in clause (i) is closed - 
              (I) which also would otherwise be treated as a
            constructive sale of such position,
              (II) which is closed before the 30th day after the close
            of the taxable year in which the transaction referred to in
            clause (i) occurs, and
              (III) which meets the requirements of clauses (ii) and
            (iii) of subparagraph (A),

        the transaction referred to in clause (ii) shall be disregarded
        for purposes of determining whether the requirements of
        subparagraph (A)(iii) are met with respect to the transaction
        described in clause (i).
      (4) Related person
        A person is related to another person with respect to a
      transaction if - 
          (A) the relationship is described in section 267(b) or
        707(b), and
          (B) such transaction is entered into with a view toward
        avoiding the purposes of this section.
    (d) Other definitions
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) Forward contract
        The term "forward contract" means a contract to deliver a
      substantially fixed amount of property (including cash) for a
      substantially fixed price.
      (2) Offsetting notional principal contract
        The term "offsetting notional principal contract" means, with
      respect to any property, an agreement which includes - 
          (A) a requirement to pay (or provide credit for) all or
        substantially all of the investment yield (including
        appreciation) on such property for a specified period, and
          (B) a right to be reimbursed for (or receive credit for) all
        or substantially all of any decline in the value of such
        property.
    (e) Special rules
      (1) Treatment of subsequent sale of position which was deemed
        sold
        If - 
          (A) there is a constructive sale of any appreciated financial
        position,
          (B) such position is subsequently disposed of, and
          (C) at the time of such disposition, the transaction
        resulting in the constructive sale of such position is open
        with respect to the taxpayer or any related person,

      solely for purposes of determining whether the taxpayer has
      entered into a constructive sale of any other appreciated
      financial position held by the taxpayer, the taxpayer shall be
      treated as entering into such transaction immediately after such
      disposition. For purposes of the preceding sentence, an
      assignment or other termination shall be treated as a
      disposition.
      (2) Certain trust instruments treated as stock
        For purposes of this section, an interest in a trust which is
      actively traded (within the meaning of section 1092(d)(1)) shall
      be treated as stock unless substantially all (by value) of the
      property held by the trust is debt described in subsection
      (b)(2)(A).
      (3) Multiple positions in property
        If a taxpayer holds multiple positions in property, the
      determination of whether a specific transaction is a constructive
      sale and, if so, which appreciated financial position is deemed
      sold shall be made in the same manner as actual sales.
    (f) Regulations
      The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be
    necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 105-34, title X, Sec. 1001(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111
    Stat. 903; amended Pub. L. 105-206, title VI, Sec. 6010(a)(1), (2),
    July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 812, 813.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1998 - Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(i) to (iii). Pub. L. 105-206, Sec.
    6010(a)(1)(A), substituted "position" for "debt".
      Subsec. (b)(2)(B), (C). Pub. L. 105-206, Sec. 6010(a)(1)(B), (C),
    added subpar. (B) and redesignated former subpar. (B) as (C).
      Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 105-206, Sec. 6010(a)(2), inserted
    "(including cash)" after "property".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-206 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provisions of the Taxpayer Relief
    Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105-34, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 6024 of Pub. L. 105-206, set out as a note under section 1
    of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to any constructive sale after June 8, 1997,
    with certain exceptions, see section 1001(d) of Pub. L. 105-34, set
    out as an Effective Date of 1997 Amendment note under section 475
    of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in section 475 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1260                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART IV - SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1260. Gains from constructive ownership transactions

-STATUTE-
    (a) In general
      If the taxpayer has gain from a constructive ownership
    transaction with respect to any financial asset and such gain would
    (without regard to this section) be treated as a long-term capital
    gain - 
        (1) such gain shall be treated as ordinary income to the extent
      that such gain exceeds the net underlying long-term capital gain,
      and
        (2) to the extent such gain is treated as a long-term capital
      gain after the application of paragraph (1), the determination of
      the capital gain rate (or rates) applicable to such gain under
      section 1(h) shall be determined on the basis of the respective
      rate (or rates) that would have been applicable to the net
      underlying long-term capital gain.
    (b) Interest charge on deferral of gain recognition
      (1) In general
        If any gain is treated as ordinary income for any taxable year
      by reason of subsection (a)(1), the tax imposed by this chapter
      for such taxable year shall be increased by the amount of
      interest determined under paragraph (2) with respect to each
      prior taxable year during any portion of which the constructive
      ownership transaction was open. Any amount payable under this
      paragraph shall be taken into account in computing the amount of
      any deduction allowable to the taxpayer for interest paid or
      accrued during such taxable year.
      (2) Amount of interest
        The amount of interest determined under this paragraph with
      respect to a prior taxable year is the amount of interest which
      would have been imposed under section 6601 on the underpayment of
      tax for such year which would have resulted if the gain (which is
      treated as ordinary income by reason of subsection (a)(1)) had
      been included in gross income in the taxable years in which it
      accrued (determined by treating the income as accruing at a
      constant rate equal to the applicable Federal rate as in effect
      on the day the transaction closed). The period during which such
      interest shall accrue shall end on the due date (without
      extensions) for the return of tax imposed by this chapter for the
      taxable year in which such transaction closed.
      (3) Applicable Federal rate
        For purposes of paragraph (2), the applicable Federal rate is
      the applicable Federal rate determined under section 1274(d)
      (compounded semiannually) which would apply to a debt instrument
      with a term equal to the period the transaction was open.
      (4) No credits against increase in tax
        Any increase in tax under paragraph (1) shall not be treated as
      tax imposed by this chapter for purposes of determining - 
          (A) the amount of any credit allowable under this chapter, or
          (B) the amount of the tax imposed by section 55.
    (c) Financial asset
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        The term "financial asset" means - 
          (A) any equity interest in any pass-thru entity, and
          (B) to the extent provided in regulations - 
            (i) any debt instrument, and
            (ii) any stock in a corporation which is not a pass-thru
          entity.
      (2) Pass-thru entity
        For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "pass-thru entity"
      means - 
          (A) a regulated investment company,
          (B) a real estate investment trust,
          (C) an S corporation,
          (D) a partnership,
          (E) a trust,
          (F) a common trust fund,
          (G) a passive foreign investment company (as defined in
        section 1297 without regard to subsection (e) thereof),
          (H) a foreign personal holding company,
          (I) a foreign investment company (as defined in section
        1246(b)), and
          (J) a REMIC.
    (d) Constructive ownership transaction
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        The taxpayer shall be treated as having entered into a
      constructive ownership transaction with respect to any financial
      asset if the taxpayer - 
          (A) holds a long position under a notional principal contract
        with respect to the financial asset,
          (B) enters into a forward or futures contract to acquire the
        financial asset,
          (C) is the holder of a call option, and is the grantor of a
        put option, with respect to the financial asset and such
        options have substantially equal strike prices and
        substantially contemporaneous maturity dates, or
          (D) to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the
        Secretary, enters into one or more other transactions (or
        acquires one or more positions) that have substantially the
        same effect as a transaction described in any of the preceding
        subparagraphs.
      (2) Exception for positions which are marked to market
        This section shall not apply to any constructive ownership
      transaction if all of the positions which are part of such
      transaction are marked to market under any provision of this
      title or the regulations thereunder.
      (3) Long position under notional principal contract
        A person shall be treated as holding a long position under a
      notional principal contract with respect to any financial asset
      if such person - 
          (A) has the right to be paid (or receive credit for) all or
        substantially all of the investment yield (including
        appreciation) on such financial asset for a specified period,
        and
          (B) is obligated to reimburse (or provide credit for) all or
        substantially all of any decline in the value of such financial
        asset.
      (4) Forward contract
        The term "forward contract" means any contract to acquire in
      the future (or provide or receive credit for the future value of)
      any financial asset.
    (e) Net underlying long-term capital gain
      For purposes of this section, in the case of any constructive
    ownership transaction with respect to any financial asset, the term
    "net underlying long-term capital gain" means the aggregate net
    capital gain that the taxpayer would have had if - 
        (1) the financial asset had been acquired for fair market value
      on the date such transaction was opened and sold for fair market
      value on the date such transaction was closed, and
        (2) only gains and losses that would have resulted from the
      deemed ownership under paragraph (1) were taken into account.

    The amount of the net underlying long-term capital gain with
    respect to any financial asset shall be treated as zero unless the
    amount thereof is established by clear and convincing evidence.
    (f) Special rule where taxpayer takes delivery
      Except as provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, if
    a constructive ownership transaction is closed by reason of taking
    delivery, this section shall be applied as if the taxpayer had sold
    all the contracts, options, or other positions which are part of
    such transaction for fair market value on the closing date. The
    amount of gain recognized under the preceding sentence shall not
    exceed the amount of gain treated as ordinary income under
    subsection (a). Proper adjustments shall be made in the amount of
    any gain or loss subsequently realized for gain recognized and
    treated as ordinary income under this subsection.
    (g) Regulations
      The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be
    necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section,
    including regulations - 
        (1) to permit taxpayers to mark to market constructive
      ownership transactions in lieu of applying this section, and
        (2) to exclude certain forward contracts which do not convey
      substantially all of the economic return with respect to a
      financial asset.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 106-170, title V, Sec. 534(a), Dec. 17, 1999, 113
    Stat. 1931.)


-MISC1-
                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Pub. L. 106-170, title V, Sec. 534(c), Dec. 17, 1999, 113 Stat.
    1934, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [enacting
    this section] shall apply to transactions entered into after July
    11, 1999."

-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT
                     INSTRUMENTS                           01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS

-HEAD-
        PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS    

-MISC1-
    Subpart                                                  
    A.          Original issue discount.                              
    B.          Market discount on bonds.                             
    C.          Discount on short-term obligations.                   
    D.          Miscellaneous provisions.                             

                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1986 - Pub. L. 99-514, title XVIII, Sec. 1899A(72), Oct. 22,
    1986, 100 Stat. 2963, inserted "on bonds" after "discount" in item
    for subpart B.

-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC Subpart A - Original Issue Discount                  01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart A - Original Issue Discount

-HEAD-
                    SUBPART A - ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT                

-MISC1-
    Sec.                                                     
    1271.       Treatment of amounts received on retirement or sale or
                 exchange of debt instruments.                        
    1272.       Current inclusion in income of original issue
                 discount.                                            
    1273.       Determination of amount of original issue discount.   
    1274.       Determination of issue price in the case of certain
                 debt instruments issued for property.                
    1274A.      Special rules for certain transactions where stated
                 principal amount does not exceed $2,800,000.         
    1275.       Other definitions and special rules.                  

                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1985 - Pub. L. 99-121, title I, Sec. 102(d), Oct. 11, 1985, 99
    Stat. 509, added item 1274A.

-SECREF-
                   SUBPART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This subpart is referred to in sections 312, 1037, 1278 of this
    title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1271                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart A - Original Issue Discount

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1271. Treatment of amounts received on retirement or sale or
      exchange of debt instruments

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      For purposes of this title - 
      (1) Retirement
        Amounts received by the holder on retirement of any debt
      instrument shall be considered as amounts received in exchange
      therefor.
      (2) Ordinary income on sale or exchange where intention to call
        before maturity
        (A) In general
          If at the time of original issue there was an intention to
        call a debt instrument before maturity, any gain realized on
        the sale or exchange thereof which does not exceed an amount
        equal to - 
            (i) the original issue discount, reduced by
            (ii) the portion of original issue discount previously
          includible in the gross income of any holder (without regard
          to subsection (a)(7) or (b)(4) of section 1272 (or the
          corresponding provisions of prior law)),

        shall be treated as ordinary income.
        (B) Exceptions
          This paragraph (and paragraph (2) of subsection (c)) shall
        not apply to - 
            (i) any tax-exempt obligation, or
            (ii) any holder who has purchased the debt instrument at a
          premium.
      (3) Certain short-term Government obligations
        (A) In general
          On the sale or exchange of any short-term Government
        obligation, any gain realized which does not exceed an amount
        equal to the ratable share of the acquisition discount shall be
        treated as ordinary income.
        (B) Short-term Government obligation
          For purposes of this paragraph, the term "short-term
        Government obligation" means any obligation of the United
        States or any of its possessions, or of a State or any
        political subdivision thereof, or of the District of Columbia,
        which has a fixed maturity date not more than 1 year from the
        date of issue. Such term does not include any tax-exempt
        obligation.
        (C) Acquisition discount
          For purposes of this paragraph, the term "acquisition
        discount" means the excess of the stated redemption price at
        maturity over the taxpayer's basis for the obligation.
        (D) Ratable share
          For purposes of this paragraph, except as provided in
        subparagraph (E), the ratable share of the acquisition discount
        is an amount which bears the same ratio to such discount as - 
            (i) the number of days which the taxpayer held the
          obligation, bears to
            (ii) the number of days after the date the taxpayer
          acquired the obligation and up to (and including) the date of
          its maturity.
        (E) Election of accrual on basis of constant interest rate
          At the election of the taxpayer with respect to any
        obligation, the ratable share of the acquisition discount is
        the portion of the acquisition discount accruing while the
        taxpayer held the obligation determined (under regulations
        prescribed by the Secretary) on the basis of - 
            (i) the taxpayer's yield to maturity based on the
          taxpayer's cost of acquiring the obligation, and
            (ii) compounding daily.

        An election under this subparagraph, once made with respect to
        any obligation, shall be irrevocable.
      (4) Certain short-term nongovernment obligations
        (A) In general
          On the sale or exchange of any short-term nongovernment
        obligation, any gain realized which does not exceed an amount
        equal to the ratable share of the original issue discount shall
        be treated as ordinary income.
        (B) Short-term nongovernment obligation
          For purposes of this paragraph, the term "short-term
        nongovernment obligation" means any obligation which - 
            (i) has a fixed maturity date not more than 1 year from the
          date of the issue, and
            (ii) is not a short-term Government obligation (as defined
          in paragraph (3)(B) without regard to the last sentence
          thereof).
        (C) Ratable share
          For purposes of this paragraph, except as provided in
        subparagraph (D), the ratable share of the original issue
        discount is an amount which bears the same ratio to such
        discount as - 
            (i) the number of days which the taxpayer held the
          obligation, bears to
            (ii) the number of days after the date of original issue
          and up to (and including) the date of its maturity.
        (D) Election of accrual on basis of constant interest rate
          At the election of the taxpayer with respect to any
        obligation, the ratable share of the original issue discount is
        the portion of the original issue discount accruing while the
        taxpayer held the obligation determined (under regulations
        prescribed by the Secretary) on the basis of - 
            (i) the yield to maturity based on the issue price of the
          obligation, and
            (ii) compounding daily.

        Any election under this subparagraph, once made with respect to
        any obligation, shall be irrevocable.
    (b) Exception for certain obligations
      (1) In general
        This section shall not apply to - 
          (A) any obligation issued by a natural person before June 9,
        1997, and
          (B) any obligation issued before July 2, 1982, by an issuer
        which is not a corporation and is not a government or political
        subdivision thereof.
      (2) Termination
        Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any obligation purchased
      (within the meaning of section 1272(d)(1)) after June 8, 1997.
    (c) Transition rules
      (1) Special rule for certain obligations issued before January 1,
        1955
        Paragraph (1) of subsection (a) shall apply to a debt
      instrument issued before January 1, 1955, only if such instrument
      was issued with interest coupons or in registered form, or was in
      such form on March 1, 1954.
      (2) Special rule for certain obligations with respect to which
        original issue discount not currently includible
        (A) In general
          On the sale or exchange of debt instruments issued by a
        government or political subdivision thereof after December 31,
        1954, and before July 2, 1982, or by a corporation after
        December 31, 1954, and on or before May 27, 1969, any gain
        realized which does not exceed - 
            (i) an amount equal to the original issue discount, or
            (ii) if at the time of original issue there was no
          intention to call the debt instrument before maturity, an
          amount which bears the same ratio to the original issue
          discount as the number of complete months that the debt
          instrument was held by the taxpayer bears to the number of
          complete months from the date of original issue to the date
          of maturity,

        shall be considered as ordinary income.
        (B) Subsection (a)(2)(A) not to apply
          Subsection (a)(2)(A) shall not apply to any debt instrument
        referred to in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph.
        (C) Cross reference
          For current inclusion of original issue discount, see section
        1272.
    (d) Double inclusion in income not required
      This section and sections 1272 and 1286 shall not require the
    inclusion of any amount previously includible in gross income.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 531; amended Pub. L. 99-514, title XVIII, Sec.
    1803(a)(1)(A), (2), (3), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2791, 2792; Pub.
    L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1006(u)(4), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat.
    3427; Pub. L. 105-34, title X, Sec. 1003(c)(1), Aug. 5, 1997, 111
    Stat. 910.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1997 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105-34 amended heading and text of
    subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:
    "This section shall not apply to - 
        "(1) Natural persons. - Any obligation issued by a natural
      person.
        "(2) Obligations issued before July 2, 1982, by certain
      issuers. - Any obligation issued before July 2, 1982, by an
      issuer which - 
          "(A) is not a corporation, and
          "(B) is not a government or political subdivision thereof."
      1988 - Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 100-647 substituted
    "subsection (a)(7)" for "subsection (a)(6)".
      1986 - Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(3),
    amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read
    as follows: "For purposes of this paragraph, the term 'short-term
    Government obligation' means any obligation of the United States or
    any of its possessions, or of a State or any political subdivision
    thereof, or of the District of Columbia which is - 
        "(i) issued on a discount basis, and
        "(ii) payable without interest at a fixed maturity date not
      more than 1 year from the date of issue.
    Such term does not include any tax-exempt obligation."
      Subsec. (a)(3)(D). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(2)(B), inserted
    "except as provided in subparagraph (E),".
      Subsec. (a)(3)(E). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(2)(A), added
    subpar. (E).
      Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(1)(A), added par.
    (4).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1003(c)(2) of Pub. L. 105-34 provided that: "The
    amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply
    to sales, exchanges, and retirements after the date of enactment of
    this Act [Aug. 5, 1997]."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of
    1984, Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 1881 of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as a note under section 48
    of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section 44 of subtitle C (Secs. 41-44) of title I of division A
    of Pub. L. 98-369, as amended by Pub. L. 98-612, Sec. 2, Oct. 31,
    1984, 98 Stat. 3182; Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 2, title XVIII, Sec.
    1803(b), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, 2797, provided that:
      "(a) General Rule. - Except as otherwise provided in this
    section, the amendments made by this subtitle [enacting this
    section and sections 1272 to 1288 and 6706, amending sections 103A,
    163, 165, 249, 341, 405, 409, 453B, 483, 751, 811, 871, 881, 1016,
    1037, 1351, 1441, 6049, 7701, and 7805, and repealing sections
    1232, 1232A, and 1232B of this title] shall apply to taxable years
    ending after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 18, 1984].
      "(b) Treatment of Debt Instruments Received in Exchange for
    Property. - 
        "(1) In general. - 
          "(A) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, section
        1274 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C.
        1954] (as added by section 41) and the amendment made by
        section 41(b) (relating to amendment of section 483) shall
        apply to sales or exchanges after December 31, 1984.
          "(B) Section 1274 of such Code and the amendment made by
        section 41(b) shall not apply to any sale or exchange pursuant
        to a written contract which was binding on March 1, 1984, and
        at all times thereafter before the sale or exchange.
        "(2) Revision of section 482 regulations. - Not later than 180
      days after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 18, 1984],
      the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate shall modify the
      safe harbor interest rates applicable under the regulations
      prescribed under section 482 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
      so that such rates are consistent with the rates applicable under
      section 483 of such Code by reason of the amendments made by
      section 41.
        "(3) Clarification of interest accrual; fair market value rule
      in case of potentially abusive situations. - 
          "(A) In general. - 
            "(i) Clarification of interest accrual. - In the case of
          any sale or exchange - 
         "(I) after March 1, 1984, nothing in section 483 of the
          Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall permit any interest to be
          deductible before the period to which such interest is
          properly allocable, or
         "(II) after June 8, 1984, notwithstanding section 483 of the
          Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any other provision of law,
          no interest shall be deductible before the period to which
          such interest is properly allocable.
            "(ii) Fair market rule. - In the case of any sale or
          exchange after March 1, 1984, such section 483 shall be
          treated as including provisions similar to the provisions of
          section 1274(b)(3) of such Code (as added by section 41).
          "(B) Exception for binding contracts. - 
            "(i) Subparagraph (A)(i)(I) shall not apply to any sale or
          exchange pursuant to a written contract which was binding on
          March 1, 1984, and at all times thereafter before the sale or
          exchange.
            "(ii) Subparagraph (A)(i)(II) shall not apply to any sale
          or exchange pursuant to a written contract which was binding
          on June 8, 1984, and at all times thereafter before the sale
          or exchange.
          "(C) Interest accrual rule not to apply where substantially
        equal annual payments. - Clause (i) of subparagraph (A) shall
        not apply to any debt instrument with substantially equal
        annual payments.
        "(4) Special rules for sales after december 31, 1984, and
      before july 1, 1985. - 
          "(A) In general. - In the case of any sale or exchange after
        December 31, 1984, and before July 1, 1985, of property other
        than new section 38 property - 
            "(i) sections 483(c)(1)(B) and 1274(c)(3) of the Internal
          Revenue Code of 1986 shall be applied by substituting the
          testing rate determined under subparagraph (B) for 110
          percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under
          section 1274(d) of such Code, and
            "(ii) sections 483(b) and 1274(b) of such Code shall be
          applied by substituting the imputation rate determined under
          subparagraph (C) for 120 percent of the applicable Federal
          rate determined under section 1274(d) of such Code.
          "(B) Testing rate. - For purposes of this paragraph - 
            "(i) In general. - The testing rate determined under this
          subparagraph is the sum of - 
         "(I) 9 percent, plus
         "(II) if the borrowed amount exceeds $2,000,000, the excess
          determined under clause (ii) multiplied by a fraction the
          numerator of which is the borrowed amount to the extent it
          exceeds $2,000,000, and the denominator of which is the
          borrowed amount.
            "(ii) Excess. - For purposes of clause (i), the excess
          determined under this clause is the excess of 110 percent of
          the applicable Federal rate determined under section 1274(d)
          of such Code over 9 percent.
          "(C) Imputation rate. - For purposes of this paragraph - 
            "(i) In general. - The imputation rate determined under
          this subparagraph is the sum of - 
         "(I) 10 percent, plus
         "(II) if the borrowed amount exceeds $2,000,000, the excess
          determined under clause (ii) multiplied by a fraction the
          numerator of which is the borrowed amount to the extent it
          exceeds $2,000,000, and the denominator of which is the
          borrowed amount.
            "(ii) Excess. - For purposes of clause (i), the excess
          determined under this clause is the excess of 120 percent of
          the applicable Federal rate determined under section 1274(d)
          of such Code over 10 percent.
          "(D) Borrowed amount. - For purposes of this paragraph, the
        term 'borrowed amount' means the stated principal amount.
          "(E) Aggregation rules. - For purposes of this paragraph - 
            "(i) all sales or exchanges which are part of the same
          transaction (or a series of related transactions) shall be
          treated as one sale or exchange, and
            "(ii) all debt instruments arising from the same
          transaction (or a series of related transactions) shall be
          treated as one debt instrument.
          "(F) Cash method of accounting. - In the case of any sale or
        exchange before July 1, 1985, of property (other than new
        section 38 property) used in the active business of farming and
        in which the borrowed amount does not exceed $2,000,000 - 
            "(i) section 1274 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
          shall not apply, and
            "(ii) interest on the obligation issued in connection with
          such sale or exchange shall be taken into account by both
          buyer and seller on the cash receipts and disbursements
          method of accounting.
      The Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate may by regulation
      prescribe rules to prevent the mismatching of interest income and
      interest deductions in connection with obligations on which
      interest is computed on the cash receipts and disbursements
      method of accounting.
          "(G) Clarification of application of this paragraph, etc. -
        This paragraph and paragraphs (5), (6), and (7) shall apply
        only in the case of sales or exchanges to which section 1274 or
        483 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954]
        (as amended by section 41) applies.
        "(5) General rule for assumptions of loans. - Except as
      provided in paragraphs (6) and (7), if any person - 
          "(A) assumes, in connection with the sale or exchange of
        property, any debt obligation, or
          "(B) acquires any property subject to any debt obligation,
      sections 1274 and 483 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall
      apply to such debt obligation by reason of such assumption (or
      such acquisition).
        "(6) Exception for assumptions of loans made on or before
      october 15, 1984. - 
          "(A) In general. - If any person - 
            "(i) assumes, in connection with the sale or exchange of
          property, any debt obligation described in subparagraph (B)
          and issued on or before October 15, 1984, or
            "(ii) acquires any property subject to any such debt
          obligation issued on or before October 15, 1984,
      sections 1274 and 483 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall
      not be applied to such debt obligation by reason of such
      assumption (or such acquisition) unless the terms and conditions
      of such debt obligation are modified in connection with the
      assumption (or acquisition).
          "(B) Obligations described in this subparagraph. - A debt
        obligation is described in this subparagraph if such obligation
        - 
            "(i) was issued on or before October 15, 1984, and
            "(ii) was assumed (or property was taken subject to such
          obligation) in connection with the sale or exchange of
          property (including a deemed sale under section 338 (a)) the
          sales price of which is not greater than $100,000,000.
          "(C) Regulations. - The Secretary shall prescribe such
        regulations as may be appropriate to effect the purpose of this
        paragraph and paragraph (5), including regulations relating to
        tax-exempt obligations, government subsidized loans, or other
        instruments.
          "(D) Certain exempt transactions. - The Secretary shall
        prescribe regulations under which any transaction shall be
        exempt from the application of this paragraph if such exemption
        is not likely to significantly reduce the tax liability of the
        purchaser by reason of the overstatement of the adjusted basis
        of the acquired asset.
        "(7) Exception for assumptions of loans with respect to certain
      property. - 
          "(A) In general. - If any person - 
            "(i) assumes, in connection with the sale or exchange of
          property described in subparagraph (B), any debt obligation,
          or
            "(ii) acquires any such property subject to any such debt
          obligation,
      sections 1274 and 483 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall
      not be applied to such debt obligation by reason of such
      assumption (or such acquisition) unless the terms and conditions
      of such debt obligation are modified in connection with the
      assumption (or acquisition).
          "(B) Sales or exchanges to which this paragraph applies. -
        This paragraph shall apply to any of the following sales or
        exchanges:
            "(i) Residences. - Any sale or exchange of a residence by
          an individual, an estate, or a testamentary trust, but only
          if - 
         "(I) either - 
              "(aa) such residence on the date of such sale or exchange
            (or in the case of an estate or testamentary trust, on the
            date of death of the decedent) was the principal residence
            (within the meaning of section 1034) of the individual or
            decedent, or
              "(bb) during the 2-year period ending on such date, no
            substantial portion of such residence was of a character
            subject to an allowance under this title [probably means
            the Internal Revenue Code of 1986] for depreciation (or
            amortization in lieu thereof) in the hands of such
            individual or decedent, and
         "(II) such residence was not at any time, in the hands of such
          individual, estate, testamentary trust, or decedent,
          described in section 1221(1) (relating to inventory, etc.).
            "(ii) Farms. - Any sale or exchange by a qualified person
          of - 
         "(I) real property which was used as a farm (within the
          meaning of section 6420(c)(2)) at all times during the 3-year
          period ending on the date of such sale or exchange, or
         "(II) tangible personal property which was used in the active
          conduct of the trade or business of farming on such farm and
          is sold in connection with the sale of such farm,
         but only if such property is sold or exchanged for use in the
         active conduct of the trade or business of farming by the
         transferee of such property.
            "(iii) Trades or businesses. - 
         "(I) In general. - Any sale or exchange by a qualified person
          of any trade or business.
         "(II) Application with subparagraph (b). - This subparagraph
          shall not apply to any sale or exchange of any property
          described in subparagraph (B).
         "(III) New section 38 property. - This subparagraph shall not
          apply to the sale or exchange of any property which, in the
          hands of the transferee, is new section 38 property.
            "(iv) Sale of business real estate. - Any sale or exchange
          of any real property used in an active trade or business by a
          person who would be a qualified person if he disposed of his
          entire interest.
      This subparagraph shall not apply to any transaction described in
      the last sentence of paragraph (6)(B) (relating to transaction in
      excess of $100,000,000).
          "(C) Definitions. - For purposes of this paragraph - 
            "(i) Qualified person defined. - The term 'qualified
          person' means - 
         "(I) a person who - 
              "(aa) is an individual, estate, or testamentary trust,
              "(bb) is a corporation which immediately prior to the
            date of the sale or exchange has 35 or fewer shareholders,
            or
              "(cc) is a partnership which immediately prior to the
            date of the sale or exchange has 35 or fewer partners,
         "(II) is a 10-percent owner of a farm or a trade or business,
         "(III) pursuant to a plan, disposes of - 
              "(aa) an interest in a farm or farm property, or
              "(bb) his entire interest in a trade or business and all
            substantially similar trades or businesses, and
         "(IV) the ownership interest of whom may be readily
          established by reason of qualified allocations (of the type
          described in section 168(j)(9)(B), one class of stock, or the
          like).
            "(ii) 10-percent owner defined. - The term '10-percent
          owner' means a person having at least a 10-percent ownership
          interest, applying the attribution rules of section 318
          (other than subsection (a)(4)).
            "(iii) Trade or business defined. - 
         "(I) In general. - The term 'trade or business' means any
          trade or business, including any line of business, qualifying
          as an active trade or business within the meaning of section
          355.
         "(II) Rental of real property. - For purposes of this clause,
          the holding of real property for rental shall not be treated
          as an active trade or business.
      "(c) Market Discount Rules. - 
        "(1) Ordinary income treatment. - Section 1276 of the Internal
      Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by section 41) shall apply to
      obligations issued after the date of the enactment of this Act
      [July 18, 1984] in taxable years ending after such date.
        "(2) Interest deferral rules. - Section 1277 of such Code (as
      added by section 41) shall apply to obligations acquired after
      the date of the enactment of this Act in taxable years ending
      after such date.
      "(d) Rules Relating to Discount on Short-Term Obligations. -
    Subpart C of part V of subchapter P of chapter 1 of such Code (as
    added by section 41) shall apply to obligations acquired after the
    date of the enactment of this Act [July 18, 1984].
      "(e) 5-Year Spread of Adjustments Required by Reason of Accrual
    of Discount on Certain Short-Term Obligations. - 
        "(1) Election to have section 1281 apply to all obligations
      held during taxable year. - A taxpayer may elect for his first
      taxable year ending after the date of the enactment of this Act
      [July 18, 1984] to have section 1281 of the Internal Revenue Code
      of 1986 apply to all short-term obligations described in
      subsection (b) of such section which were held by the taxpayer at
      any time during such first taxable year.
        "(2) 5-year spread. - 
          "(A) In general. - In the case of any taxpayer who makes an
        election under paragraph (1) - 
            "(i) the provisions of section 1281 of the Internal Revenue
          Code of 1986 (as added by section 41) shall be treated as a
          change in the method of accounting of the taxpayer,
            "(ii) such change shall be treated as having been made with
          the consent of the Secretary, and
            "(iii) the net amount of the adjustments required by
          section 481(a) of such Code to be taken into account by the
          taxpayer in computing taxable income (hereinafter in this
          paragraph referred to as the 'net adjustments') shall be
          taken into account during the spread period with the amount
          taken into account in each taxable year in such period
          determined under subparagraph (B).
          "(B) Amount taken into account during each year of spread
        period. - 
            "(i) First year. - The amount taken into account for the
          first taxable year in the spread period shall be the sum of -
          
         "(I) one-fifth of the net adjustments, and
         "(II) the excess (if any) of - 
              "(a) the cash basis income over the accrual basis income,
            over
              "(b) one-fifth of the net adjustments.
            "(ii) For subsequent years in spread period. - The amount
          taken into account in the second or any succeeding taxable
          year in the spread period shall be the sum of - 
         "(I) the portion of the net adjustments not taken into account
          in the preceding taxable year of the spread period divided by
          the number of remaining taxable years in the spread period
          (including the year for which the determination is being
          made), and
         "(II) the excess (if any) of - 
              "(a) the excess of the cash basis income over the accrual
            basis income, over
              "(b) one-fifth of the net adjustments, multiplied by 5
            minus the number of years remaining in the spread period
            (not including the current year).
          The excess described in subparagraph (B)(ii)(II)(a) shall be
          reduced by any amount taken into account under this subclause
          or clause (i)(II) in any prior year.
          "(C) Spread period. - For purposes of this paragraph, the
        term 'spread period' means the period consisting of the 5
        taxable years beginning with the year for which the election is
        made under paragraph (1).
          "(D) Cash basis income. - For purposes of this paragraph, the
        term 'cash basis income' means for any taxable year the
        aggregate amount which would be includible in the gross income
        of the taxpayer with respect to short-term obligations
        described in subsection (b) of section 1281 of such Code if the
        provisions of section 1281 of such Code did not apply to such
        taxable year and all prior taxable years within the spread
        period.
          "(E) Accrual basis income. - For purposes of this paragraph,
        the term 'accrual basis income' means for any taxable year the
        aggregate amount includible in gross income under section
        1281(a) of such Code for such a taxable year and all prior
        taxable years within the spread period.
      "(f) Treatment of Original Issue Discount on Tax-Exempt
    Obligations. - Section 1288 of such Code (as added by section 41)
    shall apply to obligations issued after September 3, 1982, and
    acquired after March 1, 1984.
      "(g) Repeal of Capital Asset Requirement. - Section 1272 of such
    Code (as added by section 41) shall not apply to any obligation
    issued on or before December 31, 1984, which is not a capital asset
    in the hands of the taxpayer.
      "(h) Reporting Requirements. - Section 1275(c) of such Code (as
    added by section 41) and the amendments made by section 41(c)
    [enacting section 6706 of this title] shall take effect on the day
    30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 18,
    1984].
      "(i) Other Miscellaneous Changes. - 
        "(1) Accrual period. - In the case of any obligation issued
      after July 1, 1982, and before January 1, 1985, the accrual
      period, for purposes of section 1272(a) of the Internal Revenue
      Code of 1986 (as amended by section 41(a)), shall be a 1-year
      period (or shorter period to maturity) beginning on the day in
      the calendar year which corresponds to the date of original issue
      of the obligation.
        "(2) Change in reduction for purchase after original issue. -
      Section 1272(a)(6) of such Code (as so amended) shall not apply
      to any purchase on or before the date of the enactment of this
      Act [July 18, 1984], and the rules of section 1232A(a)(6) of such
      Code (as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of
      this Act) shall continue to apply to such purchase.
      "(j) Clarification That Prior Effective Date Rules Not Affected.
    - Nothing in the amendment made by section 41(a) shall affect the
    application of any effective date provision (including any
    transitional rule) for any provision which was a predecessor to any
    provision contained in part V of subchapter P of chapter 1 of the
    Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (as added by section 41)."
      [Amendment of section 44 of Pub. L. 98-369, set out above, by
    Pub. L. 98-612 (which added pars. (4) to (7) to subsec. (b)) not
    applicable to sales and exchanges after June 30, 1985, in taxable
    years ending after such date, see section 105(a)(1) of Pub. L.
    99-121, set out as an Effective Date of 1985 Amendment note under
    section 1274 of this title.]

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 263, 1037, 1283, 1286 of
    this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1272                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart A - Original Issue Discount

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1272. Current inclusion in income of original issue discount

-STATUTE-
    (a) Original issue discount on debt instruments issued after July
      1, 1982, included in income on basis of constant interest rate
      (1) General rule
        For purposes of this title, there shall be included in the
      gross income of the holder of any debt instrument having original
      issue discount issued after July 1, 1982, an amount equal to the
      sum of the daily portions of the original issue discount for each
      day during the taxable year on which such holder held such debt
      instrument.
      (2) Exceptions
        Paragraph (1) shall not apply to - 
        (A) Tax-exempt obligations
          Any tax-exempt obligation.
        (B) United States savings bonds
          Any United States savings bond.
        (C) Short-term obligations
          Any debt instrument which has a fixed maturity date not more
        than 1 year from the date of issue.
        (D) Obligations issued by natural persons before March 2, 1984
          Any obligation issued by a natural person before March 2,
        1984.
        (E) Loans between natural persons
          (i) In general
            Any loan made by a natural person to another natural person
          if - 
              (I) such loan is not made in the course of a trade or
            business of the lender, and
              (II) the amount of such loan (when increased by the
            outstanding amount of prior loans by such natural person to
            such other natural person) does not exceed $10,000.
          (ii) Clause (i) not to apply where tax avoidance a principal
            purpose
            Clause (i) shall not apply if the loan has as 1 of its
          principal purposes the avoidance of any Federal tax.
          (iii) Treatment of husband and wife
            For purposes of this subparagraph, a husband and wife shall
          be treated as 1 person. The preceding sentence shall not
          apply where the spouses lived apart at all times during the
          taxable year in which the loan is made.
      (3) Determination of daily portions
        For purposes of paragraph (1), the daily portion of the
      original issue discount on any debt instrument shall be
      determined by allocating to each day in any accrual period its
      ratable portion of the increase during such accrual period in the
      adjusted issue price of the debt instrument. For purposes of the
      preceding sentence, the increase in the adjusted issue price for
      any accrual period shall be an amount equal to the excess (if
      any) of - 
          (A) the product of - 
            (i) the adjusted issue price of the debt instrument at the
          beginning of such accrual period, and
            (ii) the yield to maturity (determined on the basis of
          compounding at the close of each accrual period and properly
          adjusted for the length of the accrual period), over

          (B) the sum of the amounts payable as interest on such debt
        instrument during such accrual period.
      (4) Adjusted issue price
        For purposes of this subsection, the adjusted issue price of
      any debt instrument at the beginning of any accrual period is the
      sum of - 
          (A) the issue price of such debt instrument, plus
          (B) the adjustments under this subsection to such issue price
        for all periods before the first day of such accrual period.
      (5) Accrual period
        Except as otherwise provided in regulations prescribed by the
      Secretary, the term "accrual period" means a 6-month period (or
      shorter period from the date of original issue of the debt
      instrument) which ends on a day in the calendar year
      corresponding to the maturity date of the debt instrument or the
      date 6 months before such maturity date.
      (6) Determination of daily portions where principal subject to
        acceleration
        (A) In general
          In the case of any debt instrument to which this paragraph
        applies, the daily portion of the original issue discount shall
        be determined by allocating to each day in any accrual period
        its ratable portion of the excess (if any) of - 
            (i) the sum of (I) the present value determined under
          subparagraph (B) of all remaining payments under the debt
          instrument as of the close of such period, and (II) the
          payments during the accrual period of amounts included in the
          stated redemption price of the debt instrument, over
            (ii) the adjusted issue price of such debt instrument at
          the beginning of such period.
        (B) Determination of present value
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the present value shall be
        determined on the basis of - 
            (i) the original yield to maturity (determined on the basis
          of compounding at the close of each accrual period and
          properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period),
            (ii) events which have occurred before the close of the
          accrual period, and
            (iii) a prepayment assumption determined in the manner
          prescribed by regulations.
        (C) Debt instruments to which paragraph applies
          This paragraph applies to - 
            (i) any regular interest in a REMIC or qualified mortgage
          held by a REMIC,
            (ii) any other debt instrument if payments under such debt
          instrument may be accelerated by reason of prepayments of
          other obligations securing such debt instrument (or, to the
          extent provided in regulations, by reason of other events),
          or
            (iii) any pool of debt instruments the yield on which may
          be affected by reason of prepayments (or to the extent
          provided in regulations, by reason of other events).

        To the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the
        Secretary, in the case of a small business engaged in the trade
        or business of selling tangible personal property at retail,
        clause (iii) shall not apply to debt instruments incurred in
        the ordinary course of such trade or business while held by
        such business.
      (7) Reduction where subsequent holder pays acquisition premium
        (A) Reduction
          For purposes of this subsection, in the case of any purchase
        after its original issue of a debt instrument to which this
        subsection applies, the daily portion for any day shall be
        reduced by an amount equal to the amount which would be the
        daily portion for such day (without regard to this paragraph)
        multiplied by the fraction determined under subparagraph (B).
        (B) Determination of fraction
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the fraction determined
        under this subparagraph is a fraction - 
            (i) the numerator of which is the excess (if any) of - 
              (I) the cost of such debt instrument incurred by the
            purchaser, over
              (II) the issue price of such debt instrument, increased
            by the portion of original issue discount previously
            includible in the gross income of any holder (computed
            without regard to this paragraph), and

            (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of the daily
          portions for such debt instrument for all days after the date
          of such purchase and ending on the stated maturity date
          (computed without regard to this paragraph).
    (b) Ratable inclusion retained for corporate debt instruments
      issued before July 2, 1982
      (1) General rule
        There shall be included in the gross income of the holder of
      any debt instrument issued by a corporation after May 27, 1969,
      and before July 2, 1982 - 
          (A) the ratable monthly portion of original issue discount,
        multiplied by
          (B) the number of complete months (plus any fractional part
        of a month determined under paragraph (3)) such holder held
        such debt instrument during the taxable year.
      (2) Determination of ratable monthly portion
        Except as provided in paragraph (4), the ratable monthly
      portion of original issue discount shall equal - 
          (A) the original issue discount, divided by
          (B) the number of complete months from the date of original
        issue to the stated maturity date of the debt instrument.
      (3) Month defined
        For purposes of this subsection - 
        (A) Complete month
          A complete month commences with the date of original issue
        and the corresponding day of each succeeding calendar month (or
        the last day of a calendar month in which there is no
        corresponding day).
        (B) Transfers during month
          In any case where a debt instrument is acquired on any day
        other than a day determined under subparagraph (A), the ratable
        monthly portion of original issue discount for the complete
        month (or partial month) in which such acquisition occurs shall
        be allocated between the transferor and the transferee in
        accordance with the number of days in such complete (or
        partial) month each held the debt instrument.
      (4) Reduction where subsequent holder pays acquisition premium
        (A) Reduction
          For purposes of this subsection, the ratable monthly portion
        of original issue discount shall not include its share of the
        acquisition premium.
        (B) Share of acquisition premium
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), any month's share of the
        acquisition premium is an amount (determined at the time of the
        purchase) equal to - 
            (i) the excess of - 
              (I) the cost of such debt instrument incurred by the
            holder, over
              (II) the issue price of such debt instrument, increased
            by the portion of original issue discount previously
            includible in the gross income of any holder (computed
            without regard to this paragraph),

            (ii) divided by the number of complete months (plus any
          fractional part of a month) from the date of such purchase to
          the stated maturity date of such debt instrument.
    (c) Exceptions
      This section shall not apply to any holder - 
        (1) who has purchased the debt instrument at a premium, or
        (2) which is a life insurance company to which section 811(b)
      applies.
    (d) Definition and special rule
      (1) Purchase defined
        For purposes of this section, the term "purchase" means - 
          (A) any acquisition of a debt instrument, where
          (B) the basis of the debt instrument is not determined in
        whole or in part by reference to the adjusted basis of such
        debt instrument in the hands of the person from whom acquired.
      (2) Basis adjustment
        The basis of any debt instrument in the hands of the holder
      thereof shall be increased by the amount included in his gross
      income pursuant to this section.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 533; amended Pub. L. 99-514, title VI, Sec. 672, Oct. 22,
    1986, 100 Stat. 2318; Pub. L. 105-34, title X, Sec. 1004(a), Aug.
    5, 1997, 111 Stat. 911.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1997 - Subsec. (a)(6)(C). Pub. L. 105-34 added cl. (iii) and
    concluding provisions.
      1986 - Subsec. (a)(6), (7). Pub. L. 99-514 added par. (6) and
    redesignated former par. (6) as (7).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1004(b)(1) of Pub. L. 105-34 provided that: "The
    amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall apply
    to taxable years beginning after the date of the enactment of this
    Act [Aug. 5, 1997]."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to debt instruments issued
    after Dec. 31, 1986, in taxable years ending after such date, see
    section 675(b) of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as an Effective Date note
    under section 860A of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    but not applicable to any obligation issued on or before Dec. 31,
    1984, which is not a capital asset in the hands of the taxpayer,
    and subsec. (a)(6) of this section not applicable to any purchase
    on or before July 18, 1984, see section 44 of Pub. L. 98-369, as
    amended, set out as a note under section 1271 of this title.

                      CHANGE IN METHOD OF ACCOUNTING                  
      Section 1004(b)(2) of Pub. L. 105-34 provided that: "In the case
    of any taxpayer required by this section [amending this section and
    enacting provisions set out as a note above] to change its method
    of accounting for its first taxable year beginning after the date
    of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 5, 1997] - 
        "(A) such change shall be treated as initiated by the taxpayer,
        "(B) such change shall be treated as made with the consent of
      the Secretary of the Treasury, and
        "(C) the net amount of the adjustments required to be taken
      into account by the taxpayer under section 481 of the Internal
      Revenue Code of 1986 shall be taken into account ratably over the
      4-taxable year period beginning with such first taxable year."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 163, 171, 305, 483, 857,
    860B, 860H, 871, 1271, 1275, 1276, 1278, 1286, 1288, 6049, 7872 of
    this title; title 31 section 3101.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1273                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart A - Original Issue Discount

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1273. Determination of amount of original issue discount

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      For purposes of this subpart - 
      (1) In general
        The term "original issue discount" means the excess (if any) of
      - 
          (A) the stated redemption price at maturity, over
          (B) the issue price.
      (2) Stated redemption price at maturity
        The term "stated redemption price at maturity" means the amount
      fixed by the last modification of the purchase agreement and
      includes interest and other amounts payable at that time (other
      than any interest based on a fixed rate, and payable
      unconditionally at fixed periodic intervals of 1 year or less
      during the entire term of the debt instrument).
      (3)  1/4  of 1 percent de minimis rule
        If the original issue discount determined under paragraph (1)
      is less than - 
          (A)  1/4  of 1 percent of the stated redemption price at
        maturity, multiplied by
          (B) the number of complete years to maturity,

      then the original issue discount shall be treated as zero.
    (b) Issue price
      For purposes of this subpart - 
      (1) Publicly offered debt instruments not issued for property
        In the case of any issue of debt instruments - 
          (A) publicly offered, and
          (B) not issued for property,

      the issue price is the initial offering price to the public
      (excluding bond houses and brokers) at which price a substantial
      amount of such debt instruments was sold.
      (2) Other debt instruments not issued for property
        In the case of any issue of debt instruments not issued for
      property and not publicly offered, the issue price of each such
      instrument is the price paid by the first buyer of such debt
      instrument.
      (3) Debt instruments issued for property where there is public
        trading
        In the case of a debt instrument which is issued for property
      and which - 
          (A) is part of an issue a portion of which is traded on an
        established securities market, or
          (B)(i) is issued for stock or securities which are traded on
        an established securities market, or
          (ii) to the extent provided in regulations, is issued for
        property (other than stock or securities) of a kind regularly
        traded on an established market,

      the issue price of such debt instrument shall be the fair market
      value of such property.
      (4) Other cases
        Except in any case - 
          (A) to which paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of this subsection
        applies, or
          (B) to which section 1274 applies,

      the issue price of a debt instrument which is issued for property
      shall be the stated redemption price at maturity.
      (5) Property
        In applying this subsection, the term "property" includes
      services and the right to use property, but such term does not
      include money.
    (c) Special rules for applying subsection (b)
      For purposes of subsection (b) - 
      (1) Initial offering price; price paid by the first buyer
        The terms "initial offering price" and "price paid by the first
      buyer" include the aggregate payments made by the purchaser under
      the purchase agreement, including modifications thereof.
      (2) Treatment of investment units
        In the case of any debt instrument and an option, security, or
      other property issued together as an investment unit - 
          (A) the issue price for such unit shall be determined in
        accordance with the rules of this subsection and subsection (b)
        as if it were a debt instrument,
          (B) the issue price determined for such unit shall be
        allocated to each element of such unit on the basis of the
        relationship of the fair market value of such element to the
        fair market value of all elements in such unit, and
          (C) the issue price of any debt instrument included in such
        unit shall be the portion of the issue price of the unit
        allocated to the debt instrument under subparagraph (B).

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 536; amended Pub. L. 99-514, title XVIII, Sec.
    1803(a)(10), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2794.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1986 - Subsec. (b)(3)(B). Pub. L. 99-514 amended subpar. (B)
    generally, designating existing provisions as cl. (i) and adding
    cl. (ii).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of
    1984, Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 1881 of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as a note under section 48
    of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    except as otherwise provided, see section 44 of Pub. L. 98-369, set
    out as a note under section 1271 of this title.

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 108, 143, 148, 163, 249,
    305, 483, 811, 834, 860G, 871, 881, 1274, 1275, 1283, 1286, 1288,
    1351, 1441, 6049 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1274                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart A - Original Issue Discount

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1274. Determination of issue price in the case of certain debt
      instruments issued for property

-STATUTE-
    (a) In general
      In the case of any debt instrument to which this section applies,
    for purposes of this subpart, the issue price shall be - 
        (1) where there is adequate stated interest, the stated
      principal amount, or
        (2) in any other case, the imputed principal amount.
    (b) Imputed principal amount
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        Except as provided in paragraph (3), the imputed principal
      amount of any debt instrument shall be equal to the sum of the
      present values of all payments due under such debt instrument.
      (2) Determination of present value
        For purposes of paragraph (1), the present value of a payment
      shall be determined in the manner provided by regulations
      prescribed by the Secretary - 
          (A) as of the date of the sale or exchange, and
          (B) by using a discount rate equal to the applicable Federal
        rate, compounded semiannually.
      (3) Fair market value rule in potentially abusive situations
        (A) In general
          In the case of any potentially abusive situation, the imputed
        principal amount of any debt instrument received in exchange
        for property shall be the fair market value of such property
        adjusted to take into account other consideration involved in
        the transaction.
        (B) Potentially abusive situation defined
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "potentially
        abusive situation" means - 
            (i) a tax shelter (as defined in section
          6662(d)(2)(C)(iii)), and
            (ii) any other situation which, by reason of - 
              (I) recent sales transactions,
              (II) nonrecourse financing,
              (III) financing with a term in excess of the economic
            life of the property, or
              (IV) other circumstances,

          is of a type which the Secretary specifies by regulations as
          having potential for tax avoidance.
    (c) Debt instruments to which section applies
      (1) In general
        Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, this section
      shall apply to any debt instrument given in consideration for the
      sale or exchange of property if - 
          (A) the stated redemption price at maturity for such debt
        instrument exceeds - 
            (i) where there is adequate stated interest, the stated
          principal amount, or
            (ii) in any other case, the imputed principal amount of
          such debt instrument determined under subsection (b), and

          (B) some or all of the payments due under such debt
        instrument are due more than 6 months after the date of such
        sale or exchange.
      (2) Adequate stated interest
        For purposes of this section, there is adequate stated interest
      with respect to any debt instrument if the stated principal
      amount for such debt instrument is less than or equal to the
      imputed principal amount of such debt instrument determined under
      subsection (b).
      (3) Exceptions
        This section shall not apply to - 
        (A) Sales for $1,000,000 or less of farms by individuals or
          small businesses
          (i) In general
            Any debt instrument arising from the sale or exchange of a
          farm (within the meaning of section 6420(c)(2)) - 
              (I) by an individual, estate, or testamentary trust,
              (II) by a corporation which as of the date of the sale or
            exchange is a small business corporation (as defined in
            section 1244(c)(3)), or
              (III) by a partnership which as of the date of the sale
            or exchange meets requirements similar to those of section
            1244(c)(3).
          (ii) $1,000,000 limitation
            Clause (i) shall apply only if it can be determined at the
          time of the sale or exchange that the sales price cannot
          exceed $1,000,000. For purposes of the preceding sentence,
          all sales and exchanges which are part of the same
          transaction (or a series of related transactions) shall be
          treated as 1 sale or exchange.
        (B) Sales of principal residences
          Any debt instrument arising from the sale or exchange by an
        individual of his principal residence (within the meaning of
        section 121).
        (C) Sales involving total payments of $250,000 or less
          (i) In general
            Any debt instrument arising from the sale or exchange of
          property if the sum of the following amounts does not exceed
          $250,000:
              (I) the aggregate amount of the payments due under such
            debt instrument and all other debt instruments received as
            consideration for the sale or exchange, and
              (II) the aggregate amount of any other consideration to
            be received for the sale or exchange.
          (ii) Consideration other than debt instrument taken into
            account at fair market value
            For purposes of clause (i), any consideration (other than a
          debt instrument) shall be taken into account at its fair
          market value.
          (iii) Aggregation of transactions
            For purposes of this subparagraph, all sales and exchanges
          which are part of the same transaction (or a series of
          related transactions) shall be treated as 1 sale or exchange.
        (D) Debt instruments which are publicly traded or issued for
          publicly traded property
          Any debt instrument to which section 1273(b)(3) applies.
        (E) Certain sales of patents
          In the case of any transfer described in section 1235(a)
        (relating to sale or exchange of patents), any amount
        contingent on the productivity, use, or disposition of the
        property transferred.
        (F) Sales or exchanges to which section 483(e) applies
          Any debt instrument to the extent section 483(e) (relating to
        certain land transfers between related persons) applies to such
        instrument.
      (4) Exception for assumptions
        If any person - 
          (A) in connection with the sale or exchange of property,
        assumes any debt instrument, or
          (B) acquires any property subject to any debt instrument,

      in determining whether this section or section 483 applies to
      such debt instrument, such assumption (or such acquisition) shall
      not be taken into account unless the terms and conditions of such
      debt instrument are modified (or the nature of the transaction is
      changed) in connection with the assumption (or acquisition).
    (d) Determination of applicable Federal rate
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) Applicable Federal rate
        (A) In general


          In the case of a                 The applicable Federal       
           debt instrument                        rate is:              
           with a term of:                                              
    --------------------------------------------------------------------
      Not over 3 years              The Federal short-term rate.        
      Over 3 years but    not       The Federal mid-term rate.          
       over 9 years                                                     
      Over 9 years                  The Federal long-term rate.         
    --------------------------------------------------------------------

        (B) Determination of rates
          During each calendar month, the Secretary shall determine the
        Federal short-term rate, mid-term rate, and long-term rate
        which shall apply during the following calendar month.
        (C) Federal rate for any calendar month
          For purposes of this paragraph - 
          (i) Federal short-term rate
            The Federal short-term rate shall be the rate determined by
          the Secretary based on the average market yield (during any
          1-month period selected by the Secretary and ending in the
          calendar month in which the determination is made) on
          outstanding marketable obligations of the United States with
          remaining periods to maturity of 3 years or less.
          (ii) Federal mid-term and long-term rates
            The Federal mid-term and long-term rate shall be determined
          in accordance with the principles of clause (i).
        (D) Lower rate permitted in certain cases
          The Secretary may by regulations permit a rate to be used
        with respect to any debt instrument which is lower than the
        applicable Federal rate if the taxpayer establishes to the
        satisfaction of the Secretary that such lower rate is based on
        the same principles as the applicable Federal rate and is
        appropriate for the term of such instrument.
      (2) Lowest 3-month rate applicable to any sale or exchange
        (A) In general
          In the case of any sale or exchange, the applicable Federal
        rate shall be the lowest 3-month rate.
        (B) Lowest 3-month rate
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "lowest 3-month
        rate" means the lowest of the applicable Federal rates in
        effect for any month in the 3-calendar-month period ending with
        the 1st calendar month in which there is a binding contract in
        writing for such sale or exchange.
      (3) Term of debt instrument
        In determining the term of a debt instrument for purposes of
      this subsection, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary,
      there shall be taken into account options to renew or extend.
    (e) 110 Percent rate where sale-leaseback involved
      (1) In general
        In the case of any debt instrument to which this subsection
      applies, the discount rate used under subsection (b)(2)(B) or
      section 483(b) shall be 110 percent of the applicable Federal
      rate, compounded semiannually.
      (2) Lower discount rates shall not apply
        Section 1274A shall not apply to any debt instrument to which
      this subsection applies.
      (3) Debt instruments to which this subsection applies
        This subsection shall apply to any debt instrument given in
      consideration for the sale or exchange of any property if,
      pursuant to a plan, the transferor or any related person leases a
      portion of such property after such sale or exchange.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 538; amended Pub. L. 99-121, title I, Secs. 101(a)(1),
    (b), (c), 102(b), Oct. 11, 1985, 99 Stat. 505, 506, 508; Pub. L.
    99-514, title XVIII, Sec. 1803(a)(14)(A), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat.
    2797; Pub. L. 101-239, title VII, Sec. 7721(c)(11), Dec. 19, 1989,
    103 Stat. 2400; Pub. L. 104-188, title I, Sec. 1704(t)(78), Aug.
    20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1891; Pub. L. 105-34, title III, Sec.
    312(d)(1), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 839.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1997 - Subsec. (c)(3)(B). Pub. L. 105-34 substituted "section
    121" for "section 1034".
      1996 - Subsec. (b)(3)(B)(i). Pub. L. 104-188 substituted "section
    6662(d)(2)(C)(iii)" for "section 6662(d)(2)(C)(ii)".
      1989 - Subsec. (b)(3)(B)(i). Pub. L. 101-239 substituted "section
    6662(d)(2)(C)(ii)" for "section 6661(b)(2)(C)(ii)".
      1986 - Subsec. (c)(3)(A). Pub. L. 99-514 substituted "for
    $1,000,000 or less" for "for less than $1,000,000" in heading of
    subsec. (c)(4)(A) as so designated prior to its redesignation as
    subsec. (c)(3)(A) by Pub. L. 99-121, Sec. 101(a)(1)(D), see 1985
    Amendment note below.
      1985 - Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 99-121, Sec. 101(a)(1)(A),
    struck out "120 percent of" after "rate equal to".
      Subsec. (c)(1)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 99-121, Sec. 101(a)(1)(B), amended
    cl. (ii) generally, substituting "the imputed principal amount of
    such debt instrument determined under subsection (b)" for "the
    testing amount".
      Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 99-121, Sec. 101(a)(1)(C), substituted
    "the imputed principal amount of such debt instrument determined
    under subsection (b)" for "the testing amount".
      Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 99-121, Sec. 101(a)(1)(D), redesignated
    par. (4) as (3). Former par. (3), defining "testing amount", was
    struck out.
      Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 99-121, Sec. 102(b), added par. (4).
    Former par. (4) redesignated (3).
      Subsec. (d)(1)(B) to (D). Pub. L. 99-121, Sec. 101(b)(1), amended
    subpars. (B) to (D) generally, in subpar. (B) substituting
    provisions setting a monthly schedule for the determination of
    Federal rates for provisions which had formerly set a semi-annual
    schedule for the determination of such rates, in subpar. (C)
    substituting provisions setting a monthly schedule for the
    determination of Federal short-term, mid-term, and long-term rates
    based on the average market yield during any 1-month period ending
    in the month in which the determination is made for former
    provisions which had directed that the Federal rate determined
    under subpar. (A) apply during the appropriate 6-month period, and
    in subpar. (D) substituting provisions allowing a lower rate in
    certain cases for provisions relating to the setting of the Federal
    rate for any 6-month period.
      Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 99-121, Sec. 101(b)(2), amended par. (2)
    generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: "In the
    case of any sale or exchange, the determination of the applicable
    Federal rate shall be made as of the first day on which there is a
    binding contract in writing for the sale or exchange."
      Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99-121, Sec. 101(c), added subsec. (e).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-34 applicable to sales and exchanges
    after May 6, 1997, with certain exceptions, see section 312(d) of
    Pub. L. 105-34, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1989 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 101-239 applicable to returns the due date
    for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec.
    31, 1989, see section 7721(d) of Pub. L. 101-239, set out as a note
    under section 461 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of
    1984, Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 1881 of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as a note under section 48
    of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1985 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 105(a) of Pub. L. 99-121, as amended by Pub. L. 99-514,
    Sec. 2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that:
      "(1) In general. - Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
    amendments made by sections 101 and 102 [enacting section 1274A and
    amending this section and sections 280G and 483 of this title]
    shall apply to sales and exchanges after June 30, 1985, in taxable
    years ending after such date. The amendment made by section 2 of
    Public Law 98-612 [amending section 44(b) of Pub. L. 98-369, set
    out as a note under section 1271 of this title] shall not apply to
    sales and exchanges after June 30, 1985, in taxable years ending
    after such date.
      "(2) Regulatory authority to establish lower rate. - Section
    1274(d)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C.
    1954], as added by section 101(b), shall apply as if included in
    the amendments made by section 41 of the Tax Reform Act of 1984
    [Pub. L. 98-369, see Effective Date note set out under section 1271
    of this title]."

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    and applicable to sales or exchanges after Dec. 31, 1984, but not
    applicable to any sale or exchange pursuant to a written contract
    which was binding on Mar. 1, 1984, and at all times thereafter
    before the sale or exchange, see section 44 of Pub. L. 98-369, set
    out as a note under section 1271 of this title.

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

         TRANSITIONAL RULE FOR PURPOSES OF IMPUTED INTEREST RULES     
      Provisions respecting treatment of debt instruments received in
    exchange for property, relating to special rules for sales after
    Dec. 31, 1984, and before July 1, 1985, general rule for
    assumptions of loans, exception for assumptions of loans made on or
    before Oct. 15, 1984, and exception for assumptions of loans with
    respect to certain property, see section 44(b)(4)-(7) of Pub. L.
    98-369, as amended, set out as an Effective Date note under section
    1271 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 42, 108, 143, 148, 163,
    167, 249, 280G, 382, 411, 412, 453, 460, 467, 468, 483, 514, 846,
    860B, 860E, 860I, 954, 988, 1258, 1260, 1273, 1274A, 1275, 1288,
    1298, 6621, 7520, 7872 of this title; title 29 sections 1054, 1082,
    1083, 1084.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1274A                                           01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart A - Original Issue Discount

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1274A. Special rules for certain transactions where stated
      principal amount does not exceed $2,800,000

-STATUTE-
    (a) Lower discount rate
      In the case of any qualified debt instrument, the discount rate
    used for purposes of sections 483 and 1274 shall not exceed 9
    percent, compounded semiannually.
    (b) Qualified debt instrument defined
      For purposes of this section, the term "qualified debt
    instrument" means any debt instrument given in consideration for
    the sale or exchange of property (other than new section 38
    property within the meaning of section 48(b), as in effect on the
    day before the date of the enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation
    Act of 1990) if the stated principal amount of such instrument does
    not exceed $2,800,000.
    (c) Election to use cash method where stated principal amount does
      not exceed $2,000,000
      (1) In general
        In the case of any cash method debt instrument - 
          (A) section 1274 shall not apply, and
          (B) interest on such debt instrument shall be taken into
        account by both the borrower and the lender under the cash
        receipts and disbursements method of accounting.
      (2) Cash method debt instrument
        For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "cash method debt
      instrument" means any qualified debt instrument if - 
          (A) the stated principal amount does not exceed $2,000,000,
          (B) the lender does not use an accrual method of accounting
        and is not a dealer with respect to the property sold or
        exchanged,
          (C) section 1274 would have applied to such instrument but
        for an election under this subsection, and
          (D) an election under this subsection is jointly made with
        respect to such debt instrument by the borrower and lender.
      (3) Successors bound by election
        (A) In general
          Except as provided in subparagraph (B), paragraph (1) shall
        apply to any successor to the borrower or lender with respect
        to a cash method debt instrument.
        (B) Exception where lender transfers debt instrument to accrual
          method taxpayer
          If the lender (or any successor) transfers any cash method
        debt instrument to a taxpayer who uses an accrual method of
        accounting, this paragraph shall not apply with respect to such
        instrument for periods after such transfer.
      (4) Fair market value rule in potentially abusive situations
        In the case of any cash method debt instrument, section 483
      shall be applied as if it included provisions similar to the
      provisions of section 1274(b)(3).
    (d) Other special rules
      (1) Aggregation rules
        For purposes of this section - 
          (A) all sales or exchanges which are part of the same
        transaction (or a series of related transactions) shall be
        treated as 1 sale or exchange, and
          (B) all debt instruments arising from the same transaction
        (or a series of related transactions) shall be treated as 1
        debt instrument.
      (2) Inflation adjustments
        (A) In general
          In the case of any debt instrument arising out of a sale or
        exchange during any calendar year after 1989, each dollar
        amount contained in the preceding provisions of this section
        shall be increased by the inflation adjustment for such
        calendar year. Any increase under the preceding sentence shall
        be rounded to the nearest multiple of $100 (or, if such
        increase is a multiple of $50, such increase shall be increased
        to the nearest multiple of $100).
        (B) Inflation adjustment
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the inflation adjustment
        for any calendar year is the percentage (if any) by which - 
            (i) the CPI for the preceding calendar year exceeds
            (ii) the CPI for calendar year 1988.

        For purposes of the preceding sentence, the CPI for any
        calendar year is the average of the Consumer Price Index as of
        the close of the 12-month period ending on September 30 of such
        calendar year.
    (e) Regulations
      The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be
    necessary to carry out the purposes of this subsection, including -
    
        (1) regulations coordinating the provisions of this section
      with other provisions of this title,
        (2) regulations necessary to prevent the avoidance of tax
      through the abuse of the provisions of subsection (c), and
        (3) regulations relating to the treatment of transfers of cash
      method debt instruments.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 99-121, title I, Sec. 102(a), Oct. 11, 1985, 99
    Stat. 506; amended Pub. L. 101-508, title XI, Sec. 11813(b)(22),
    Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388-555; Pub. L. 104-188, title I, Sec.
    1704(t)(62), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1890.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      The date of the enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of
    1990, referred to in subsec. (b), is the date of enactment of Pub.
    L. 101-508, which was approved Nov. 5, 1990.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1996 - Subsec. (c)(1)(B). Pub. L. 104-188 substituted
    "instrument" for "instument".
      1990 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101-508 inserted ", as in effect on
    the day before the date of the enactment of the Revenue
    Reconciliation Act of 1990" after "section 48(b)".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1990 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 101-508 applicable to property placed in
    service after Dec. 31, 1990, but not applicable to any transition
    property (as defined in section 49(e) of this title), any property
    with respect to which qualified progress expenditures were
    previously taken into account under section 46(d) of this title,
    and any property described in section 46(b)(2)(C) of this title, as
    such sections were in effect on Nov. 4, 1990, see section 11813(c)
    of Pub. L. 101-508, set out as a note under section 29 of this
    title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to sales and exchanges after June 30, 1985, in
    taxable years ending after such date, see section 105(a)(1) of Pub.
    L. 99-121, set out as an Effective Date of 1985 Amendment note
    under section 1274 of this title.

                             SAVINGS PROVISION                         
      For provisions that nothing in amendment by Pub. L. 101-508 be
    construed to affect treatment of certain transactions occurring,
    property acquired, or items of income, loss, deduction, or credit
    taken into account prior to Nov. 5, 1990, for purposes of
    determining liability for tax for periods ending after Nov. 5,
    1990, see section 11821(b) of Pub. L. 101-508, set out as a note
    under section 29 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 483, 1274 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1275                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart A - Original Issue Discount

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1275. Other definitions and special rules

-STATUTE-
    (a) Definitions
      For purposes of this subpart - 
      (1) Debt instrument
        (A) In general
          Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term "debt
        instrument" means a bond, debenture, note, or certificate or
        other evidence of indebtedness.
        (B) Exception for certain annuity contracts
          The term "debt instrument" shall not include any annuity
        contract to which section 72 applies and which - 
            (i) depends (in whole or in substantial part) on the life
          expectancy of 1 or more individuals, or
            (ii) is issued by an insurance company subject to tax under
          subchapter L (or by an entity described in section 501(c) and
          exempt from tax under section 501(a) which would be subject
          to tax under subchapter L were it not so exempt) - 
              (I) in a transaction in which there is no consideration
            other than cash or another annuity contract meeting the
            requirements of this clause,
              (II) pursuant to the exercise of an election under an
            insurance contract by a beneficiary thereof on the death of
            the insured party under such contract, or
              (III) in a transaction involving a qualified pension or
            employee benefit plan.
      (2) Issue date
        (A) Publicly offered debt instruments
          In the case of any debt instrument which is publicly offered,
        the term "date of original issue" means the date on which the
        issue was first issued to the public.
        (B) Issues not publicly offered and not issued for property
          In the case of any debt instrument to which section
        1273(b)(2) applies, the term "date of original issue" means the
        date on which the debt instrument was sold by the issuer.
        (C) Other debt instruments
          In the case of any debt instrument not described in
        subparagraph (A) or (B), the term "date of original issue"
        means the date on which the debt instrument was issued in a
        sale or exchange.
      (3) Tax-exempt obligation
        The term "tax-exempt obligation" means any obligation if - 
          (A) the interest on such obligation is not includible in
        gross income under section 103, or
          (B) the interest on such obligation is exempt from tax
        (without regard to the identity of the holder) under any other
        provision of law.
      (4) Treatment of obligations distributed by corporations
        Any debt obligation of a corporation distributed by such
      corporation with respect to its stock shall be treated as if it
      had been issued by such corporation for property.
    (b) Treatment of borrower in the case of certain loans for personal
      use
      (1) Sections 1274 and 483 not to apply
        In the case of the obligor under any debt instrument given in
      consideration for the sale or exchange of property, sections 1274
      and 483 shall not apply if such property is personal use
      property.
      (2) Original issue discount deducted on cash basis in certain
        cases
        In the case of any debt instrument, if - 
          (A) such instrument - 
            (i) is incurred in connection with the acquisition or
          carrying of personal use property, and
            (ii) has original issue discount (determined after the
          application of paragraph (1)), and

          (B) the obligor under such instrument uses the cash receipts
        and disbursements method of accounting,

      notwithstanding section 163(e), the original issue discount on
      such instrument shall be deductible only when paid.
      (3) Personal use property
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "personal use
      property" means any property substantially all of the use of
      which by the taxpayer is not in connection with a trade or
      business of the taxpayer or an activity described in section 212.
      The determination of whether property is described in the
      preceding sentence shall be made as of the time of issuance of
      the debt instrument.
    (c) Information requirements
      (1) Information required to be set forth on instrument
        (A) In general
          In the case of any debt instrument having original issue
        discount, the Secretary may by regulations require that - 
            (i) the amount of the original issue discount, and
            (ii) the issue date,

        be set forth on such instrument.
        (B) Special rule for instruments not publicly offered
          In the case of any issue of debt instruments not publicly
        offered, the regulations prescribed under subparagraph (A)
        shall not require the information to be set forth on the debt
        instrument before any disposition of such instrument by the
        first buyer.
      (2) Information required to be submitted to Secretary
        In the case of any issue of publicly offered debt instruments
      having original issue discount, the issuer shall (at such time
      and in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulation
      prescribe) furnish the Secretary the following information:
          (A) The amount of the original issue discount.
          (B) The issue date.
          (C) Such other information with respect to the issue as the
        Secretary may by regulations require.

      For purposes of the preceding sentence, any person who makes a
      public offering of stripped bonds (or stripped coupons) shall be
      treated as the issuer of a publicly offered debt instrument
      having original issue discount.
      (3) Exceptions
        This subsection shall not apply to any obligation referred to
      in section 1272(a)(2) (relating to exceptions from current
      inclusion of original issue discount).
      (4) Cross reference
          For civil penalty for failure to meet requirements of this
        subsection, see section 6706.
    (d) Regulation authority
      The Secretary may prescribe regulations providing that where, by
    reason of varying rates of interest, put or call options,
    indefinite maturities, contingent payments, assumptions of debt
    instruments, or other circumstances, the tax treatment under this
    subpart (or section 163(e)) does not carry out the purposes of this
    subpart (or section 163(e)), such treatment shall be modified to
    the extent appropriate to carry out the purposes of this subpart
    (or section 163(e)).

-SOURCE-
    (Added and amended Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Secs. 41(a),
    61(c)(2), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 540, 581; Pub. L. 99-514, title
    XVIII, Sec. 1804(f)(2)(A), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2805; Pub. L.
    100-647, title I, Sec. 1006(u)(4), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3427;
    Pub. L. 101-508, title XI, Sec. 11325(a)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104
    Stat. 1388-466; Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title III, Sec.
    318(c)(1)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-645.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      2000 - Subsec. (a)(1)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 106-554, in introductory
    provisions, substituted "subchapter L (or by an entity described in
    section 501(c) and exempt from tax under section 501(a) which would
    be subject to tax under subchapter L were it not so exempt)" for
    "subchapter L".
      1990 - Subsec. (a)(4), (5). Pub. L. 101-508 redesignated par. (5)
    as (4) and struck out former par. (4) which related to a special
    rule for determination of issue price in case of exchange of debt
    instruments in reorganization.
      1988 - Subsec. (a)(4)(B)(ii)(I). Pub. L. 100-647 substituted
    "subsection (a)(7)" for "subsection (a)(6)".
      1986 - Subsec. (a)(4), (5). Pub. L. 99-514 redesignated par. (4),
    relating to treatment of obligations distributed to corporations,
    as (5), and substituted "by corporations" for "to corporations" in
    heading.
      1984 - Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 61(c)(2), added par.
    (4) relating to treatment of obligations distributed to
    corporations.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2000 AMENDMENT                 
      Pub. L. 106-554, Sec. 1(a)(7) [title III, Sec. 318(c)(2)], Dec.
    21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-645, provided that: "The amendment
    made by this subsection [amending this section] shall take effect
    as if included in the amendments made by section 41 of the Tax
    Reform Act of 1984 [Pub. L. 98-369, div. A]."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1990 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 101-508 applicable, with certain exceptions,
    to debt instruments issued and stock transferred after Oct. 1,
    1990, in satisfaction of any indebtedness, see section 11325(c) of
    Pub. L. 101-508, set out as a note under section 108 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of
    1984, Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 1881 of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as a note under section 48
    of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 98-369 applicable with respect to
    distributions declared Mar. 15, 1984, in taxable years ending after
    that date, see section 61(e)(3) of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a
    note under section 312 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    but subsec. (c) of this section effective on the day 30 days after
    July 18, 1984, see section 44 of Pub. L. 98-369, set out as a note
    under section 1271 of this title.

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 163, 453A, 483, 856,
    860L, 1278, 1283, 1286, 1288, 6706 of this title.

-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC Subpart B - Market Discount on Bonds                 01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart B - Market Discount on Bonds

-HEAD-
                   SUBPART B - MARKET DISCOUNT ON BONDS               

-MISC1-
    Sec.                                                     
    1276.       Disposition gain representing accrued market discount
                 treated as ordinary income.                          
    1277.       Deferral of interest deduction allocable to accrued
                 market discount.                                     
    1278.       Definitions and special rules.                        

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1276                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart B - Market Discount on Bonds

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1276. Disposition gain representing accrued market discount
      treated as ordinary income

-STATUTE-
    (a) Ordinary income
      (1) In general
        Except as otherwise provided in this section, gain on the
      disposition of any market discount bond shall be treated as
      ordinary income to the extent it does not exceed the accrued
      market discount on such bond. Such gain shall be recognized
      notwithstanding any other provision of this subtitle.
      (2) Dispositions other than sales, etc.
        For purposes of paragraph (1), a person disposing of any market
      discount bond in any transaction other than a sale, exchange, or
      involuntary conversion shall be treated as realizing an amount
      equal to the fair market value of the bond.
      (3) Treatment of partial principal payments
        (A) In general
          Any partial principal payment on a market discount bond shall
        be included in gross income as ordinary income to the extent
        such payment does not exceed the accrued market discount on
        such bond.
        (B) Adjustment
          If subparagraph (A) applies to any partial principal payment
        on any market discount bond, for purposes of applying this
        section to any disposition of (or subsequent partial principal
        payment on) such bond, the amount of accrued market discount
        shall be reduced by the amount of such partial principal
        payment included in gross income under subparagraph (A).
      (4) Gain treated as interest for certain purposes
        Except for purposes of sections 103, 871(a),,(!1) 881, 1441,
      1442, and 6049 (and such other provisions as may be specified in
      regulations), any amount treated as ordinary income under
      paragraph (1) or (3) shall be treated as interest for purposes of
      this title.

    (b) Accrued market discount
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) Ratable accrual
        Except as otherwise provided in this subsection or subsection
      (c), the accrued market discount on any bond shall be an amount
      which bears the same ratio to the market discount on such bond as
      - 
          (A) the number of days which the taxpayer held the bond,
        bears to
          (B) the number of days after the date the taxpayer acquired
        the bond and up to (and including) the date of its maturity.
      (2) Election of accrual on basis of constant interest rate (in
        lieu of ratable accrual)
        (A) In general
          At the election of the taxpayer with respect to any bond, the
        accrued market discount on such bond shall be the aggregate
        amount which would have been includible in the gross income of
        the taxpayer under section 1272(a) (determined without regard
        to paragraph (2) thereof) with respect to such bond for all
        periods during which the bond was held by the taxpayer if such
        bond had been - 
            (i) originally issued on the date on which such bond was
          acquired by the taxpayer,
            (ii) for an issue price equal to the basis of the taxpayer
          in such bond immediately after its acquisition.
        (B) Coordination where bond has original issue discount
          In the case of any bond having original issue discount, for
        purposes of applying subparagraph (A) - 
            (i) the stated redemption price at maturity of such bond
          shall be treated as equal to its revised issue price, and
            (ii) the determination of the portion of the original issue
          discount which would have been includible in the gross income
          of the taxpayer under section 1272(a) shall be made under
          regulations prescribed by the Secretary.
        (C) Election irrevocable
          An election under subparagraph (A), once made with respect to
        any bond, shall be irrevocable.
      (3) Special rule where partial principal payments
        In the case of a bond the principal of which may be paid in 2
      or more payments, the amount of accrued market discount shall be
      determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.
    (c) Treatment of nonrecognition transactions
      Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary - 
      (1) Transferred basis property
        If a market discount bond is transferred in a nonrecognition
      transaction and such bond is transferred basis property in the
      hands of the transferee, for purposes of determining the amount
      of the accrued market discount with respect to the transferee - 
          (A) the transferee shall be treated as having acquired the
        bond on the date on which it was acquired by the transferor for
        an amount equal to the basis of the transferor, and
          (B) proper adjustments shall be made for gain recognized by
        the transferor on such transfer (and for any original issue
        discount or market discount included in the gross income of the
        transferor).
      (2) Exchanged basis property
        If any market discount bond is disposed of by the taxpayer in a
      nonrecognition transaction and paragraph (1) does not apply to
      such transaction, any accrued market discount determined with
      respect to the property disposed of to the extent not theretofore
      treated as ordinary income under subsection (a) - 
          (A) shall be treated as accrued market discount with respect
        to the exchanged basis property received by the taxpayer in
        such transaction if such property is a market discount bond,
        and
          (B) shall be treated as ordinary income on the disposition of
        the exchanged basis property received by the taxpayer in such
        exchange if such property is not a market discount bond.
      (3) Paragraph (1) to apply to certain distributions by
        corporations or partnerships
        For purposes of paragraph (1), if the basis of any market
      discount bond in the hands of a transferee is determined under
      section 732(a), or 732(b), such property shall be treated as
      transferred basis property in the hands of such transferee.
    (d) Special rules
      Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary - 
        (1) rules similar to the rules of subsection (b) of section
      1245 shall apply for purposes of this section; except that - 
          (A) paragraph (1) of such subsection shall not apply,
          (B) an exchange qualifying under section 354(a), 355(a), or
        356(a) (determined without regard to subsection (a) of this
        section) shall be treated as an exchange described in paragraph
        (3) of such subsection, and
          (C) paragraph (3) of section 1245(b) shall be applied as if
        it did not contain a reference to section 351, and

        (2) appropriate adjustments shall be made to the basis of any
      property to reflect gain recognized under subsection (a).

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 543; amended Pub. L. 99-514, title VI, Sec. 631(e)(15),
    title XVIII, Secs. 1803(a)(5), (13)(A), 1899A(28), Oct. 22, 1986,
    100 Stat. 2275, 2793, 2796, 2960; Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec.
    1018(u)(46), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3592; Pub. L. 103-66, title
    XIII, Sec. 13206(b)(1)(A), (2)(B)(i), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat.
    465.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1993 - Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 103-66, Sec. 13206(b)(2)(B)(i),
    substituted "sections 103, 871(a)," for "sections 871(a)".
      Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103-66, Sec. 13206(b)(1)(A), struck out
    heading and text of subsec. (e). Text read as follows: "This
    section shall not apply to any market discount bond issued on or
    before July 18, 1984."
      1988 - Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 100-647 designated paragraph
    relating to special rule where there are partial principal payments
    as par. (3) and inserted period at end.
      1986 - Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(13)(A)(i),
    added par. (3). Former par. (3) redesignated (4).
      Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(13)(A)(i), (ii),
    redesignated par. (3) as (4) and substituted "under paragraph (1)
    or (3)" for "under paragraph (1)".
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(13)(A)(iii), added
    undesignated par. at end relating to special rule where partial
    principal payments.
      Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 631(e)(15), struck out
    reference to section 334(c).
      Subsec. (d)(1)(C). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(5), added subpar.
    (C).
      Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1899A(28), substituted "July
    18, 1984" for "the date of the enactment of this section".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 13206(b)(3) of Pub. L. 103-66 provided that: "The
    amendments made by this section [probably should be "subsection",
    which amended this section and sections 1277 and 1278 of this
    title] shall apply to obligations purchased (within the meaning of
    section 1272(d)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) after
    April 30, 1993."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 631(e)(15) of Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to
    any distribution in complete liquidation, and any sale or exchange,
    made by a corporation after July 31, 1986, unless such corporation
    is completely liquidated before Jan. 1, 1987, any transaction
    described in section 338 of this title for which the acquisition
    date occurs after Dec. 31, 1986, and any distribution, not in
    complete liquidation, made after Dec. 31, 1986, with exceptions and
    special and transitional rules, see section 633 of Pub. L. 99-514,
    set out as an Effective Date note under section 336 of this title.
      Amendment by section 1803(a)(5) of Pub. L. 99-514 effective,
    except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of
    the Tax Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 1881 of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as a
    note under section 48 of this title.
      Section 1803(a)(13)(C) of Pub. L. 99-514 provided that: "The
    amendments made by this paragraph [amending this section and
    section 1286 of this title] shall apply to obligations acquired
    after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 22, 1986]."

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    and applicable to obligations issued after July 18, 1984, in
    taxable years ending after such date, see section 44 of Pub. L.
    98-369, set out as a note under section 1271 of this title.

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 860C, 860F, 1277, 1278 of
    this title.

-FOOTNOTE-
    (!1) So in original.


-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1277                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart B - Market Discount on Bonds

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1277. Deferral of interest deduction allocable to accrued
      market discount

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      Except as otherwise provided in this section, the net direct
    interest expense with respect to any market discount bond shall be
    allowed as a deduction for the taxable year only to the extent that
    such expense exceeds the portion of the market discount allocable
    to the days during the taxable year on which such bond was held by
    the taxpayer (as determined under the rules of section 1276(b)).
    (b) Disallowed deduction allowed for later years
      (1) Election to take into account in later year where net
        interest income from bond
        (A) In general
          If - 
            (i) there is net interest income for any taxable year with
          respect to any market discount bond, and
            (ii) the taxpayer makes an election under this subparagraph
          with respect to such bond,

        any disallowed interest expense with respect to such bond shall
        be treated as interest paid or accrued by the taxpayer during
        such taxable year to the extent such disallowed interest
        expense does not exceed the net interest income with respect to
        such bond.
        (B) Determination of disallowed interest expense
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the amount of the
        disallowed interest expense - 
            (i) shall be determined as of the close of the preceding
          taxable year, and
            (ii) shall not include any amount previously taken into
          account under subparagraph (A).
        (C) Net interest income
          For purposes of this paragraph, the term "net interest
        income" means the excess of the amount determined under
        paragraph (2) of subsection (c) over the amount determined
        under paragraph (1) of subsection (c).
      (2) Remainder of disallowed interest expense allowed for year of
        disposition
        (A) In general
          Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the amount of
        the disallowed interest expense with respect to any market
        discount bond shall be treated as interest paid or accrued by
        the taxpayer in the taxable year in which such bond is disposed
        of.
        (B) Nonrecognition transactions
          If any market discount bond is disposed of in a
        nonrecognition transaction - 
            (i) the disallowed interest expense with respect to such
          bond shall be treated as interest paid or accrued in the year
          of disposition only to the extent of the amount of gain
          recognized on such disposition, and
            (ii) the disallowed interest expense with respect to such
          property (to the extent not so treated) shall be treated as
          disallowed interest expense - 
              (I) in the case of a transaction described in section
            1276(c)(1), of the transferee with respect to the
            transferred basis property, or
              (II) in the case of a transaction described in section
            1276(c)(2), with respect to the exchanged basis property.
        (C) Disallowed interest expense reduced for amounts previously
          taken into account under paragraph (1)
          For purposes of this paragraph, the amount of the disallowed
        interest expense shall not include any amount previously taken
        into account under paragraph (1).
      (3) Disallowed interest expense
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "disallowed interest
      expense" means the aggregate amount disallowed under subsection
      (a) with respect to the market discount bond.
    (c) Net direct interest expense
      For purposes of this section, the term "net direct interest
    expense" means, with respect to any market discount bond, the
    excess (if any) of - 
        (1) the amount of interest paid or accrued during the taxable
      year on indebtedness which is incurred or continued to purchase
      or carry such bond, over
        (2) the aggregate amount of interest (including original issue
      discount) includible in gross income for the taxable year with
      respect to such bond.

    In the case of any financial institution which is a bank (as
    defined in section 585(a)(2)), the determination of whether
    interest is described in paragraph (1) shall be made under
    principles similar to the principles of section 291(e)(1)(B)(ii).
    Under rules similar to the rules of section 265(a)(5), short sale
    expenses shall be treated as interest for purposes of determining
    net direct interest expense.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 545; amended Pub. L. 99-514, title IX, Secs. 901(d)(4)(F),
    Sec. 902(e)(2), title XVIII, Sec. 1899A(29)-(31), Oct. 22, 1986,
    100 Stat. 2380, 2382, 2960; Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec.
    1018(u)(31), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3592; Pub. L. 103-66, title
    XIII, Sec. 13206(b)(1)(B), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 465; Pub. L.
    104-188, title I, Sec. 1616(b)(14), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1857.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1996 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104-188 struck out "or to which
    section 593 applies" after "585(a)(2))" in closing provisions.
      1993 - Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103-66 struck out heading and text of
    subsec. (d). Text read as follows: "In the case of a market
    discount bond issued on or before July 18, 1984, any gain
    recognized by the taxpayer on any disposition of such bond shall be
    treated as ordinary income to the extent the amount of such gain
    does not exceed the amount allowable with respect to such bond
    under subsection (b)(2) for the taxable year in which such bond is
    disposed of."
      1988 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100-647 inserted a closing
    parenthesis after "section 585(a)(2)".
      1986 - Subsec. (b)(1)(C). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1899A(29),
    substituted "this paragraph" for "this paragaph".
      Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1899A(30), substituted
    "paragraph (1)" for "paragraph 1" in heading.
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 901(d)(4)(F), substituted
    "which is a bank (as defined in section 585(a)(2) or to which
    section 593 applies" for "to which section 585 or 593 applies".
      Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 902(e)(2), substituted "section 265(a)(5)"
    for "section 265(5)".
      Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1899A(31), substituted "July
    18, 1984" for "the date of the enactment of this section".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 104-188 applicable to taxable years
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1995, see section 1616(c) of Pub. L.
    104-188, set out as a note under section 593 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 103-66 applicable to obligations purchased
    (within the meaning of section 1272(d)(1) of this title) after Apr.
    30, 1993, see section 13206(b)(3) of Pub. L. 103-66, set out as a
    note under section 1276 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 901(d)(4)(F) of Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to
    taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 901(e) of
    Pub. L. 99-514, set out as a note under section 166 of this title.
      Amendment by section 902(e)(2) of Pub. L. 99-514 applicable to
    taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1986, with certain exceptions
    and qualifications, see section 902(f) of Pub. L. 99-514, set out
    as a note under section 265 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    and applicable to obligations acquired after July 18, 1984, in
    taxable years ending after such date, see section 44 of Pub. L.
    98-369, set out as a note under section 1271 of this title.

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 263, 860C, 1278, 1282 of
    this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1278                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart B - Market Discount on Bonds

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1278. Definitions and special rules

-STATUTE-
    (a) In general
      For purposes of this part - 
      (1) Market discount bond
        (A) In general
          Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term "market
        discount bond" means any bond having market discount.
        (B) Exceptions
          The term "market discount bond" shall not include - 
          (i) Short-term obligations
            Any obligation with a fixed maturity date not exceeding 6
          months from the date of issue.
          (ii) United States savings bonds
            Any United States savings bond.
          (iii) Installment obligations
            Any installment obligation to which section 453B applies.
        (C) Section 1277 not applicable to tax-exempt obligations
          For purposes of section 1277, the term "market discount bond"
        shall not include any tax-exempt obligation (as defined in
        section 1275(a)(3)).
        (D) Treatment of bonds acquired at original issue
          (i) In general
            Except as otherwise provided in this subparagraph or in
          regulations, the term "market discount bond" shall not
          include any bond acquired by the taxpayer at its original
          issue.
          (ii) Treatment of bonds acquired for less than issue price
            Clause (i) shall not apply to any bond if - 
              (I) the basis of the taxpayer in such bond is determined
            under section 1012, and
              (II) such basis is less than the issue price of such bond
            determined under subpart A of this part.
          (iii) Bonds acquired in certain reorganizations
            Clause (i) shall not apply to any bond issued pursuant to a
          plan of reorganization (within the meaning of section
          368(a)(1)) in exchange for another bond having market
          discount. Solely for purposes of section 1276, the preceding
          sentence shall not apply if such other bond was issued on or
          before July 18, 1984 (the date of the enactment of section
          1276) and if the bond issued pursuant to such plan of
          reorganization has the same term and the same interest rate
          as such other bond had.
          (iv) Treatment of certain transferred basis property
            For purposes of clause (i), if the adjusted basis of any
          bond in the hands of the taxpayer is determined by reference
          to the adjusted basis of such bond in the hands of a person
          who acquired such bond at its original issue, such bond shall
          be treated as acquired by the taxpayer at its original issue.
      (2) Market discount
        (A) In general
          The term "market discount" means the excess (if any) of - 
            (i) the stated redemption price of the bond at maturity,
          over
            (ii) the basis of such bond immediately after its
          acquisition by the taxpayer.
        (B) Coordination where bond has original issue discount
          In the case of any bond having original issue discount, for
        purposes of subparagraph (A), the stated redemption price of
        such bond at maturity shall be treated as equal to its revised
        issue price.
        (C) De minimis rule
          If the market discount is less than  1/4  of 1 percent of the
        stated redemption price of the bond at maturity multiplied by
        the number of complete years to maturity (after the taxpayer
        acquired the bond), then the market discount shall be
        considered to be zero.
      (3) Bond
        The term "bond" means any bond, debenture, note, certificate,
      or other evidence of indebtedness.
      (4) Revised issue price
        The term "revised issue price" means the sum of - 
          (A) the issue price of the bond, and
          (B) the aggregate amount of the original issue discount
        includible in the gross income of all holders for periods
        before the acquisition of the bond by the taxpayer (determined
        without regard to section 1272(a)(7) or (b)(4)) or, in the case
        of a tax-exempt obligation, the aggregate amount of the
        original issue discount which accrued in the manner provided by
        section 1272(a) (determined without regard to paragraph (7)
        thereof) during periods before the acquisition of the bond by
        the taxpayer.
      (5) Original issue discount, etc.
        The terms "original issue discount", "stated redemption price
      at maturity", and "issue price" have the respective meanings
      given such terms by subpart A of this part.
    (b) Election to include market discount currently
      (1) In general
        If the taxpayer makes an election under this subsection - 
          (A) sections 1276 and 1277 shall not apply, and
          (B) market discount on any market discount bond shall be
        included in the gross income of the taxpayer for the taxable
        years to which it is attributable (as determined under the
        rules of subsection (b) of section 1276).

      Except for purposes of sections 103, 871(a),,(!1) 881, 1441,
      1442, and 6049 (and such other provisions as may be specified in
      regulations), any amount included in gross income under
      subparagraph (B) shall be treated as interest for purposes of
      this title.

      (2) Scope of election
        An election under this subsection shall apply to all market
      discount bonds acquired by the taxpayer on or after the 1st day
      of the 1st taxable year to which such election applies.
      (3) Period to which election applies
        An election under this subsection shall apply to the taxable
      year for which it is made and for all subsequent taxable years,
      unless the taxpayer secures the consent of the Secretary to the
      revocation of such election.
      (4) Basis adjustment
        The basis of any bond in the hands of the taxpayer shall be
      increased by the amount included in gross income pursuant to this
      subsection.
    (c) Regulations
      The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be
    necessary to carry out the purposes of this subpart, including
    regulations providing proper adjustments in the case of a bond the
    principal of which may be paid in 2 or more payments.

-SOURCE-
    (Added and amended Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a),
    title X, Sec. 1001(b)(24), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 547; Pub. L.
    99-514, title XVIII, Secs. 1803(a)(6), 1878(a), 1899A(32), Oct. 22,
    1986, 100 Stat. 2793, 2903, 2960; Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Secs.
    1006(u)(2), 1018(c)(2), (3), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3427, 3578;
    Pub. L. 103-66, title XIII, Sec. 13206(b)(2), Aug. 10, 1993, 107
    Stat. 465.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1993 - Subsec. (a)(1)(B)(ii)-(iv). Pub. L. 103-66, Sec.
    13206(b)(2)(A)(i), redesignated cls. (iii) and (iv) as (ii) and
    (iii), respectively, and struck out heading and text of former cl.
    (ii). Text read as follows: "Any tax-exempt obligation (as defined
    in section 1275(a)(3))."
      Subsec. (a)(1)(C), (D). Pub. L. 103-66, Sec. 13206(b)(2)(A)(ii),
    (iii), added subpar. (C) and redesignated former subpar. (C) as
    (D).
      Subsec. (a)(4)(B). Pub. L. 103-66, Sec. 13206(b)(2)(B)(ii),
    inserted before period at end "or, in the case of a tax-exempt
    obligation, the aggregate amount of the original issue discount
    which accrued in the manner provided by section 1272(a) (determined
    without regard to paragraph (7) thereof) during periods before the
    acquisition of the bond by the taxpayer".
      Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 103-66, Sec. 13206(b)(2)(B)(i),
    substituted "sections 103, 871(a)," for "sections 871(a)" in last
    sentence.
      1988 - Subsec. (a)(4)(B). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1006(u)(2),
    substituted "section 1272(a)(7)" for "section 1272(a)(6)".
      Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1018(c)(3), added par. (4).
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1018(c)(2), inserted before
    period at end ", including regulations providing proper adjustments
    in the case of a bond the principal of which may be paid in 2 or
    more payments".
      1986 - Subsec. (a)(1)(B)(i). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1878(a),
    amended Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 1001(b), by adding a par. (24) which
    contained directory language substituting "6 months" for "1 year"
    in cl. (i). See 1984 Amendment note below.
      Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(6), added subpar.
    (C).
      Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1899A(32), substituted
    "means" for "means of" in introductory provisions.
      1984 - Subsec. (a)(1)(B)(i). Pub. L. 98-369, Sec. 1001(b)(24), as
    added by Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1878(a), substituted "6 months" for
    "1 year".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendments by Pub. L. 103-66 applicable to obligations purchased
    (within the meaning of section 1272(d)(1) of this title) after Apr.
    30, 1993, see section 13206(b)(3) of Pub. L. 103-66, set out as a
    note under section 1276 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by sections 1803(a)(6) and 1878(a) of Pub. L. 99-514
    effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the
    provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. 98-369, div. A,
    to which such amendment relates, see section 1881 of Pub. L.
    99-514, set out as a note under section 48 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1984 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 98-369 applicable to property acquired after
    June 22, 1984, and before Jan. 1, 1988, see section 1001(e) of Pub.
    L. 98-369, set out as a note under section 166 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    except as otherwise provided, see section 44 of Pub. L. 98-369, set
    out as a note under section 1271 of this title.

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 263, 751, 1042 of this
    title.

-FOOTNOTE-
    (!1) So in original.


-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC Subpart C - Discount on Short-Term Obligations       01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart C - Discount on Short-Term Obligations

-HEAD-
              SUBPART C - DISCOUNT ON SHORT-TERM OBLIGATIONS          

-MISC1-
    Sec.                                                     
    1281.       Current inclusion in income of discount on certain
                 short-term obligations.                              
    1282.       Deferral of interest deduction allocable to accrued
                 discount.                                            
    1283.       Definitions and special rules.                        

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1281                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart C - Discount on Short-Term Obligations

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1281. Current inclusion in income of discount on certain
      short-term obligations

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      In the case of any short-term obligation to which this section
    applies, for purposes of this title - 
        (1) there shall be included in the gross income of the holder
      an amount equal to the sum of the daily portions of the
      acquisition discount for each day during the taxable year on
      which such holder held such obligation, and
        (2) any interest payable on the obligation (other than interest
      taken into account in determining the amount of the acquisition
      discount) shall be included in gross income as it accrues.
    (b) Short-term obligations to which section applies
      (1) In general
        This section shall apply to any short-term obligation which - 
          (A) is held by a taxpayer using an accrual method of
        accounting,
          (B) is held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary
        course of the taxpayer's trade or business,
          (C) is held by a bank (as defined in section 581),
          (D) is held by a regulated investment company or a common
        trust fund,
          (E) is identified by the taxpayer under section 1256(e)(2) as
        being part of a hedging transaction, or
          (F) is a stripped bond or stripped coupon held by the person
        who stripped the bond or coupon (or by any other person whose
        basis is determined by reference to the basis in the hands of
        such person).
      (2) Treatment of obligations held by pass-thru entities
        (A) In general
          This section shall apply also to - 
            (i) any short-term obligation which is held by a pass-thru
          entity which is formed or availed of for purposes of avoiding
          the provisions of this section, and
            (ii) any short-term obligation which is acquired by a
          pass-thru entity (not described in clause (i)) during the
          required accrual period.
        (B) Required accrual period
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "required accrual
        period" means the period - 
            (i) which begins with the first taxable year for which the
          ownership test of subparagraph (C) is met with respect to the
          pass-thru entity (or a predecessor), and
            (ii) which ends with the first taxable year after the
          taxable year referred to in clause (i) for which the
          ownership test of subparagraph (C) is not met and with
          respect to which the Secretary consents to the termination of
          the required accrual period.
        (C) Ownership test
          The ownership test of this subparagraph is met for any
        taxable year if, on at least 90 days during the taxable year,
        20 percent or more of the value of the interests in the
        pass-thru entity are held by persons described in paragraph (1)
        or by other pass-thru entities to which subparagraph (A)
        applies.
        (D) Pass-thru entity
          The term "pass-thru entity" means any partnership, S
        corporation, trust, or other pass-thru entity.
    (c) Cross reference
          For special rules limiting the application of this section to
        original issue discount in the case of nongovernmental
        obligations, see section 1283(c).

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 548; amended Pub. L. 99-514, title XVIII, Sec. 1803(a)(7),
    (8)(A), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2793, 2794.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1986 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(8), amended
    subsec. (a) generally, designating existing provisions as par. (1)
    and adding par. (2).
      Subsec. (b)(1)(F). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(7), added subpar.
    (F).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 1803(a)(7) of Pub. L. 99-514 effective,
    except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of
    the Tax Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 1881 of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as a
    note under section 48 of this title.
      Section 1803(a)(8)(A) of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended by Pub. L.
    100-647, title I, Sec. 1018(c)(1), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3578,
    provided that the amendment made by section 1803(a)(8)(A) of Pub.
    L. 99-514 is effective with respect to obligations acquired after
    Dec. 31, 1985.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    and applicable to obligations acquired after that date, with
    certain elections available, see section 44 of Pub. L. 98-369, set
    out as a note under section 1271 of this title.

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 263, 1282, 1283 of this
    title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1282                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart C - Discount on Short-Term Obligations

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1282. Deferral of interest deduction allocable to accrued
      discount

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      Except as otherwise provided in this section, the net direct
    interest expense with respect to any short-term obligation shall be
    allowed as a deduction for the taxable year only to the extent such
    expense exceeds the sum of - 
        (1) the daily portions of the acquisition discount for each day
      during the taxable year on which the taxpayer held such
      obligation, and
        (2) the amount of any interest payable on the obligation (other
      than interest taken into account in determining the amount of the
      acquisition discount) which accrues during the taxable year while
      the taxpayer held such obligation (and is not included in the
      gross income of the taxpayer for such taxable year by reason of
      the taxpayer's method of accounting).
    (b) Section not to apply to obligations to which section 1281
      applies
      (1) In general
        This section shall not apply to any short-term obligation to
      which section 1281 applies.
      (2) Election to have section 1281 apply to all obligations
        (A) In general
          A taxpayer may make an election under this paragraph to have
        section 1281 apply to all short-term obligations acquired by
        the taxpayer on or after the 1st day of the 1st taxable year to
        which such election applies.
        (B) Period to which election applies
          An election under this paragraph shall apply to the taxable
        year for which it is made and for all subsequent taxable years,
        unless the taxpayer secures the consent of the Secretary to the
        revocation of such election.
    (c) Certain rules made applicable
      Rules similar to the rules of subsections (b) and (c) of section
    1277 shall apply for purposes of this section.
    (d) Cross reference
          For special rules limiting the application of this section to
        original issue discount in the case of nongovernmental
        obligations, see section 1283(c).

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 549; amended Pub. L. 99-514, title XVIII, Sec.
    1803(a)(8)(B), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2794.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1986 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99-514 amended subsec. (a) generally,
    designating existing provisions as par. (1) and adding par. (2).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of
    1984, Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 1881 of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as a note under section 48
    of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    and to obligations acquired after that date, see section 44 of Pub.
    L. 98-369, set out as a note under section 1271 of this title.

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 263, 1283 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1283                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart C - Discount on Short-Term Obligations

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1283. Definitions and special rules

-STATUTE-
    (a) Definitions
      For purposes of this subpart - 
      (1) Short-term obligation
        (A) In general
          Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term "short-term
        obligation" means any bond, debenture, note, certificate, or
        other evidence of indebtedness which has a fixed maturity date
        not more than 1 year from the date of issue.
        (B) Exceptions for tax-exempt obligations
          The term "short-term obligation" shall not include any
        tax-exempt obligation (as defined in section 1275(a)(3)).
      (2) Acquisition discount
        The term "acquisition discount" means the excess of - 
          (A) the stated redemption price at maturity (as defined in
        section 1273), over
          (B) the taxpayer's basis for the obligation.
    (b) Daily portion
      For purposes of this subpart - 
      (1) Ratable accrual
        Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the daily
      portion of the acquisition discount is an amount equal to - 
          (A) the amount of such discount, divided by
          (B) the number of days after the day on which the taxpayer
        acquired the obligation and up to (and including) the day of
        its maturity.
      (2) Election of accrual on basis of constant interest rate (in
        lieu of ratable accrual)
        (A) In general
          At the election of the taxpayer with respect to any
        obligation, the daily portion of the acquisition discount for
        any day is the portion of the acquisition discount accruing on
        such day determined (under regulations prescribed by the
        Secretary) on the basis of - 
            (i) the taxpayer's yield to maturity based on the
          taxpayer's cost of acquiring the obligation, and
            (ii) compounding daily.
        (B) Election irrevocable
          An election under subparagraph (A), once made with respect to
        any obligation, shall be irrevocable.
    (c) Special rules for nongovernmental obligations
      (1) In general
        In the case of any short-term obligation which is not a
      short-term Government obligation (as defined in section
      1271(a)(3)(B)) - 
          (A) sections 1281 and 1282 shall be applied by taking into
        account original issue discount in lieu of acquisition
        discount, and
          (B) appropriate adjustments shall be made in the application
        of subsection (b) of this section.
      (2) Election to have paragraph (1) not apply
        (A) In general
          A taxpayer may make an election under this paragraph to have
        paragraph (1) not apply to all obligations acquired by the
        taxpayer on or after the first day of the first taxable year to
        which such election applies.
        (B) Period to which election applies
          An election under this paragraph shall apply to the taxable
        year for which it is made and for all subsequent taxable years,
        unless the taxpayer secures the consent of the Secretary to the
        revocation of such election.
    (d) Other special rules
      (1) Basis adjustments
        The basis of any short-term obligation in the hands of the
      holder thereof shall be increased by the amount included in his
      gross income pursuant to section 1281.
      (2) Double inclusion in income not required
        Section 1281 shall not require the inclusion of any amount
      previously includible in gross income.
      (3) Coordination with other provisions
        Section 454(b) and paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 1271(a)
      shall not apply to any short-term obligation to which section
      1281 applies.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 549; amended Pub. L. 99-514, title XVIII, Sec.
    1803(a)(1)(B), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2792.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1986 - Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 99-514 substituted "paragraphs (3)
    and (4) of section 1271(a)" for "section 1271(a)(3)".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 99-514 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of
    1984, Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 1881 of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as a note under section 48
    of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    and to obligations acquired after that date, see section 44 of Pub.
    L. 98-369, set out as a note under section 1271 of this title.

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 163, 751, 1281, 1282,
    1288 of this title.

-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC Subpart D - Miscellaneous Provisions                 01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart D - Miscellaneous Provisions

-HEAD-
                   SUBPART D - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS               

-MISC1-
    Sec.                                                     
    1286.       Tax treatment of stripped bonds.                      
    1287.       Denial of capital gain treatment for gains on certain
                 obligations not in registered form.                  
    1288.       Treatment of original issue discount on tax-exempt
                 obligations.                                         

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1286                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart D - Miscellaneous Provisions

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1286. Tax treatment of stripped bonds

-STATUTE-
    (a) Inclusion in income as if bond and coupons were original issue
      discount bonds
      If any person purchases after July 1, 1982, a stripped bond or a
    stripped coupon, then such bond or coupon while held by such
    purchaser (or by any other person whose basis is determined by
    reference to the basis in the hands of such purchaser) shall be
    treated for purposes of this part as a bond originally issued on
    the purchase date and having an original issue discount equal to
    the excess (if any) of - 
        (1) the stated redemption price at maturity (or, in the case of
      coupon, the amount payable on the due date of such coupon), over
        (2) such bond's or coupon's ratable share of the purchase
      price.

    For purposes of paragraph (2), ratable shares shall be determined
    on the basis of their respective fair market values on the date of
    purchase.
    (b) Tax treatment of person stripping bond
      For purposes of this subtitle, if any person strips 1 or more
    coupons from a bond and after July 1, 1982, disposes of the bond or
    such coupon - 
        (1) such person shall include in gross income an amount equal
      to the sum of - 
          (A) the interest accrued on such bond while held by such
        person and before the time such coupon or bond was disposed of
        (to the extent such interest has not theretofore been included
        in such person's gross income), and
          (B) the accrued market discount on such bond determined as of
        the time such coupon or bond was disposed of (to the extent
        such discount has not theretofore been included in such
        person's gross income),

        (2) the basis of the bond and coupons shall be increased by the
      amount included in gross income under paragraph (1),
        (3) the basis of the bond and coupons immediately before the
      disposition (as adjusted pursuant to paragraph (2)) shall be
      allocated among the items retained by such person and the items
      disposed of by such person on the basis of their respective fair
      market values, and
        (4) for purposes of subsection (a), such person shall be
      treated as having purchased on the date of such disposition each
      such item which he retains for an amount equal to the basis
      allocated to such item under paragraph (3).

    A rule similar to the rule of paragraph (4) shall apply in the case
    of any person whose basis in any bond or coupon is determined by
    reference to the basis of the person described in the preceding
    sentence.
    (c) Retention of existing law for stripped bonds purchased before
      July 2, 1982
      If a bond issued at any time with interest coupons - 
        (1) is purchased after August 16, 1954, and before January 1,
      1958, and the purchaser does not receive all the coupons which
      first become payable more than 12 months after the date of the
      purchase, or
        (2) is purchased after December 31, 1957, and before July 2,
      1982, and the purchaser does not receive all the coupons which
      first become payable after the date of the purchase,

    then the gain on the sale or other disposition of such bond by such
    purchaser (or by a person whose basis is determined by reference to
    the basis in the hands of such purchaser) shall be considered as
    ordinary income to the extent that the fair market value
    (determined as of the time of the purchase) of the bond with
    coupons attached exceeds the purchase price. If this subsection and
    section 1271(a)(2)(A) apply with respect to gain realized on the
    sale or exchange of any evidence of indebtedness, then section
    1271(a)(2)(A) shall apply with respect to that part of the gain to
    which this subsection does not apply.
    (d) Special rules for tax-exempt obligations
      (1) In general
        In the case of any tax-exempt obligation (as defined in section
      1275(a)(3)) from which 1 or more coupons have been stripped - 
          (A) the amount of the original issue discount determined
        under subsection (a) with respect to any stripped bond or
        stripped coupon - 
            (i) shall be treated as original issue discount on a
          tax-exempt obligation to the extent such discount does not
          exceed the tax-exempt portion of such discount, and
            (ii) shall be treated as original issue discount on an
          obligation which is not a tax-exempt obligation to the extent
          such discount exceeds the tax-exempt portion of such
          discount,

          (B) subsection (b)(1)(A) shall not apply, and
          (C) subsection (b)(2) shall be applied by increasing the
        basis of the bond or coupon by the sum of - 
            (i) the interest accrued but not paid before such bond or
          coupon was disposed of (and not previously reflected in
          basis), plus
            (ii) the amount included in gross income under subsection
          (b)(1)(B).
      (2) Tax-exempt portion
        For purposes of paragraph (1), the tax-exempt portion of the
      original issue discount determined under subsection (a) is the
      excess of - 
          (A) the amount referred to in subsection (a)(1), over
          (B) an issue price which would produce a yield to maturity as
        of the purchase date equal to the lower of - 
            (i) the coupon rate of interest on the obligation from
          which the coupons were separated, or
            (ii) the yield to maturity (on the basis of the purchase
          price) of the stripped obligation or coupon.

        The purchaser of any stripped obligation or coupon may elect to
        apply clause (i) by substituting "original yield to maturity
        of" for "coupon rate of interest on".
    (e) Definitions and special rules
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) Bond
        The term "bond" means a bond, debenture, note, or certificate
      or other evidence of indebtedness.
      (2) Stripped bond
        The term "stripped bond" means a bond issued at any time with
      interest coupons where there is a separation in ownership between
      the bond and any coupon which has not yet become payable.
      (3) Stripped coupon
        The term "stripped coupon" means any coupon relating to a
      stripped bond.
      (4) Stated redemption price at maturity
        The term "stated redemption price at maturity" has the meaning
      given such term by section 1273(a)(2).
      (5) Coupon
        The term "coupon" includes any right to receive interest on a
      bond (whether or not evidenced by a coupon). This paragraph shall
      apply for purposes of subsection (c) only in the case of
      purchases after July 1, 1982.
      (6) Purchase
        The term "purchase" has the meaning given such term by section
      1272(d)(1).
    (f) Regulation authority
      The Secretary may prescribe regulations providing that where, by
    reason of varying rates of interest, put or call options, or other
    circumstances, the tax treatment under this section does not
    accurately reflect the income of the holder of a stripped coupon or
    stripped bond, or of the person disposing of such bond or coupon,
    as the case may be, for any period, such treatment shall be
    modified to require that the proper amount of income be included
    for such period.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 551; amended Pub. L. 99-514, title XVIII, Secs.
    1803(a)(13)(B), 1879(s)(1), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2796, 2912;
    Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1018(q)(4)(A), Nov. 10, 1988, 102
    Stat. 3585.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1988 - Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100-647 amended subsec. (d)
    generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (d) read as follows: "In the
    case of any tax-exempt obligation (as defined in section
    1275(a)(3)) from which 1 or more coupons have been stripped - 
        "(1) the amount of original issue discount determined under
      subsection (a) with respect to any stripped bond or stripped
      coupon from such obligation shall be the amount which produces a
      yield to maturity (as of the purchase date) equal to the lower of
      - 
          "(A) the coupon rate of interest on such obligation before
        the separation of coupons, or
          "(B) the yield to maturity (on the basis of purchase price)
        of the stripped obligation or coupon,
        "(2) the amount of original issue discount determined under
      paragraph (1) shall be taken into account in determining the
      adjusted basis of the holder under section 1288,
        "(3) subsection (b)(1) shall not apply, and
        "(4) subsection (b)(2) shall be applied by increasing the basis
      of the bond or coupon by the interest accrued but not paid before
      the time such bond or coupon was disposed of (and not previously
      reflected in basis)."
      1986 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(13)(B)(i),
    amended par. (1) generally, designating existing provisions as
    subpar. (A) and adding subpar. (B).
      Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1803(a)(13)(B)(ii),
    substituted "the amount included in gross income under paragraph
    (1)" for "the amount of the accrued interest described in paragraph
    (1)".
      Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99-514, Sec. 1879(s)(1), amended subsec. (d)
    generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (d) read as follows: "In the
    case of any tax-exempt obligation (as defined in section
    1275(a)(3)) - 
        "(1) subsections (a) and (b)(1) shall not apply,
        "(2) the rules of subsection (b)(4) shall apply for purposes of
      subsection (c), and
        "(3) subsection (c) shall be applied without regard to the
      requirement that the bond be purchased before July 2, 1982."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1018(q)(4)(B) of Pub. L. 100-647 provided that:
      "(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), the amendment made by
    subparagraph (A) [amending this section] shall apply to any
    purchase or sale after June 10, 1987, of any stripped tax-exempt
    obligation or stripped coupon from such an obligation.
      "(ii) If - 
        "(I) any person held any obligation or coupon in stripped form
      on June 10, 1987, and
        "(II) such obligation or coupon was held by such person on such
      date for sale in the ordinary course of such person's trade or
      business,
    the amendment made by subparagraph (A) shall not apply to any sale
    of such obligation or coupon by such person and shall not apply to
    any such obligation or coupon while held by another person who
    purchased such obligation or coupon from the person referred to in
    subclause (I)."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 1803(a)(13)(B) of Pub. L. 99-514 applicable
    to obligations acquired after Oct. 22, 1986, see section
    1803(a)(13)(C) of Pub. L. 99-514, set out as a note under section
    1276 of this title.
      Section 1879(s)(2) of Pub. L. 99-514 provided that: "The
    amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply
    to any purchase or sale of any stripped tax-exempt obligation or
    stripped coupon from such an obligation after the date of the
    enactment of this Act [Oct. 22, 1986]."

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    except as otherwise provided, see section 44 of Pub. L. 98-369, set
    out as a note under section 1271 of this title.

            PLAN AMENDMENTS NOT REQUIRED UNTIL JANUARY 1, 1989        
      For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle
    A or subtitle C of title XI [Secs. 1101-1147 and 1171-1177] or
    title XVIII [Secs. 1800-1899A] of Pub. L. 99-514 require an
    amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to
    be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1,
    1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99-514, as amended, set out as a
    note under section 401 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 871, 1271 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1287                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart D - Miscellaneous Provisions

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1287. Denial of capital gain treatment for gains on certain
      obligations not in registered form

-STATUTE-
    (a) In general
      If any registration-required obligation is not in registered
    form, any gain on the sale or other disposition of such obligation
    shall be treated as ordinary income (unless the issuance of such
    obligation was subject to tax under section 4701).
    (b) Definitions
      For purposes of subsection (a) - 
      (1) Registration-required obligation
        The term "registration-required obligation" has the meaning
      given to such term by section 163(f)(2) except that clause (iv)
      of subparagraph (A), and subparagraph (B), of such section shall
      not apply.
      (2) Registered form
        The term "registered form" has the same meaning as when used in
      section 163(f).

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 552.)


-MISC1-
                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    except as otherwise provided, see section 44 of Pub. L. 98-369, set
    out as a note under section 1271 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in section 165 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1288                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART V - SPECIAL RULES FOR BONDS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
    Subpart D - Miscellaneous Provisions

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1288. Treatment of original issue discount on tax-exempt
      obligations

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      Original issue discount on any tax-exempt obligation shall be
    treated as accruing - 
        (1) for purposes of section 163, in the manner provided by
      section 1272(a) (determined without regard to paragraph (7)
      thereof), and
        (2) for purposes of determining the adjusted basis of the
      holder, in the manner provided by section 1272(a) (determined
      with regard to paragraph (7) thereof).
    (b) Definitions and special rules
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) Original issue discount
        The term "original issue discount" has the meaning given to
      such term by section 1273(a) without regard to paragraph (3)
      thereof. In applying section 483 or 1274, under regulations
      prescribed by the Secretary, appropriate adjustments shall be
      made to the applicable Federal rate to take into account the tax
      exemption for interest on the obligation.
      (2) Tax-exempt obligation
        The term "tax-exempt obligation" has the meaning given to such
      term by section 1275(a)(3).
      (3) Short-term obligations
        In applying this section to obligations with maturity of 1 year
      or less, rules similar to the rules of section 1283(b) shall
      apply.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 98-369, div. A, title I, Sec. 41(a), July 18, 1984,
    98 Stat. 553; amended Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1006(u)(3),
    Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3427.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1988 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100-647 substituted "paragraph (7)"
    for "paragraph (6)" in pars. (1) and (2).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984,
    and applicable to obligations issued after Sept. 3, 1982, and
    acquired after Mar. 1, 1984, see section 44 of Pub. L. 98-369, set
    out as a note under section 1271 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in section 163 of this title.

-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN
           INVESTMENT COMPANIES                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES

-HEAD-
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES

-MISC1-
    Subpart                                                  
    A.          Interest on tax deferral.                             
    B.          Treatment of qualified electing funds.                
    C.          Election of mark to market for marketable stock.      
    D.          General provisions.                                   

                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1997 - Pub. L. 105-34, title XI, Sec. 1122(d)(6), Aug. 5, 1997,
    111 Stat. 977, added items for subparts C and D and struck out
    former item for subpart C "General provisions".

-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC Subpart A - Interest on Tax Deferral                 01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
    Subpart A - Interest on Tax Deferral

-HEAD-
                   SUBPART A - INTEREST ON TAX DEFERRAL               

-MISC1-
    Sec.                                                     
    1291.       Interest on tax deferral.                             

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1291                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
    Subpart A - Interest on Tax Deferral

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1291. Interest on tax deferral

-STATUTE-
    (a) Treatment of distributions and stock dispositions
      (1) Distributions
        If a United States person receives an excess distribution in
      respect of stock in a passive foreign investment company, then - 
          (A) the amount of the excess distribution shall be allocated
        ratably to each day in the taxpayer's holding period for the
        stock,
          (B) with respect to such excess distribution, the taxpayer's
        gross income for the current year shall include (as ordinary
        income) only the amounts allocated under subparagraph (A) to - 
            (i) the current year, or
            (ii) any period in the taxpayer's holding period before the
          1st day of the 1st taxable year of the company which begins
          after December 31, 1986, and for which it was a passive
          foreign investment company, and

          (C) the tax imposed by this chapter for the current year
        shall be increased by the deferred tax amount (determined under
        subsection (c)).
      (2) Dispositions
        If the taxpayer disposes of stock in a passive foreign
      investment company, then the rules of paragraph (1) shall apply
      to any gain recognized on such disposition in the same manner as
      if such gain were an excess distribution.
      (3) Definitions
        For purposes of this section - 
        (A) Holding period
          The taxpayer's holding period shall be determined under
        section 1223; except that - 
            (i) for purposes of applying this section to an excess
          distribution, such holding period shall be treated as ending
          on the date of such distribution, and
            (ii) if section 1296 applied to such stock with respect to
          the taxpayer for any prior taxable year, such holding period
          shall be treated as beginning on the first day of the first
          taxable year beginning after the last taxable year for which
          section 1296 so applied.
        (B) Current year
          The term "current year" means the taxable year in which the
        excess distribution or disposition occurs.
    (b) Excess distribution
      (1) In general
        For purposes of this section, the term "excess distribution"
      means any distribution in respect of stock received during any
      taxable year to the extent such distribution does not exceed its
      ratable portion of the total excess distribution (if any) for
      such taxable year.
      (2) Total excess distribution
        For purposes of this subsection - 
        (A) In general
          The term "total excess distribution" means the excess (if
        any) of - 
            (i) the amount of the distributions in respect of the stock
          received by the taxpayer during the taxable year, over
            (ii) 125 percent of the average amount received in respect
          of such stock by the taxpayer during the 3 preceding taxable
          years (or, if shorter, the portion of the taxpayer's holding
          period before the taxable year).

        For purposes of clause (ii), any excess distribution received
        during such 3-year period shall be taken into account only to
        the extent it was included in gross income under subsection
        (a)(1)(B).
        (B) No excess for 1st year
          The total excess distributions with respect to any stock
        shall be zero for the taxable year in which the taxpayer's
        holding period in such stock begins.
      (3) Adjustments
        Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary - 
          (A) determinations under this subsection shall be made on a
        share-by-share basis, except that shares with the same holding
        period may be aggregated,
          (B) proper adjustments shall be made for stock splits and
        stock dividends,
          (C) if the taxpayer does not hold the stock during the entire
        taxable year, distributions received during such year shall be
        annualized,
          (D) if the taxpayer's holding period includes periods during
        which the stock was held by another person, distributions
        received by such other person shall be taken into account as if
        received by the taxpayer,
          (E) if the distributions are received in a foreign currency,
        determinations under this subsection shall be made in such
        currency and the amount of any excess distribution determined
        in such currency shall be translated into dollars,
          (F) proper adjustment shall be made for amounts not
        includible in gross income by reason of section 551(d), 959(a),
        or 1293(c), and
          (G) if a charitable deduction was allowable under section
        642(c) to a trust for any distribution of its income, proper
        adjustments shall be made for the deduction so allowable to the
        extent allocable to distributions or gain in respect of stock
        in a passive foreign investment company.
    (c) Deferred tax amount
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        The term "deferred tax amount" means, with respect to any
      distribution or disposition to which subsection (a) applies, an
      amount equal to the sum of - 
          (A) the aggregate increases in taxes described in paragraph
        (2), plus
          (B) the aggregate amount of interest (determined in the
        manner provided under paragraph (3)) on such increases in tax.

      Any increase in the tax imposed by this chapter for the current
      year under subsection (a) to the extent attributable to the
      amount referred to in subparagraph (B) shall be treated as
      interest paid under section 6601 on the due date for the current
      year.
      (2) Aggregate increases in taxes
        For purposes of paragraph (1)(A), the aggregate increases in
      taxes shall be determined by multiplying each amount allocated
      under subsection (a)(1)(A) to any taxable year (other than any
      taxable year referred to in subsection (a)(1)(B)) by the highest
      rate of tax in effect for such taxable year under section 1 or
      11, whichever applies.
      (3) Computation of interest
        (A) In general
          The amount of interest referred to in paragraph (1)(B) on any
        increase determined under paragraph (2) for any taxable year
        shall be determined for the period - 
            (i) beginning on the due date for such taxable year, and
            (ii) ending on the due date for the taxable year with or
          within which the distribution or disposition occurs,

        by using the rates and method applicable under section 6621 for
        underpayments of tax for such period.
        (B) Due date
          For purposes of this subsection, the term "due date" means
        the date prescribed by law (determined without regard to
        extensions) for filing the return of the tax imposed by this
        chapter for the taxable year.
    (d) Coordination with subparts B and C
      (1) In general
        This section shall not apply with respect to any distribution
      paid by a passive foreign investment company, or any disposition
      of stock in a passive foreign investment company, if such company
      is a qualified electing fund with respect to the taxpayer for
      each of its taxable years - 
          (A) which begins after December 31, 1986, and for which such
        company is a passive foreign investment company, and
          (B) which includes any portion of the taxpayer's holding
        period.

      Except as provided in section 1296(j), this section also shall
      not apply if an election under section 1296(k) is in effect for
      the taxpayer's taxable year. In the case of stock which is marked
      to market under section 475 or any other provision of this
      chapter, this section shall not apply, except that rules similar
      to the rules of section 1296(j) shall apply.
      (2) Election to recognize gain where company becomes qualified
        electing fund
        (A) In general
          If - 
            (i) a passive foreign investment company becomes a
          qualified electing fund with respect to the taxpayer for a
          taxable year which begins after December 31, 1986,
            (ii) the taxpayer holds stock in such company on the first
          day of such taxable year, and
            (iii) the taxpayer establishes to the satisfaction of the
          Secretary the fair market value of such stock on such first
          day,

        the taxpayer may elect to recognize gain as if he sold such
        stock on such first day for such fair market value.
        (B) Additional election for shareholder of controlled foreign
          corporations
          (i) In general
            If - 
              (I) a passive foreign investment company becomes a
            qualified electing fund with respect to the taxpayer for a
            taxable year which begins after December 31, 1986,
              (II) the taxpayer holds stock in such company on the
            first day of such taxable year, and
              (III) such company is a controlled foreign corporation
            (as defined in section 957(a)),

          the taxpayer may elect to include in gross income as a
          dividend received on such first day an amount equal to the
          portion of the post-1986 earnings and profits of such company
          attributable (under regulations prescribed by the Secretary)
          to the stock in such company held by the taxpayer on such
          first day. The amount treated as a dividend under the
          preceding sentence shall be treated as an excess distribution
          and shall be allocated under subsection (a)(1)(A) only to
          days during periods taken into account in determining the
          post-1986 earnings and profits so attributable.
          (ii) Post-1986 earnings and profits
            For purposes of clause (i), the term "post-1986 earnings
          and profits" means earnings and profits which were
          accumulated in taxable years of such company beginning after
          December 31, 1986, and during the period or periods the stock
          was held by the taxpayer while the company was a passive
          foreign investment company.
          (iii) Coordination with section 959(e)
            For purposes of section 959(e), any amount included in
          gross income under this subparagraph shall be treated as
          included in gross income under section 1248(a).
        (C) Adjustments
          In the case of any stock to which subparagraph (A) or (B)
        applies - 
            (i) the adjusted basis of such stock shall be increased by
          the gain recognized under subparagraph (A) or the amount
          treated as a dividend under subparagraph (B), as the case may
          be, and
            (ii) the taxpayer's holding period in such stock shall be
          treated as beginning on the first day referred to in such
          subparagraph.
    (e) Certain basis, etc., rules made applicable
      Except to the extent inconsistent with the regulations prescribed
    under subsection (f), rules similar to the rules of subsections
    (c), (d), (e), and (f) (!1) of section 1246 shall apply for
    purposes of this section; except that - 

        (1) the reduction under subsection (e) of such section shall be
      the excess of the basis determined under section 1014 over the
      adjusted basis of the stock immediately before the decedent's
      death, and
        (2) such a reduction shall not apply in the case of a decedent
      who was a nonresident alien at all times during his holding
      period in the stock.
    (f) Recognition of gain
      To the extent provided in regulations, in the case of any
    transfer of stock in a passive foreign investment company where
    (but for this subsection) there is not full recognition of gain,
    the excess (if any) of - 
        (1) the fair market value of such stock, over
        (2) its adjusted basis,

    shall be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such stock
    and shall be recognized notwithstanding any provision of law.
    Proper adjustment shall be made to the basis of any such stock for
    gain recognized under the preceding sentence.
    (g) Coordination with foreign tax credit rules
      (1) In general
        If there are creditable foreign taxes with respect to any
      distribution in respect of stock in a passive foreign investment
      company - 
          (A) the amount of such distribution shall be determined for
        purposes of this section with regard to section 78,
          (B) the excess distribution taxes shall be allocated ratably
        to each day in the taxpayer's holding period for the stock, and
          (C) to the extent - 
            (i) that such excess distribution taxes are allocated to a
          taxable year referred to in subsection (a)(1)(B), such taxes
          shall be taken into account under section 901 for the current
          year, and
            (ii) that such excess distribution taxes are allocated to
          any other taxable year, such taxes shall reduce (subject to
          the principles of section 904(d) and not below zero) the
          increase in tax determined under subsection (c)(2) for such
          taxable year by reason of such distribution (but such taxes
          shall not be taken into account under section 901).
      (2) Definitions
        For purposes of this subsection - 
        (A) Creditable foreign taxes
          The term "creditable foreign taxes" means, with respect to
        any distribution - 
            (i) any foreign taxes deemed paid under section 902 with
          respect to such distribution, and
            (ii) any withholding tax imposed with respect to such
          distribution,

        but only if the taxpayer chooses the benefits of section 901
        and such taxes are creditable under section 901 (determined
        without regard to paragraph (1)(C)(ii)).
        (B) Excess distribution taxes
          The term "excess distribution taxes" means, with respect to
        any distribution, the portion of the creditable foreign taxes
        with respect to such distribution which is attributable (on a
        pro rata basis) to the portion of such distribution which is an
        excess distribution.
        (C) Section 1248 gain
          The rules of this subsection also shall apply in the case of
        any gain which but for this section would be includible in
        gross income as a dividend under section 1248.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 99-514, title XII, Sec. 1235(a), Oct. 22, 1986, 100
    Stat. 2566; amended Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1012(p)(1), (3),
    (6), (7), (9), (12)-(14), (28), (31), (33), title VI, Sec. 6127(b),
    Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3515-3517, 3520, 3521, 3715; Pub. L.
    105-34, title XI, Sec. 1122(b), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 976; Pub.
    L. 105-206, title VI, Sec. 6011(c)(2), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat.
    818; Pub. L. 107-16, title V, Sec. 542(e)(5)(B), June 7, 2001, 115
    Stat. 85.)


-STATAMEND-
                        AMENDMENT OF SUBSECTION (E)                    
      Pub. L. 107-16, title V, Sec. 542(e)(5)(B), (f)(1), title IX,
    Sec. 901, June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 85, 86, 150, provided that,
    applicable to estates of decedents dying after Dec. 31, 2009,
    subsection (e) of this section is temporarily amended by striking
    "(e)," and by striking "; except that" and all that follows and
    inserting a period at the end. See Effective and Termination Dates
    of 2001 Amendment note below.

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      Subsection (f) of section 1246, referred to in subsec. (e), was
    redesignated subsec. (g) of section 1246 by Pub. L. 100-647, title
    I, Sec. 1012(p)(21), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3519.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1998 - Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 105-206 inserted at end "In the
    case of stock which is marked to market under section 475 or any
    other provision of this chapter, this section shall not apply,
    except that rules similar to the rules of section 1296(j) shall
    apply."
      1997 - Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 1122(b)(3),
    amended heading and text of subpar. (A) generally. Prior to
    amendment, text read as follows: "The taxpayer's holding period
    shall be determined under section 1223; except that, for purposes
    of applying this section to an excess distribution, such holding
    period shall be treated as ending on the date of such
    distribution."
      Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 1122(b)(2), substituted
    "subparts B and C" for "subpart B" in heading.
      Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 1122(b)(1), inserted
    concluding provisions.
      1988 - Subsec. (a)(1)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(12),
    amended cl. (ii) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (ii) read as
    follows: "any period in the taxpayer's holding period before the
    1st day of the 1st taxable year of the company for which it was a
    passive foreign investment company (or, if later, January 1, 1987),
    and".
      Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(14), substituted
    "for purposes of applying this section to" for "in the case of".
      Subsec. (a)(4), (5). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(7)(A), struck
    out par. (4) which related to coordination with section 904, and
    par. (5) which related to section 902 not applying.
      Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(13), inserted at
    end "For purposes of clause (ii), any excess distribution received
    during such 3-year period shall be taken into account only to the
    extent it was included in gross income under subsection (a)(1)(B)."
      Subsec. (b)(3)(F). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(3), added
    subpar. (F).
      Subsec. (b)(3)(G). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(33), added
    subpar. (G).
      Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(31), inserted at
    end "Any increase in the tax imposed by this chapter for the
    current year under subsection (a) to the extent attributable to the
    amount referred to in subparagraph (B) shall be treated as interest
    paid under section 6601 on the due date for the current year."
      Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 6127(b)(1), inserted "with
    respect to the taxpayer" after "qualified electing fund".
      Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(1), amended par. (1) generally.
    Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: "This section shall
    not apply with respect to - 
        "(A) any distribution paid by a passive foreign investment
      company during a taxable year for which such company is a
      qualified electing fund, and
        "(B) any disposition of stock in a passive foreign investment
      company if such company is a qualified electing fund for each of
      its taxable years - 
          "(i) which begins after December 31, 1986, and for which such
        company is a passive foreign investment company, and
          "(ii) which includes any portion of the taxpayer's holding
        period."
      Subsec. (d)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 6127(b)(2), inserted
    "with respect to the taxpayer" after "qualified electing fund".
      Subsec. (d)(2)(B). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(28), added
    subpar. (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which related to
    adjustments to basis of stock to which subpar. (A) applies.
      Subsec. (d)(2)(B)(i)(I). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 6127(b)(2),
    inserted "with respect to the taxpayer" after "qualified electing
    fund".
      Subsec. (d)(2)(C). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(28), added
    subpar. (C).
      Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(6)(B), substituted
    "Except to the extent inconsistent with the regulations prescribed
    under subsection (f), rules similar".
      Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(9), struck out
    "not" before "a nonresident".
      Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(6)(A), amended subsec.
    (f) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (f), "Nonrecognition
    provisions", read as follows: "To the extent provided in
    regulations, gain shall be recognized on any disposition of stock
    in a passive foreign investment company."
      Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(7)(B), added subsec.
    (g).

             EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES OF 2001 AMENDMENT         
      Amendment by Pub. L. 107-16 applicable to estates of decedents
    dying after Dec. 31, 2009, see section 542(f)(1) of Pub. L. 107-16,
    set out as a note under section 121 of this title.
      Amendment by Pub. L. 107-16 inapplicable to estates of decedents
    dying, gifts made, or generation skipping transfers, after Dec. 31,
    2010, and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to be applied and
    administered to such estates, gifts, and transfers as if such
    amendment had never been enacted, see section 901 of Pub. L.
    107-16, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-206 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provisions of the Taxpayer Relief
    Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105-34, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 6024 of Pub. L. 105-206, set out as a note under section 1
    of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-34 applicable to taxable years of United
    States persons beginning after Dec. 31, 1997, and to taxable years
    of foreign corporations ending with or within such taxable years of
    United States persons, see section 1124 of Pub. L. 105-34, set out
    as a note under section 532 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 1012(p)(1), (3), (6), (7), (9), (12)-(14),
    (28), (31), (33) of Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.
      Amendment by section 6127(b) of Pub. L. 100-647 effective as if
    included in the amendments made by section 1235 of Pub. L. 99-514,
    see section 6127(c)(1) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under
    section 1295 of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section 1235(h) of Pub. L. 99-514 provided that: "The amendments
    made by this section [enacting this section and sections 1293 to
    1297 of this title and amending sections 532, 542, 551, 851, 904,
    951, 1246, and 6503 of this title] shall apply to taxable years of
    foreign corporations beginning after December 31, 1986."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 1296, 1298 of this title.

-FOOTNOTE-
    (!1) See References in Text note below.


-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC Subpart B - Treatment of Qualified Electing Funds    01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
    Subpart B - Treatment of Qualified Electing Funds

-HEAD-
             SUBPART B - TREATMENT OF QUALIFIED ELECTING FUNDS         

-MISC1-
    Sec.                                                     
    1293.       Current taxation of income from qualified electing
                 funds.                                               
    1294.       Election to extend time for payment of tax on
                 undistributed earnings.                              
    1295.       Qualified electing fund.                              

-SECREF-
                   SUBPART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This subpart is referred to in section 1291 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1293                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
    Subpart B - Treatment of Qualified Electing Funds

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1293. Current taxation of income from qualified electing funds

-STATUTE-
    (a) Inclusion
      (1) In general
        Every United States person who owns (or is treated under
      section 1298(a) as owning) stock of a qualified electing fund at
      any time during the taxable year of such fund shall include in
      gross income - 
          (A) as ordinary income, such shareholder's pro rata share of
        the ordinary earnings of such fund for such year, and
          (B) as long-term capital gain, such shareholder's pro rata
        share of the net capital gain of such fund for such year.
      (2) Year of inclusion
        The inclusion under paragraph (1) shall be for the taxable year
      of the shareholder in which or with which the taxable year of the
      fund ends.
    (b) Pro rata share
      The pro rata share referred to in subsection (a) in the case of
    any shareholder is the amount which would have been distributed
    with respect to the shareholder's stock if, on each day during the
    taxable year of the fund, the fund had distributed to each
    shareholder a pro rata share of that day's ratable share of the
    fund's ordinary earnings and net capital gain for such year. To the
    extent provided in regulations, if the fund establishes to the
    satisfaction of the Secretary that it uses a shorter period than
    the taxable year to determine shareholders' interests in the
    earnings of such fund, pro rata shares may be determined by using
    such shorter period.
    (c) Previously taxed amounts distributed tax free
      If the taxpayer establishes to the satisfaction of the Secretary
    that any amount distributed by a passive foreign investment company
    is paid out of earnings and profits of the company which were
    included under subsection (a) in the income of any United States
    person, such amount shall be treated, for purposes of this chapter,
    as a distribution which is not a dividend; except that such
    distribution shall immediately reduce earnings and profits. If the
    passive foreign investment company is a controlled foreign
    corporation (as defined in section 957(a)), the preceding sentence
    shall not apply to any United States shareholder (as defined in
    section 951(b)) in such corporation, and, in applying section 959
    to any such shareholder, any inclusion under this section shall be
    treated as an inclusion under section 951(a)(1)(A).
    (d) Basis adjustments
      The basis of the taxpayer's stock in a passive foreign investment
    company shall be - 
        (1) increased by any amount which is included in the income of
      the taxpayer under subsection (a) with respect to such stock, and
        (2) decreased by any amount distributed with respect to such
      stock which is not includible in the income of the taxpayer by
      reason of subsection (c).

    A similar rule shall apply also in the case of any property if by
    reason of holding such property the taxpayer is treated under
    section 1298(a) as owning stock in a qualified electing fund.
    (e) Ordinary earnings
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) Ordinary earnings
        The term "ordinary earnings" means the excess of the earnings
      and profits of the qualified electing fund for the taxable year
      over its net capital gain for such taxable year.
      (2) Limitation on net capital gain
        A qualified electing fund's net capital gain for any taxable
      year shall not exceed its earnings and profits for such taxable
      year.
      (3) Determination of earnings and profits
        The earnings and profits of any qualified electing fund shall
      be determined without regard to paragraphs (4), (5), and (6) of
      section 312(n). Under regulations, the preceding sentence shall
      not apply to the extent it would increase earnings and profits by
      an amount which was previously distributed by the qualified
      electing fund.
    (f) Foreign tax credit allowed in the case of 10-percent corporate
      shareholder
      For purposes of section 960 - 
        (1) any amount included in the gross income under subsection
      (a) shall be treated as if it were included under section 951(a),
      and
        (2) any amount excluded from gross income under subsection (c)
      shall be treated in the same manner as amounts excluded from
      gross income under section 959.
    (g) Other special rules
      (1) Exception for certain income
        For purposes of determining the amount included in the gross
      income of any person under this section, the ordinary earnings
      and net capital gain of a qualified electing fund shall not
      include any item of income received by such fund if - 
          (A) such fund is a controlled foreign corporation (as defined
        in section 957(a)) and such person is a United States
        shareholder (as defined in section 951(b)) in such fund, and
          (B) such person establishes to the satisfaction of the
        Secretary that - 
            (i) such income was subject to an effective rate of income
          tax imposed by a foreign country greater than 90 percent of
          the maximum rate of tax specified in section 11, or
            (ii) such income is - 
              (I) from sources within the United States,
              (II) effectively connected with the conduct by the
            qualified electing fund of a trade or business in the
            United States, and
              (III) not exempt from taxation (or subject to a reduced
            rate of tax) pursuant to a treaty obligation of the United
            States.
      (2) Prevention of double inclusion
        The Secretary shall prescribe such adjustment to the provisions
      of this section as may be necessary to prevent the same item of
      income of a qualified electing fund from being included in the
      gross income of a United States person more than once.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 99-514, title XII, Sec. 1235(a), Oct. 22, 1986, 100
    Stat. 2569; amended Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1012(p)(15),
    (18), (23), (32), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3518, 3519, 3521; Pub.
    L. 103-66, title XIII, Sec. 13231(c)(3), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat.
    498; Pub. L. 105-34, title XI, Sec. 1122(d)(3), Aug. 5, 1997, 111
    Stat. 977.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1997 - Subsecs. (a)(1), (d). Pub. L. 105-34 substituted "section
    1298(a)" for "section 1297(a)".
      1993 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103-66 inserted at end "If the
    passive foreign investment company is a controlled foreign
    corporation (as defined in section 957(a)), the preceding sentence
    shall not apply to any United States shareholder (as defined in
    section 951(b)) in such corporation, and, in applying section 959
    to any such shareholder, any inclusion under this section shall be
    treated as an inclusion under section 951(a)(1)(A)."
      1988 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(15), inserted
    at end "To the extent provided in regulations, if the fund
    establishes to the satisfaction of the Secretary that it uses a
    shorter period than the taxable year to determine shareholders'
    interests in the earnings of such fund, pro rata shares may be
    determined by using such shorter period."
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(23), inserted ", for
    purposes of this chapter," after "shall be treated", and "; except
    that such distribution shall immediately reduce earnings and
    profits" after "is not a dividend".
      Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(18), added par.
    (3).
      Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(32), added subsec.
    (g).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-34 applicable to taxable years of United
    States persons beginning after Dec. 31, 1997, and to taxable years
    of foreign corporations ending with or within such taxable years of
    United States persons, see section 1124 of Pub. L. 105-34, set out
    as a note under section 532 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 103-66 applicable to taxable years of
    foreign corporations beginning after Sept. 30, 1993, and to taxable
    years of United States shareholders in which or with which such
    taxable years of foreign corporations end, see section 13231(e) of
    Pub. L. 103-66, set out as a note under section 951 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years of foreign corporations
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1235(h) of Pub. L.
    99-514, set out as a note under section 1291 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 551, 851, 904, 951, 986,
    989, 1248, 1291, 1294, 1298 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1294                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
    Subpart B - Treatment of Qualified Electing Funds

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1294. Election to extend time for payment of tax on
      undistributed earnings

-STATUTE-
    (a) Extension allowed by election
      (1) In general
        At the election of the taxpayer, the time for payment of any
      undistributed PFIC earnings tax liability of the taxpayer for the
      taxable year shall be extended to the extent and subject to the
      limitations provided in this section.
      (2) Election not permitted where amounts otherwise includible
        under section 551 or 951
        The taxpayer may not make an election under paragraph (1) with
      respect to the undistributed PFIC earnings tax liability
      attributable to a qualified electing fund for the taxable year if
      - 
          (A) any amount is includible in the gross income of the
        taxpayer under section 551 with respect to such fund for such
        taxable year, or
          (B) any amount is includible in the gross income of the
        taxpayer under section 951 with respect to such fund for such
        taxable year.
    (b) Definitions
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) Undistributed PFIC earnings tax liability
        The term "undistributed PFIC earnings tax liability" means, in
      the case of any taxpayer, the excess of - 
          (A) the tax imposed by this chapter for the taxable year,
        over
          (B) the tax which would be imposed by this chapter for such
        year without regard to the inclusion in gross income under
        section 1293 of the undistributed earnings of a qualified
        electing fund.
      (2) Undistributed earnings
        The term "undistributed earnings" means, with respect to any
      qualified electing fund, the excess (if any) of - 
          (A) the amount includible in gross income by reason of
        section 1293(a) for the taxable year, over
          (B) the amount not includible in gross income by reason of
        section 1293(c) for such taxable year.
    (c) Termination of extension
      (1) Distributions
        (A) In general
          If a distribution is not includible in gross income for the
        taxable year by reason of section 1293(c), then the extension
        under subsection (a) for payment of the undistributed PFIC
        earnings tax liability with respect to the earnings to which
        such distribution is attributable shall expire on the last date
        prescribed by law (determined without regard to extensions) for
        filing the return of tax for such taxable year.
        (B) Ordering rule
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), a distribution shall be
        treated as made from the most recently accumulated earnings and
        profits.
      (2) Transfers, etc.
        If - 
          (A) stock in a passive foreign investment company is
        transferred during the taxable year, or
          (B) a passive foreign investment company ceases to be a
        qualified electing fund,

      all extensions under subsection (a) for payment of undistributed
      PFIC earnings tax liability attributable to such stock (or, in
      the case of such a cessation, attributable to any stock in such
      company) which had not expired before the date of such transfer
      or cessation shall expire on the last date prescribed by law
      (determined without regard to extensions) for filing the return
      of tax for the taxable year in which such transfer or cessation
      occurs. To the extent provided in regulations, the preceding
      sentence shall not apply in the case of a transfer in a
      transaction with respect to which gain or loss is not recognized
      (in whole or in part), and the transferee in such transaction
      shall succeed to the treatment under this section of the
      transferor.
      (3) Jeopardy
        If the Secretary believes that collection of an amount to which
      an extension under this section relates is in jeopardy, the
      Secretary shall immediately terminate such extension with respect
      to such amount, and notice and demand shall be made by him for
      payment of such amount.
    (d) Election
      The election under subsection (a) shall be made not later than
    the time prescribed by law (including extensions) for filing the
    return of tax imposed by this chapter for the taxable year.
    (e) Authority to require bond
      Section 6165 shall apply to any extension under this section as
    though the Secretary were extending the time for payment of the
    tax.
    (f) Treatment of loans to shareholder
      For purposes of this section and section 1293, any loan by a
    qualified electing fund (directly or indirectly) to a shareholder
    of such fund shall be treated as a distribution to such
    shareholder.
    (g) Cross reference
          For provisions providing for interest for the period of the
        extension under this section, see section 6601.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 99-514, title XII, Sec. 1235(a), Oct. 22, 1986, 100
    Stat. 2570; amended Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1012(p)(4), (8),
    (25), (34), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3515, 3517, 3519, 3522.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1988 - Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(4), (34),
    substituted "Transfers" for "Dispositions" in heading and "is
    transferred" for "is disposed of" in subpar. (A), and in closing
    provisions substituted "such transfer" for "such disposition" in
    two places and inserted at end "To the extent provided in
    regulations, the preceding sentence shall not apply in the case of
    a transfer in a transaction with respect to which gain or loss is
    not recognized (in whole or in part), and the transferee in such
    transaction shall succeed to the treatment under this section of
    the transferor."
      Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(25), added subsec.
    (f).
      Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(8), added subsec. (g).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years of foreign corporations
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1235(h) of Pub. L.
    99-514, set out as a note under section 1291 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in section 6503 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1295                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
    Subpart B - Treatment of Qualified Electing Funds

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1295. Qualified electing fund

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      For purposes of this part, any passive foreign investment company
    shall be treated as a qualified electing fund with respect to the
    taxpayer if - 
        (1) an election by the taxpayer under subsection (b) applies to
      such company for the taxable year, and
        (2) such company complies with such requirements as the
      Secretary may prescribe for purposes of - 
          (A) determining the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of
        such company, and
          (B) otherwise carrying out the purposes of this subpart.
    (b) Election
      (1) In general
        A taxpayer may make an election under this subsection with
      respect to any passive foreign investment company for any taxable
      year of the taxpayer. Such an election, once made with respect to
      any company, shall apply to all subsequent taxable years of the
      taxpayer with respect to such company unless revoked by the
      taxpayer with the consent of the Secretary.
      (2) When made
        An election under this subsection may be made for any taxable
      year at any time on or before the due date (determined with
      regard to extensions) for filing the return of the tax imposed by
      this chapter for such taxable year. To the extent provided in
      regulations, such an election may be made later than as required
      in the preceding sentence where the taxpayer fails to make a
      timely election because the taxpayer reasonably believed that the
      company was not a passive foreign investment company.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 99-514, title XII, Sec. 1235(a), Oct. 22, 1986, 100
    Stat. 2571; amended Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec. 1012(p)(37)(A),
    title VI, Sec. 6127(a), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3522, 3715.)


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1988 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 6127(a), amended
    subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (a) read as
    follows: "For purposes of this part, the term 'qualified electing
    fund' means any passive foreign investment company if - 
        "(1) an election under subsection (b) applies to such company
      for the taxable year, and
        "(2) such company complies for such taxable year with such
      requirements as the Secretary may prescribe for purposes of - 
          "(A) determining the ordinary earnings and net capital gain
        of such company for the taxable year,
          "(B) ascertaining the ownership of its outstanding stock, and
          "(C) otherwise carrying out the purposes of this subpart."
      Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 6127(a), amended subsec. (b)
    generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows:
      "(1) In general. - A passive foreign investment company may make
    an election under this subsection for any taxable year. Such an
    election, once made, shall apply to all subsequent taxable years of
    such company for which such company is a passive foreign investment
    company unless revoked with the consent of the Secretary.
      "(2) When made. - An election under this subsection may be made
    for any taxable year at any time before the 15th day of the 3rd
    month of the following taxable year. To the extent provided in
    regulations, such an election may be made later than as required by
    the preceding sentence in cases where the company failed to make a
    timely election because it reasonably believed it was not a passive
    foreign investment company."
      Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(37)(A), inserted sentence at end of
    par. (2) permitting a later election when a company reasonably
    believed it was not a passive foreign investment company.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 1012(p)(37)(A) of Pub. L. 100-647 effective,
    except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of
    the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment
    relates, see section 1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note
    under section 1 of this title.
      Section 6127(c) of Pub. L. 100-647 provided that:
      "(1) In general. - The amendments made by this section [amending
    this section and section 1291 of this title] shall take effect as
    if included in the amendments made by section 1235 of the Reform
    Act [Pub. L. 99-514].
      "(2) Time for making election. - The period during which an
    election under section 1295(b) of the 1986 Code may be made shall
    in no event expire before the date 60 days after the date of the
    enactment of this Act [Nov. 10, 1988]."

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years of foreign corporations
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1235(h) of Pub. L.
    99-514, set out as a note under section 1291 of this title.

               EXPIRATION OF SUBSECTION (B) ELECTION PERIOD           
      Section 1012(p)(37)(B) of Pub. L. 100-647 provided that: "The
    period during which an election under section 1295(b) of the 1986
    Code may be made shall in no event expire before the date 60 days
    after the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 10, 1988]."

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 1, 1022 of this title.

-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC Subpart C - Election of Mark to Market for
           Marketable Stock                                01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
    Subpart C - Election of Mark to Market for Marketable Stock

-HEAD-
        SUBPART C - ELECTION OF MARK TO MARKET FOR MARKETABLE STOCK    

-MISC1-
    Sec.                                                     
    1296.       Election of mark to market for marketable stock.      

                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1997 - Pub. L. 105-34, title XI, Sec. 1122(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111
    Stat. 972, added subpart C and item 1296. Former subpart C
    redesignated D.

                             PRIOR PROVISIONS                         
      A prior subpart C, consisting of sections 1296 and 1297 of this
    title, was redesignated subpart D consisting of sections 1297 and
    1298.

-SECREF-
                   SUBPART REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This subpart is referred to in section 1291 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1296                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
    Subpart C - Election of Mark to Market for Marketable Stock

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1296. Election of mark to market for marketable stock

-STATUTE-
    (a) General rule
      In the case of marketable stock in a passive foreign investment
    company which is owned (or treated under subsection (g) as owned)
    by a United States person at the close of any taxable year of such
    person, at the election of such person - 
        (1) If the fair market value of such stock as of the close of
      such taxable year exceeds its adjusted basis, such United States
      person shall include in gross income for such taxable year an
      amount equal to the amount of such excess.
        (2) If the adjusted basis of such stock exceeds the fair market
      value of such stock as of the close of such taxable year, such
      United States person shall be allowed a deduction for such
      taxable year equal to the lesser of - 
          (A) the amount of such excess, or
          (B) the unreversed inclusions with respect to such stock.
    (b) Basis adjustments
      (1) In general
        The adjusted basis of stock in a passive foreign investment
      company - 
          (A) shall be increased by the amount included in the gross
        income of the United States person under subsection (a)(1) with
        respect to such stock, and
          (B) shall be decreased by the amount allowed as a deduction
        to the United States person under subsection (a)(2) with
        respect to such stock.
      (2) Special rule for stock constructively owned
        In the case of stock in a passive foreign investment company
      which the United States person is treated as owning under
      subsection (g) - 
          (A) the adjustments under paragraph (1) shall apply to such
        stock in the hands of the person actually holding such stock
        but only for purposes of determining the subsequent treatment
        under this chapter of the United States person with respect to
        such stock, and
          (B) similar adjustments shall be made to the adjusted basis
        of the property by reason of which the United States person is
        treated as owning such stock.
    (c) Character and source rules
      (1) Ordinary treatment
        (A) Gain
          Any amount included in gross income under subsection (a)(1),
        and any gain on the sale or other disposition of marketable
        stock in a passive foreign investment company (with respect to
        which an election under this section is in effect), shall be
        treated as ordinary income.
        (B) Loss
          Any - 
            (i) amount allowed as a deduction under subsection (a)(2),
          and
            (ii) loss on the sale or other disposition of marketable
          stock in a passive foreign investment company (with respect
          to which an election under this section is in effect) to the
          extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the
          unreversed inclusions with respect to such stock,

        shall be treated as an ordinary loss. The amount so treated
        shall be treated as a deduction allowable in computing adjusted
        gross income.
      (2) Source
        The source of any amount included in gross income under
      subsection (a)(1) (or allowed as a deduction under subsection
      (a)(2)) shall be determined in the same manner as if such amount
      were gain or loss (as the case may be) from the sale of stock in
      the passive foreign investment company.
    (d) Unreversed inclusions
      For purposes of this section, the term "unreversed inclusions"
    means, with respect to any stock in a passive foreign investment
    company, the excess (if any) of - 
        (1) the amount included in gross income of the taxpayer under
      subsection (a)(1) with respect to such stock for prior taxable
      years, over
        (2) the amount allowed as a deduction under subsection (a)(2)
      with respect to such stock for prior taxable years.

    The amount referred to in paragraph (1) shall include any amount
    which would have been included in gross income under subsection
    (a)(1) with respect to such stock for any prior taxable year but
    for section 1291. In the case of a regulated investment company
    which elected to mark to market the stock held by such company as
    of the last day of the taxable year preceding such company's first
    taxable year for which such company elects the application of this
    section, the amount referred to in paragraph (1) shall include
    amounts included in gross income under such mark to market with
    respect to such stock for prior taxable years.
    (e) Marketable stock
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        The term "marketable stock" means - 
          (A) any stock which is regularly traded on - 
            (i) a national securities exchange which is registered with
          the Securities and Exchange Commission or the national market
          system established pursuant to section 11A of the Securities
          and Exchange Act of 1934, or
            (ii) any exchange or other market which the Secretary
          determines has rules adequate to carry out the purposes of
          this part,

          (B) to the extent provided in regulations, stock in any
        foreign corporation which is comparable to a regulated
        investment company and which offers for sale or has outstanding
        any stock of which it is the issuer and which is redeemable at
        its net asset value, and
          (C) to the extent provided in regulations, any option on
        stock described in subparagraph (A) or (B).
      (2) Special rule for regulated investment companies
        In the case of any regulated investment company which is
      offering for sale or has outstanding any stock of which it is the
      issuer and which is redeemable at its net asset value, all stock
      in a passive foreign investment company which it owns directly or
      indirectly shall be treated as marketable stock for purposes of
      this section. Except as provided in regulations, similar
      treatment as marketable stock shall apply in the case of any
      other regulated investment company which publishes net asset
      valuations at least annually.
    (f) Treatment of controlled foreign corporations which are
      shareholders in passive foreign investment companies
      In the case of a foreign corporation which is a controlled
    foreign corporation and which owns (or is treated under subsection
    (g) as owning) stock in a passive foreign investment company - 
        (1) this section (other than subsection (c)(2)) shall apply to
      such foreign corporation in the same manner as if such
      corporation were a United States person, and
        (2) for purposes of subpart F of part III of subchapter N - 
          (A) any amount included in gross income under subsection
        (a)(1) shall be treated as foreign personal holding company
        income described in section 954(c)(1)(A), and
          (B) any amount allowed as a deduction under subsection (a)(2)
        shall be treated as a deduction allocable to foreign personal
        holding company income so described.
    (g) Stock owned through certain foreign entities
      Except as provided in regulations - 
      (1) In general
        For purposes of this section, stock owned, directly or
      indirectly, by or for a foreign partnership or foreign trust or
      foreign estate shall be considered as being owned proportionately
      by its partners or beneficiaries. Stock considered to be owned by
      a person by reason of the application of the preceding sentence
      shall, for purposes of applying such sentence, be treated as
      actually owned by such person.
      (2) Treatment of certain dispositions
        In any case in which a United States person is treated as
      owning stock in a passive foreign investment company by reason of
      paragraph (1) - 
          (A) any disposition by the United States person or by any
        other person which results in the United States person being
        treated as no longer owning such stock, and
          (B) any disposition by the person owning such stock,

      shall be treated as a disposition by the United States person of
      the stock in the passive foreign investment company.
    (h) Coordination with section 851(b)
      For purposes of paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 851(b), any
    amount included in gross income under subsection (a) shall be
    treated as a dividend.
    (i) Stock acquired from a decedent
      In the case of stock of a passive foreign investment company
    which is acquired by bequest, devise, or inheritance (or by the
    decedent's estate) and with respect to which an election under this
    section was in effect as of the date of the decedent's death,
    notwithstanding section 1014, the basis of such stock in the hands
    of the person so acquiring it shall be the adjusted basis of such
    stock in the hands of the decedent immediately before his death
    (or, if lesser, the basis which would have been determined under
    section 1014 without regard to this subsection).
    (j) Coordination with section 1291 for first year of election
      (1) Taxpayers other than regulated investment companies
        (A) In general
          If the taxpayer elects the application of this section with
        respect to any marketable stock in a corporation after the
        beginning of the taxpayer's holding period in such stock, and
        if the requirements of subparagraph (B) are not satisfied,
        section 1291 shall apply to - 
            (i) any distributions with respect to, or disposition of,
          such stock in the first taxable year of the taxpayer for
          which such election is made, and
            (ii) any amount which, but for section 1291, would have
          been included in gross income under subsection (a) with
          respect to such stock for such taxable year in the same
          manner as if such amount were gain on the disposition of such
          stock.
        (B) Requirements
          The requirements of this subparagraph are met if, with
        respect to each of such corporation's taxable years for which
        such corporation was a passive foreign investment company and
        which begin after December 31, 1986, and included any portion
        of the taxpayer's holding period in such stock, such
        corporation was treated as a qualified electing fund under this
        part with respect to the taxpayer.
      (2) Special rules for regulated investment companies
        (A) In general
          If a regulated investment company elects the application of
        this section with respect to any marketable stock in a
        corporation after the beginning of the taxpayer's holding
        period in such stock, then, with respect to such company's
        first taxable year for which such company elects the
        application of this section with respect to such stock - 
            (i) section 1291 shall not apply to such stock with respect
          to any distribution or disposition during, or amount included
          in gross income under this section for, such first taxable
          year, but
            (ii) such regulated investment company's tax under this
          chapter for such first taxable year shall be increased by the
          aggregate amount of interest which would have been determined
          under section 1291(c)(3) if section 1291 were applied without
          regard to this subparagraph.

        Clause (ii) shall not apply if for the preceding taxable year
        the company elected to mark to market the stock held by such
        company as of the last day of such preceding taxable year.
        (B) Disallowance of deduction
          No deduction shall be allowed to any regulated investment
        company for the increase in tax under subparagraph (A)(ii).
    (k) Election
      This section shall apply to marketable stock in a passive foreign
    investment company which is held by a United States person only if
    such person elects to apply this section with respect to such
    stock. Such an election shall apply to the taxable year for which
    made and all subsequent taxable years unless - 
        (1) such stock ceases to be marketable stock, or
        (2) the Secretary consents to the revocation of such election.
    (l) Transition rule for individuals becoming subject to United
      States tax
      If any individual becomes a United States person in a taxable
    year beginning after December 31, 1997, solely for purposes of this
    section, the adjusted basis (before adjustments under subsection
    (b)) of any marketable stock in a passive foreign investment
    company owned by such individual on the first day of such taxable
    year shall be treated as being the greater of its fair market value
    on such first day or its adjusted basis on such first day.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 105-34, title XI, Sec. 1122(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111
    Stat. 972; amended Pub. L. 105-206, title VI, Sec. 6011(c)(3), July
    22, 1998, 112 Stat. 818; Pub. L. 107-16, title V, Sec.
    542(e)(5)(C), June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 85.)


-STATAMEND-
                           AMENDMENT OF SECTION                       
      Pub. L. 107-16, title V, Sec. 542(e)(5)(C), (f)(1), title IX,
    Sec. 901, June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 85, 86, 150, provided that,
    applicable to estates of decedents dying after Dec. 31, 2009, this
    section is temporarily amended by striking out subsection (i). See
    Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note below.

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      Section 11A of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, referred
    to in subsec. (e)(1)(A)(i), is classified to section 78k-1 of Title
    15, Commerce and Trade.


-MISC1-
                             PRIOR PROVISIONS                         
      A prior section 1296 was renumbered section 1297 of this title.

                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1998 - Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105-206 inserted at end "In the case
    of a regulated investment company which elected to mark to market
    the stock held by such company as of the last day of the taxable
    year preceding such company's first taxable year for which such
    company elects the application of this section, the amount referred
    to in paragraph (1) shall include amounts included in gross income
    under such mark to market with respect to such stock for prior
    taxable years."

             EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES OF 2001 AMENDMENT         
      Amendment by Pub. L. 107-16 applicable to estates of decedents
    dying after Dec. 31, 2009, see section 542(f)(1) of Pub. L. 107-16,
    set out as a note under section 121 of this title.
      Amendment by Pub. L. 107-16 inapplicable to estates of decedents
    dying, gifts made, or generation skipping transfers, after Dec. 31,
    2010, and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to be applied and
    administered to such estates, gifts, and transfers as if such
    amendment had never been enacted, see section 901 of Pub. L.
    107-16, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-206 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provisions of the Taxpayer Relief
    Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105-34, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 6024 of Pub. L. 105-206, set out as a note under section 1
    of this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years of United States persons
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1997, and to taxable years of foreign
    corporations ending with or within such taxable years of United
    States persons, see section 1124 of Pub. L. 105-34, set out as an
    Effective Date of 1997 Amendment note under section 532 of this
    title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 852, 1291, 1298, 4982 of
    this title.

-End-


-CITE-
    26 USC Subpart D - General Provisions                       01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
    Subpart D - General Provisions

-HEAD-
                      SUBPART D - GENERAL PROVISIONS                  

-MISC1-
    Sec.                                                     
    1297.       Passive foreign investment company.                   
    1298.       Special rules.                                        

                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1997 - Pub. L. 105-34, title XI, Sec. 1122(a), (d)(5), Aug. 5,
    1997, 111 Stat. 972, 977, redesignated subpart C of this part as
    this subpart and amended table of sections generally, renumbering
    items 1296 and 1297 as 1297 and 1298, respectively.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1297                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
    Subpart D - General Provisions

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1297. Passive foreign investment company

-STATUTE-
    (a) In general
      For purposes of this part, except as otherwise provided in this
    subpart, the term "passive foreign investment company" means any
    foreign corporation if - 
        (1) 75 percent or more of the gross income of such corporation
      for the taxable year is passive income, or
        (2) the average percentage of assets (as determined in
      accordance with subsection (e)) held by such corporation during
      the taxable year which produce passive income or which are held
      for the production of passive income is at least 50 percent.
    (b) Passive income
      For purposes of this section - 
      (1) In general
        Except as provided in paragraph (2), the term "passive income"
      means any income which is of a kind which would be foreign
      personal holding company income as defined in section 954(c).
      (2) Exceptions
        Except as provided in regulations, the term "passive income"
      does not include any income - 
          (A) derived in the active conduct of a banking business by an
        institution licensed to do business as a bank in the United
        States (or, to the extent provided in regulations, by any other
        corporation),
          (B) derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by
        a corporation which is predominantly engaged in an insurance
        business and which would be subject to tax under subchapter L
        if it were a domestic corporation,
          (C) which is interest, a dividend, or a rent or royalty,
        which is received or accrued from a related person (within the
        meaning of section 954(d)(3)) to the extent such amount is
        properly allocable (under regulations prescribed by the
        Secretary) to income of such related person which is not
        passive income, or
          (D) which is foreign trade income of an FSC or export trade
        income of an export trade corporation (as defined in section
        971).

      For purposes of subparagraph (C), the term "related person" has
      the meaning given such term by section 954(d)(3) determined by
      substituting "foreign corporation" for "controlled foreign
      corporation" each place it appears in section 954(d)(3).
    (c) Look-thru in the case of 25-percent owned corporations
      If a foreign corporation owns (directly or indirectly) at least
    25 percent (by value) of the stock of another corporation, for
    purposes of determining whether such foreign corporation is a
    passive foreign investment company, such foreign corporation shall
    be treated as if it - 
        (1) held its proportionate share of the assets of such other
      corporation, and
        (2) received directly its proportionate share of the income of
      such other corporation.
    (d) Section 1247 corporations
      For purposes of this part, the term "passive foreign investment
    company" does not include any foreign investment company to which
    section 1247 applies.
    (e) Exception for United States shareholders of controlled foreign
      corporations
      (1) In general
        For purposes of this part, a corporation shall not be treated
      with respect to a shareholder as a passive foreign investment
      company during the qualified portion of such shareholder's
      holding period with respect to stock in such corporation.
      (2) Qualified portion
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "qualified portion"
      means the portion of the shareholder's holding period - 
          (A) which is after December 31, 1997, and
          (B) during which the shareholder is a United States
        shareholder (as defined in section 951(b)) of the corporation
        and the corporation is a controlled foreign corporation.
      (3) New holding period if qualified portion ends
        (A) In general
          Except as provided in subparagraph (B), if the qualified
        portion of a shareholder's holding period with respect to any
        stock ends after December 31, 1997, solely for purposes of this
        part, the shareholder's holding period with respect to such
        stock shall be treated as beginning as of the first day
        following such period.
        (B) Exception
          Subparagraph (A) shall not apply if such stock was, with
        respect to such shareholder, stock in a passive foreign
        investment company at any time before the qualified portion of
        the shareholder's holding period with respect to such stock and
        no election under section 1298(b)(1) is made.
      (4) Treatment of holders of options
        Paragraph (1) shall not apply to stock treated as owned by a
      person by reason of section 1298(a)(4) (relating to the treatment
      of a person that has an option to acquire stock as owning such
      stock) unless such person establishes that such stock is owned
      (within the meaning of section 958(a)) by a United States
      shareholder (as defined in section 951(b)) who is not exempt from
      tax under this chapter.
    (f) Methods for measuring assets
      (1) Determination using value
        The determination under subsection (a)(2) shall be made on the
      basis of the value of the assets of a foreign corporation if - 
          (A) such corporation is a publicly traded corporation for the
        taxable year, or
          (B) paragraph (2) does not apply to such corporation for the
        taxable year.
      (2) Determination using adjusted bases
        The determination under subsection (a)(2) shall be based on the
      adjusted bases (as determined for the purposes of computing
      earnings and profits) of the assets of a foreign corporation if
      such corporation is not described in paragraph (1)(A) and such
      corporation - 
          (A) is a controlled foreign corporation, or
          (B) elects the application of this paragraph.

      An election under subparagraph (B), once made, may be revoked
      only with the consent of the Secretary.
      (3) Publicly traded corporation
        For purposes of this subsection, a foreign corporation shall be
      treated as a publicly traded corporation if the stock in the
      corporation is regularly traded on - 
          (A) a national securities exchange which is registered with
        the Securities and Exchange Commission or the national market
        system established pursuant to section 11A of the Securities
        and Exchange Act of 1934, or
          (B) any exchange or other market which the Secretary
        determines has rules adequate to carry out the purposes of this
        subsection.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 99-514, title XII, Sec. 1235(a), Oct. 22, 1986, 100
    Stat. 2572, Sec. 1296; amended Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Secs.
    1012(p)(2), (5), (16), (26), (27), 1018(u)(40), Nov. 10, 1988, 102
    Stat. 3515, 3518-3520, 3592; Pub. L. 103-66, title XIII, Sec.
    13231(d)(1), (3), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 499; Pub. L. 104-188,
    title I, Sec. 1704(r)(1), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1887; renumbered
    Sec. 1297 and amended Pub. L. 105-34, title XI, Secs. 1121,
    1122(a), (d)(4), 1123, Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 971, 972, 977; Pub.
    L. 105-206, title VI, Sec. 6011(b)(1), (d), July 22, 1998, 112
    Stat. 817, 818.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      Section 11A of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, referred
    to in subsec. (f)(3)(A), is classified to section 78k-1 of Title
    15, Commerce and Trade.


-MISC1-
                             PRIOR PROVISIONS                         
      A prior section 1297 was renumbered section 1298 of this title.

                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1998 - Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105-206, Sec. 6011(d), redesignated
    subsec. (e), relating to methods for measuring assets, as (f).
      Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 105-206, Sec. 6011(b)(1), added par. (4).
      Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 105-206, Sec. 6011(d), redesignated subsec.
    (e), relating to methods for measuring assets, as (f).
      1997 - Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 1122(a), renumbered section 1296 of
    this title as this section.
      Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 1123(b)(2), struck out
    concluding provisions which read as follows: "In the case of a
    controlled foreign corporation (or any other foreign corporation if
    such corporation so elects), the determination under paragraph (2)
    shall be based on the adjusted bases (as determined for purposes of
    computing earnings and profits) of its assets in lieu of their
    value. Such an election, once made, may be revoked only with the
    consent of the Secretary."
      Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 1123(b)(1), substituted "(as
    determined in accordance with subsection (e))" for "(by value)".
      Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 1122(d)(4), struck out par.
    (3) which consisted of subpars. (A) to (C) relating to treatment of
    certain dealers in securities.
      Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 1123(a), added subsec. (e)
    relating to methods for measuring assets.
      Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 1121, added subsec. (e) relating to
    exception for United States shareholders of controlled foreign
    corporations.
      1996 - Subsec. (b)(2)(D). Pub. L. 104-188 added subpar. (D).
      1993 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103-66, Sec. 13231(d)(1), substituted
    in closing provisions "In the case of a controlled foreign
    corporation (or any other foreign corporation if such corporation
    so elects), the determination under paragraph (2) shall be based on
    the adjusted bases (as determined for purposes of computing
    earnings and profits) of its assets in lieu of their value. Such an
    election, once made, may be revoked only with the consent of the
    Secretary." for "A foreign corporation may elect to have the
    determination under paragraph (2) based on the adjusted bases of
    its assets in lieu of their value. Such an election, once made, may
    be revoked only with the consent of the Secretary."
      Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 103-66, Sec. 13231(d)(3), added par. (3).
      1988 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1018(u)(40), inserted a
    comma after "subpart".
      Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(27), inserted at end "A foreign
    corporation may elect to have the determination under paragraph (2)
    based on the adjusted bases of its assets in lieu of their value.
    Such an election, once made, may be revoked only with the consent
    of the Secretary."
      Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(5), amended par.
    (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows:
    "Except as provided in paragraph (2), the term 'passive income' has
    the meaning given such term by section 904(d)(2)(A) without regard
    to the exceptions contained in clause (iii) thereof."
      Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(26), substituted
    "Exceptions" for "Exception for certain banks and insurance
    companies" in heading, and inserted sentence at end defining
    "related person".
      Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(16), inserted
    "is predominantly engaged in an insurance business and which" after
    "a corporation which".
      Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(26)(A), added
    subpar. (C).
      Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(2), inserted
    "(directly or indirectly)" after "foreign corporation owns".

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-206 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provisions of the Taxpayer Relief
    Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105-34, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 6024 of Pub. L. 105-206, set out as a note under section 1
    of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-34 applicable to taxable years of United
    States persons beginning after Dec. 31, 1997, and to taxable years
    of foreign corporations ending with or within such taxable years of
    United States persons, see section 1124 of Pub. L. 105-34, set out
    as a note under section 532 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT                 
      Section 1704(r)(2) of Pub. L. 104-188 provided that: "The
    amendments made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall take
    effect as if included in the amendments made by section 1235 of the
    Tax Reform Act of 1986 [Pub. L. 99-514]."

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 103-66 applicable to taxable years of
    foreign corporations beginning after Sept. 30, 1993, and to taxable
    years of United States shareholders in which or with which such
    taxable years of foreign corporations end, see section 13231(e) of
    Pub. L. 103-66, set out as a note under section 951 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years of foreign corporations
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1235(h) of Pub. L.
    99-514, set out as a note under section 1291 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 1, 532, 542, 672, 904,
    1260, 1298 of this title.

-End-



-CITE-
    26 USC Sec. 1298                                            01/19/04

-EXPCITE-
    TITLE 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
    Subtitle A - Income Taxes
    CHAPTER 1 - NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES
    Subchapter P - Capital Gains and Losses
    PART VI - TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
    Subpart D - General Provisions

-HEAD-
    Sec. 1298. Special rules

-STATUTE-
    (a) Attribution of ownership
      For purposes of this part - 
      (1) Attribution to United States persons
        This subsection - 
          (A) shall apply to the extent that the effect is to treat
        stock of a passive foreign investment company as owned by a
        United States person, and
          (B) except to the extent provided in regulations, shall not
        apply to treat stock owned (or treated as owned under this
        subsection) by a United States person as owned by any other
        person.
      (2) Corporations
        (A) In general
          If 50 percent or more in value of the stock of a corporation
        is owned, directly or indirectly, by or for any person, such
        person shall be considered as owning the stock owned directly
        or indirectly by or for such corporation in that proportion
        which the value of the stock which such person so owns bears to
        the value of all stock in the corporation.
        (B) 50-percent limitation not to apply to PFIC
          For purposes of determining whether a shareholder of a
        passive foreign investment company is treated as owning stock
        owned directly or indirectly by or for such company,
        subparagraph (A) shall be applied without regard to the
        50-percent limitation contained therein. Section 1297(e) shall
        not apply in determining whether a corporation is a passive
        foreign investment company for purposes of this subparagraph.
      (3) Partnerships, etc.
        Stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a partnership,
      estate, or trust shall be considered as being owned
      proportionately by its partners or beneficiaries.
      (4) Options
        To the extent provided in regulations, if any person has an
      option to acquire stock, such stock shall be considered as owned
      by such person. For purposes of this paragraph, an option to
      acquire such an option, and each one of a series of such options,
      shall be considered as an option to acquire such stock.
      (5) Successive application
        Stock considered to be owned by a person by reason of the
      application of paragraph (2), (3), or (4) shall, for purposes of
      applying such paragraphs, be considered as actually owned by such
      person.
    (b) Other special rules
      For purposes of this part - 
      (1) Time for determination
        Stock held by a taxpayer shall be treated as stock in a passive
      foreign investment company if, at any time during the holding
      period of the taxpayer with respect to such stock, such
      corporation (or any predecessor) was a passive foreign investment
      company which was not a qualified electing fund. The preceding
      sentence shall not apply if the taxpayer elects to recognize gain
      (as of the last day of the last taxable year for which the
      company was a passive foreign investment company (determined
      without regard to the preceding sentence)) under rules similar to
      the rules of section 1291(d)(2).
      (2) Certain corporations not treated as PFIC's during start-up
        year
        A corporation shall not be treated as a passive foreign
      investment company for the first taxable year such corporation
      has gross income (hereinafter in this paragraph referred to as
      the "start-up year") if - 
          (A) no predecessor of such corporation was a passive foreign
        investment company,
          (B) it is established to the satisfaction of the Secretary
        that such corporation will not be a passive foreign investment
        company for either of the 1st 2 taxable years following the
        start-up year, and
          (C) such corporation is not a passive foreign investment
        company for either of the 1st 2 taxable years following the
        start-up year.
      (3) Certain corporations changing businesses
        A corporation shall not be treated as a passive foreign
      investment company for any taxable year if - 
          (A) neither such corporation (nor any predecessor) was a
        passive foreign investment company for any prior taxable year,
          (B) it is established to the satisfaction of the Secretary
        that - 
            (i) substantially all of the passive income of the
          corporation for the taxable year is attributable to proceeds
          from the disposition of 1 or more active trades or
          businesses, and
            (ii) such corporation will not be a passive foreign
          investment company for either of the 1st 2 taxable years
          following such taxable year, and

          (C) such corporation is not a passive foreign investment
        company for either of such 2 taxable years.
      (4) Separate interests treated as separate corporations
        Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, where necessary
      to carry out the purposes of this part, separate classes of stock
      (or other interests) in a corporation shall be treated as
      interests in separate corporations.
      (5) Application of part where stock held by other entity
        (A) In general
          Under regulations, in any case in which a United States
        person is treated as owning stock in a passive foreign
        investment company by reason of subsection (a) - 
            (i) any disposition by the United States person or the
          person owning such stock which results in the United States
          person being treated as no longer owning such stock, or
            (ii) any distribution of property in respect of such stock
          to the person holding such stock,

        shall be treated as a disposition by, or distribution to, the
        United States person with respect to the stock in the passive
        foreign investment company.
        (B) Amount treated in same manner as previously taxed income
          Rules similar to the rules of section 959(b) shall apply to
        any amount described in subparagraph (A) and to any amount
        included in gross income under section 1293(a) (or which would
        have been so included but for section 951(f)) in respect of
        stock which the taxpayer is treated as owning under subsection
        (a).
      (6) Dispositions
        Except as provided in regulations, if a taxpayer uses any stock
      in a passive foreign investment company as security for a loan,
      the taxpayer shall be treated as having disposed of such stock.
      (7) Coordination with section 1246
        Section 1246 shall not apply to earnings and profits of any
      company for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986,
      if such company is a passive foreign investment company for such
      taxable year.
      (8) Treatment of certain foreign corporations owning stock in
        25-percent owned domestic corporation
        (A) In general
          If - 
            (i) a foreign corporation is subject to the tax imposed by
          section 531 (or waives any benefit under any treaty which
          would otherwise prevent the imposition of such tax), and
            (ii) such foreign corporation owns at least 25 percent (by
          value) of the stock of a domestic corporation,

        for purposes of determining whether such foreign corporation is
        a passive foreign investment company, any qualified stock held
        by such domestic corporation shall be treated as an asset which
        does not produce passive income (and is not held for the
        production of passive income) and any amount included in gross
        income with respect to such stock shall not be treated as
        passive income.
        (B) Qualified stock
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "qualified stock"
        means any stock in a C corporation which is a domestic
        corporation and which is not a regulated investment company or
        real estate investment trust.
      (9) Treatment of certain subpart F inclusions
        Any amount included in gross income under section 951(a)(1)(B)
      shall be treated as a distribution received with respect to the
      stock.
    (c) Treatment of stock held by pooled income fund
      If stock in a passive foreign investment company is owned (or
    treated as owned under subsection (a)) by a pooled income fund (as
    defined in section 642(c)(5)) and no portion of any gain from a
    disposition of such stock may be allocated to income under the
    terms of the governing instrument of such fund - 
        (1) section 1291 shall not apply to any gain on a disposition
      of such stock by such fund if (without regard to section 1291) a
      deduction would be allowable with respect to such gain under
      section 642(c)(3),
        (2) section 1293 shall not apply with respect to such stock,
      and
        (3) in determining whether section 1291 applies to any
      distribution in respect of such stock, subsection (d) of section
      1291 shall not apply.
    (d) Treatment of certain leased property
      For purposes of this part - 
      (1) In general
        Any tangible personal property with respect to which a foreign
      corporation is the lessee under a lease with a term of at least
      12 months shall be treated as an asset actually held by such
      corporation.
      (2) Amount taken into account
        (A) In general
          The amount taken into account under section 1296(a)(2) (!1)
        with respect to any asset to which paragraph (1) applies shall
        be the unamortized portion (as determined under regulations
        prescribed by the Secretary) of the present value of the
        payments under the lease for the use of such property.

        (B) Present value
          For purposes of subparagraph (A), the present value of
        payments described in subparagraph (A) shall be determined in
        the manner provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary
        - 
            (i) as of the beginning of the lease term, and
            (ii) except as provided in such regulations, by using a
          discount rate equal to the applicable Federal rate determined
          under section 1274(d) - 
              (I) by substituting the lease term for the term of the
            debt instrument, and
              (II) without regard to paragraph (2) or (3) thereof.
      (3) Exceptions
        This subsection shall not apply in any case where - 
          (A) the lessor is a related person (as defined in section
        954(d)(3)) with respect to the foreign corporation, or
          (B) a principal purpose of leasing the property was to avoid
        the provisions of this part.
    (e) Special rules for certain intangibles
      For purposes of this part - 
      (1) Research expenditures
        The adjusted basis of the total assets of a controlled foreign
      corporation shall be increased by the research or experimental
      expenditures (within the meaning of section 174) paid or incurred
      by such foreign corporation during the taxable year and the
      preceding 2 taxable years. Any expenditure otherwise taken into
      account under the preceding sentence shall be reduced by the
      amount of any reimbursement received by the controlled foreign
      corporation with respect to such expenditure.
      (2) Certain licensed intangibles
        (A) In general
          In the case of any intangible property (as defined in section
        936(h)(3)(B)) with respect to which a controlled foreign
        corporation is a licensee and which is used by such foreign
        corporation in the active conduct of a trade or business, the
        adjusted basis of the total assets of such foreign corporation
        shall be increased by an amount equal to 300 percent of the
        payments made during the taxable year by such foreign
        corporation for the use of such intangible property.
        (B) Exceptions
          Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to - 
            (i) any payments to a foreign person if such foreign person
          is a related person (as defined in section 954(d)(3)) with
          respect to the controlled foreign corporation, and
            (ii) any payments under a license if a principal purpose of
          entering into such license was to avoid the provisons (!2) of
          this part.

      (3) Controlled foreign corporation
        For purposes of this subsection, the term "controlled foreign
      corporation" has the meaning given such term by section 957(a).
    (f) Regulations
      The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be
    necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this part.

-SOURCE-
    (Added Pub. L. 99-514, title XII, Sec. 1235(a), Oct. 22, 1986, 100
    Stat. 2573, Sec. 1297; amended Pub. L. 100-647, title I, Sec.
    1012(p)(10), (17), (20), (22), (24), (35), (36), Nov. 10, 1988, 102
    Stat. 3517-3519, 3522; Pub. L. 101-239, title VII, Sec. 7811(i)(4),
    Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2410; Pub. L. 103-66, title XIII, Sec.
    13231(d)(2), (4), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 499; Pub. L. 104-188,
    title I, Secs. 1501(b)(10), (11), 1703(i)(5), (6), Aug. 20, 1996,
    110 Stat. 1826, 1876; renumbered Sec. 1298 and amended Pub. L.
    105-34, title XI, Sec. 1122(a), (e), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 972,
    977; Pub. L. 105-206, title VI, Sec. 6011(b)(2), July 22, 1998, 112
    Stat. 818.)

-REFTEXT-
                            REFERENCES IN TEXT                        
      Section 1296 of this title, referred to in subsec. (d)(2)(A), was
    renumbered section 1297 of this title and a new section 1296 was
    added by Pub. L. 105-34, title XI, Sec. 1122(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111
    Stat. 972.


-MISC1-
                                AMENDMENTS                            
      1998 - Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 105-206 inserted at end
    "Section 1297(e) shall not apply in determining whether a
    corporation is a passive foreign investment company for purposes of
    this subparagraph."
      1997 - Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 1122(a), renumbered section 1297 of
    this title as this section.
      Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105-34, Sec. 1122(e), inserted
    "(determined without regard to the preceding sentence)" after
    "investment company" in last sentence.
      1996 - Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1501(b)(10),
    substituted "section 951(a)(1)(B)" for "subparagraph (B) or (C) of
    section 951(a)(1)".
      Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1703(i)(5)(B), in heading
    substituted "Amount taken into account" for "Determination of
    adjusted basis".
      Subsec. (d)(2)(A). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1703(i)(5)(A),
    substituted "The amount taken into account under section 1296(a)(2)
    with respect to any asset" for "The adjusted basis of any asset".
      Subsec. (d)(3)(B). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1501(b)(11), struck out
    "or section 956A" after "this part".
      Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1703(i)(6), inserted "For
    purposes of this part - " after heading.
      Subsec. (e)(2)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 104-188, Sec. 1501(b)(11), struck
    out "or section 956A" after "this part".
      1993 - Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 103-66, Sec. 13231(d)(2), added
    par. (9).
      Subsecs. (d) to (f). Pub. L. 103-66, Sec. 13231(d)(4), added
    subsecs. (d) and (e) and redesignated former subsec. (d) as (f).
      1989 - Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 101-239, Sec. 7811(i)(4)(A),
    substituted "where stock held" for "where held" in heading.
      Subsec. (b)(5)(A). Pub. L. 101-239, Sec. 7811(i)(4)(C),
    substituted "treated as a disposition by, or distribution to" for
    "treated as a disposition to" in concluding provisions.
      Subsec. (b)(5)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 101-239, Sec. 7811(i)(4)(B),
    substituted "any distribution of" for "any disposition of".
      1988 - Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(10)(A),
    added par. (4). Former par. (4) redesignated (5).
      Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(10), redesignated
    par. (4) as (5) and substituted "paragraph (2), (3), or (4)" for
    "paragraph (2) or (3)".
      Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(36), substituted
    "investment company which" for "investment corporation which".
      Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(22), amended
    subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as
    follows: "such corporation (and any predecessor) was not a passive
    foreign investment corporation for any prior taxable year,".
      Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(17), substituted
    "part where held" for "section where stock held" in heading, and
    amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:
    "Under regulations, in any case in which a United States person is
    treated as holding stock in a passive foreign investment company by
    reason of subsection (a), any disposition by the United States
    person or the person holding such stock which results in the United
    States person being treated as no longer holding such stock, shall
    be treated as a disposition by the United States person with
    respect to stock in the passive foreign investment company."
      Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(20), substituted
    "Except as provided in regulations, if a" for "If a".
      Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(24), added par.
    (8).
      Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 100-647, Sec. 1012(p)(35), added
    subsec. (c) and redesignated former subsec. (c) as (d).

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-206 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provisions of the Taxpayer Relief
    Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105-34, to which such amendment relates, see
    section 6024 of Pub. L. 105-206, set out as a note under section 1
    of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 105-34 applicable to taxable years of United
    States persons beginning after Dec. 31, 1997, and to taxable years
    of foreign corporations ending with or within such taxable years of
    United States persons, see section 1124 of Pub. L. 105-34, set out
    as a note under section 532 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by section 1501(b)(10), (11) of Pub. L. 104-188
    applicable to taxable years of foreign corporations beginning after
    Dec. 31, 1996, and to taxable years of United States shareholders
    within which or with which such taxable years of foreign
    corporations end, see section 1501(d) of Pub. L. 104-188, set out
    as a note under section 904 of this title.
      Amendment by section 1703(i)(5), (6) of Pub. L. 104-188 effective
    as if included in the provision of the Revenue Reconciliation Act
    of 1993, Pub. L. 103-66, Secs. 13001-13444, to which such amendment
    relates, see section 1703(o) of Pub. L. 104-188, set out as a note
    under section 39 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 103-66 applicable to taxable years of
    foreign corporations beginning after Sept. 30, 1993, and to taxable
    years of United States shareholders in which or with which such
    taxable years of foreign corporations end, see section 13231(e) of
    Pub. L. 103-66, set out as a note under section 951 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1989 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 101-239 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Technical and
    Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988, Pub. L. 100-647, to which such
    amendment relates, see section 7817 of Pub. L. 101-239, set out as
    a note under section 1 of this title.

                     EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1988 AMENDMENT                 
      Amendment by Pub. L. 100-647 effective, except as otherwise
    provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of
    1986, Pub. L. 99-514, to which such amendment relates, see section
    1019(a) of Pub. L. 100-647, set out as a note under section 1 of
    this title.

                              EFFECTIVE DATE                          
      Section applicable to taxable years of foreign corporations
    beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1235(h) of Pub. L.
    99-514, set out as a note under section 1291 of this title.

-SECREF-
                   SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS               
      This section is referred to in sections 551, 1293, 1297 of this
    title.

-FOOTNOTE-
    (!1) See References in Text note below.

    (!2) So in original. Probably should be "provisions".


-End-

 
' >






about irs efile - about us - terms of use - privacy - contact us - irs tax code - state tax links - Tax Glossary

© 2012 RETURN-TAX.COM All Rights Reserved.